Home

Avaya BCM Management User's Manual

1. P0609330 3 0 MSC Figure 46 Chapter 5 BCM Monitor 339 Media Services Card screen hardware information about the MSC including type and revision and MSC firmware load and market profile MSC configuration information such as DS30 configuration including split mode 6 2 or 5 3 split and density mode partial double density full double density indication of whether the dial up WAN interface is in use how many signaling channels D channels and media channels 64 kbps B channels are available processor expansion cards PEC in use on the MSC and the total number of logical DSP resource units provided by all installed processor expansion cards The available tasks and tasks in service are also shown per PEC for example the types of codecs that each PEC can support BCM Monitor MSC screen f BCM Monitor Msp cgy doc E F mi xi File Statistics Help BCM Info Type Revision m MSC Hardware DSP Resources Voice Bus channels Processor Expansion Cards 19 Voice Ports IP Devices RTP Sessions UIP Line Monitor Usage Indicators E Master DSP 0 Available Tasks DECT S DECT P 00 00 Slot 1 PEC1 DSP1 Enabled 72 Core load m MSC Firmware Slot 2 PEC1 DSP1 Enabled 0 Market profile North America S0CbB12 G7 Slot 3 PEC1 DSP1 Enabled 0 Slot 4 PEC1 DSP1 Enabled 0
2. Processor cards MSC Configuration D530 configuration 5 2 FulDD Dial up WAN Disabled Media channels Signaling channels DSP resource units expansion Business Communications Manager Management Guide 340 Chapter 5 BCM Monitor Voice Ports screen This screen displays real time information about the configured voice ports A configured voice port is a logical device used for Voice Mail Call Center and IVR As these values change with the usage of the switch this tab is well suited for dynamic logging to view trends on system activity Details about voice ports used by the Voice CTI services include e how many resources ports are configured for use by Voice CTI e how many Voice CTI ports have been enabled how many Voice CTI ports are assigned to each of Call Center Voice Mail and IVR e how many of the assigned ports are currently active The DN number of the user is given The DNs reserved for voicemail are shown Figure 47 BCM Monitor voice ports screen e BCM Monitor Msp cgy doc 2 5 xi File Statistics Help BCM Info MSC IP Devices RTP Sessions UIP Line Monitor Usage Indicators Voice CTI Ports Voice Port Details Resource limit Call Center group DN 438 438 Voice Mail group DN 439 434 i 435 i 436 i 437 438 Enabled ports Assigned ports Active on call r Call Center Assigned ports Active
3. Net link manager i l Remote access server _ 2 2 Tintsvr Tintsvr The Tintsvr Telnet service lets a remote user log on to the system and run console programs using the command line When enabled the service supports connections from various TCP IP Telnet clients This service is used for configuration purposes When disabled remote users cannot connect to BCM using telnet clients This service is disabled by default in BCM version 3 5 Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name tintsvr Default status Stopped Default startup Disabled Alarms TIntSvr TIntsvr service structure Parent Remote procedure call service A Tintsvr UNISTIM Terminal proxy server UNISTIM The UNISTIM terminal proxy server services enables IP clients 12002 12004 12050 Softclient Terminal proxy on BCM server Type Nortel Networks configurable services P0609330 3 0 Chapter 3 Service name UTPS Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms Service Control Manager UNISTIM Terminal proxy server service structure Parent Voice MSC Driver v Voice MSC service Voice NNU diagnostics A F Voice Licensing services E Media services manager F Media path server I Media gateway server l I Unistim terminal L 1 proxy service Service Management System 303 Child Unistim terminal proxy service A HotDesking VBMain VBM
4. Line Monitor Server Media gateway server Media gateway server UniStim or H 323 terminal H 323 trunk or voice mail Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name MGS Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms MGS Service Control Manager Media gateway server service structure Parent Voice NNU diagnostics The Media gateway server MGS service provides a means to bridge calls between the IP and time division multiplexing TDM domains independently of the type of IP endpoint whether Child Media gateway server Voice MSC Driver t Voice MSC service A r Voice Licensing services Voice NNU diagnostics l l l A l l 1 Media services manager 4 l l Media path server l L a Media gateway server A t UNISTIM Terminal proxy server A HotDesking P0609330 3 0 Chapter 3 Service Management System 295 Media path server Media path server The Media path server is an NT service that manages the allocation of media paths over the IP Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms network Nortel Networks configurable services MPS Running Automatic MPS Service Control Manager Media path server service structure Parent Child Voice MSC Driver Media path server A Voice MSC service Voice NNU diagnostics _ UNISTIM Terminal proxy
5. voice Mail i Multimedia Call Center 9 Q NH Ta a x IP Music Manager List DHCP DNS 2 Manager List Mit m IP Routing E SNMP QoS Monitor 3 Manager IP Address 000 000 000 000 I Web Cache 4 Net Link Mgr Alarm Service z 2 al i Save Cancel Policy Management Beas O UT NTP Client Settings Warning Applet Window UPS 2 Telnet Management Diagnostics 5 Configure the Manager List attributes Table 10 SNMP Manager List attributes Manager List Specify the entry name used to identify an individual manager entry on the SNMP agent Its value M must follow certain conventions It must have the prefix M followed by a unique number that identifies the manager entry on the agent For example M2 is a valid value While adding specify non recurring values for the unique number While adding if you specify an existing manager entry name it modifies the existing manager entry Using non sequential numbers results in automatic reassignment of sequential numbers While modifying a manager entry you cannot change the name The manager entry name uniquely identifies an entry P0609330 3 0 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 83 Table 10 SNMP Manager List attributes Continued Manager IP Specify the IP Address of the SNMP Manager station corresponding to thi
6. Business Communications Manager Support Contact Alarms and Traps Maintenance System Information Order amp Enable Optional Components Install Optional Components Maintenance Tools Archlog m Archlog Viewer Archlog Settings Browse Logs Folder Your Location BCM Product Maintenance amp Support Report a Problern Wizard Report a Problem Wizard Step 2 Application Log selection Basic Application Selection Basic application selection allows you to select which applications you are experiencing problems with This selection method is recommended for most users Advanced Log File Selection Advanced log file selection allows you to specify exactly which log files you want to archive This selection method is recommended for advanced users only Back Cancel 5 Ifyou select Basic application select the application that requires support Note Unless support requests you to select specific application or log files the standard practice is to select ALL log files This insures all relevant files are captured e To return to the previous screen click Back To cancel the operation and continue to Archlog Scheduler click Cancel e To complete the Report a problem wizard form click Finish P0609330 3 0 Chapter 4 Log Management 323 Figure 39 Basic application selection screen Business Communications Manager M
7. Support Contact Your Location BCM Product Maintenance amp Support Report a Problem Wizard Alarms and Traps Maintenance 7 System Information Report a Problem Wizard Order amp Enable Optional Components Install Optional Components Maintenance Tools Step 3 Please select the applications you are experiencing problems with Back Finish Cancel Archlog Viewer AH Legs Archlog Settings SE ea aE Rolde Applications System Services Call Center Apache Web Server Call Detail Recording I DHCP Call Center Reporting C DNS Desktop Assistant Voice Time Synchronization D FAX D NCM Interactive Voice Response System Status Monitor Personal Call Manager Uninterruptable Power Source The table Report a problem wizard application selections lists the report a problem wizard applications Table 17 Report a problem wizard application selections Logs System Digital Applications Services Data IP Telephony Telephony Admin amp Setup Call Center Apache Web Firewall IP Sets i2004 Analog Sets Backup and Server Restore Call Detail DHCP IP SEC IP Sets i2002 Analog Trunks Key Codes Recording Call Center DNS IP Routing IP Soft Client DECT Patch Reporting i2050 Installation System Upgrade Desktop Voice Time IPX Routing IP Trunks Digital Sets Programming Assistant Synchronization Wizards FAX NCM Network Symbol ISDN Unified Manager Address Networ
8. Network Configuration Manager NCM provides centralized configuration and system management capabilities for a number of Business Communications Manager in a network This centralized functionality is required to enable multi site Business Communications Manager customers and channel partners to significantly reduce the cost of ownership of their systems e BCM Monitor Use this standalone diagnostic application to view system and IP telephony information on individual Business Communications Manager units Open several instances of BCM Monitor to monitor several remote BCM systems on a single PC simultaneously This tool supports real time debugging You can also use BCM Monitor to save and process data at a later time to generate system utilization and traffic reports Optional tools and applications e Optivity Network Management System ONMS Use Optivity NMS to manage Nortel data devices such as Baystack switches BPS2000 Passport LAN switches BayRS and Alteon Integrate Unified Manager into the Optivity Network Management System NMS via the Optivity Integration Toolkit OIT Enable BCM discovery launch and alarm integration into Optivity NMS Business Communications Manager appears as an element in an ONMS network discovery diagram BCM SNMP traps are displayed by ONMS and Unified Manager is launched from within Optivity Note If you require an integrated Unified Manager ONMS configuration contact Nortel Networks to confirm t
9. 1 On the navigation tree click the Diagnostics key and click the MSC heading The Configuration menu option is enabled P0609330 3 0 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 451 2 From the Configuration menu click Warm reset The system displays a warning that all active calls will be dropped 3 Click OK to continue Changing system identification parameters Topics about changing your system identification parameters e Changing the system name on page 451 e Changing the system domain on page 451 e Changing the CallPilot region on page 453 e Changing the Business Communications Manager time and date on page 453 Changing the system name The system name identifies the Business Communications Manager system on the network 1 On the navigation tree click the System key and click the Identification heading The Identification screen appears 2 IntheSystem Namebox enter the new system name 3 Pressthe Tab key to save your change After you change the System Name restart Business Communications Manager If you change the System Name and do not restart Business Communications Manager scheduled tasks do not run Note The System Name is the Netbios name of Business Communications Manager Changing the system domain The system domain is the domain where the Business Communications Manager system resides If you do not know the domain for the Business Communications Manager system con
10. Message User action Alarm severity Chapter 2 Fault Management System 241 omponent ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID VoIP SIP Gateway The service was started No action required Warning Information None The service was stopped No action required Warning Information None Unexpected services request generated internally or by WinNt Services Execution continues The service received an unsupported request No action required Error Critical None The service was stopped No action required Warning Information None Invalid configuration file parameter Check gateway type parameter in remotegateway cfg table file Minor Warning None Cannot initialize H323 stack Report error to Nortel Networks support Critical Error None Cannot read info from license server Report error to Nortel Networks support Critical Business Communications Manager Management Guide 242 Chapter 2 Fault Management System VoiceRecord Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID P0609330 3 0 123 124 130 131 200 201 Return to table Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Messa
11. 1 Physical Memory Recovered 2 Virtual Memory Recovered No Action Required Warning Information None Physical and Logical Memories Recovery Information 1 Physical RAM Recovered No action required Warning Information None Physical RAM size Recovery Information CPU load Recovered Business Communications Manager Management Guide 184 Chapter 2 Fault Management System System Status Monitor Event ID 1012 Event ID 1013 Event ID 1014 Event ID 1015 Event ID 1016 P0609330 3 0 Return to table User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary No action required Warning Information None CPU Load Recovery Information 1 RAID HW Found 2 RAID HW Recovered 3 Primary Single HDD Mode 4 Mirrored Single HDD Mode 5 Mirror Drives Mode 6 Rebuilding Mirror Master HDD 7 Rebuilding Primary Master HDD 8 Mirror Master HDD Rebuild Complete 9 Primary Master Rebuild Complete 10 Replace Mirror Master HDD 11 Replace Primary Master HDD 12 Replace Parimay amp Mirror Master HDDs For 1 to 9
12. 400 Chapter 8 System Backup and Restore BRU Figure 56 BRU Volume administration screen display Volume Administration Microsoft Internet Explorer provided by Nortel Networks NORTEL s J BCM 35 Backup and Restore Utility Volume Administration Active Volume Volume ID 0 LOCAL DREE E Type User Name Logical Name Lean VOLUME ID 1 TYPE LocaL LOGICAL NAME uve e LOCATION E DELETE SELECT USER NAME CLOSE e The Logical Name box displays the name of the volume e The Location box displays the path to either a remote drive Unix FTP server or WindowsNT FTP server as shown in the table below Format for computer using DHCP server Remote Format for static IP address Drive W IP address shared folder must lt computer_name gt shared_folder UNIX FTP Format for static IP address Domain name Server lt IP_address gt path_folder lt domain_name gt shared_folder WindowsNT Format for static IP address FTP Server lt IP_address gt lt root_drive gt path_folder Domain name domain name root drive shared folder e Inthe User Name box you can access the path for the Remote drive or FTP server Click the SELECT button The Backup and Restore main page appears The selected volume appears in the backup location box From the Select BCM Component s list select the components you want to back up By default all of the components except DECT OAM ar
13. 434 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics e Testing DTM Modules on page 439 e DTM CSU statistics on page 441 For device or station module issues e Troubleshooting Telephone Connections on page 448 e Identify a device connected to the system on page 448 System version View the system version to can check the version number of the System Processor SP software that resides on the Media Services Card MSC 1 On the navigation tree click the Diagnostics key and click the MSC heading The version number of the software appears in the System version box 2 Write the version number on the appropriate Maintenance record Note You can use the version number to determine the software release which can be required by support staff 1f a software fault occurs Problems with module service Check first for user problems then wiring connections and programming errors before replacing Business Communications Manager equipment Warning Notify service provider of T1 or PRI signaling disruption Notify your T1 or PRI service provider before disconnecting your T1 or PRI lines removing power to your system or performing any other action that disrupts your T1 or PRI signaling Failure to notify your T1 or PRI service provider may result in a loss of T1 or PRI service 1 Check that the module is properly inserted in the server or expansion cabinet 2 Access Resources and then Media Bay Modules
14. On the Unified Manager main page click the BRU icon The BRU screen appears with backup selected From the top menu select Volume Admin The Volume Administration screen appears see Performing a backup using BRU on page 399 From the Type box select Local Remote or FTP e Select Local if you want the backup stored in a volume on Business Communications Manager e Select Remote if you want the backup stored on a computer on the network Select FTP if you want the backup stored on an FTP server In the Logical Name box enter the name of the backup volume Use alphanumeric characters only for example Volumel Do not use symbols or other special characters In the Location box enter the path name of the volume e Ifthe volume is a local volume enter the drive designation for example E V e If the volume is a remote volume enter the computer IP address or computer name and the path name of the directory For example W IP address shared folder or W computer name shared folder e If the volume is an FTP volume enter FTP server IP address or node name and the path name of the directory For example IP address path or ftp node name gt path In the User Name box enter the user name required to access the given path on the remote drive or FTP server The user name must have full access control on the given path e When the domain name is required enter domain nameNuser name e When the domain name is no
15. Using Unified Manager on page 40 e Unified Manager Maintenance Page Overview on page 43 Management Guide overview e Management Guide Overview on page 51 e BCM Monitor overview on page 52 e Performance management overview on page 53 e Security management overview on page 53 e Backup and restore overview on page 54 e Troubleshooting and diagnostics activities overview on page 55 Network Administration Objectives Network operations center NOC responsibilities encompass the operation of the entire network domain Network administration is a complex task that requires intimate knowledge of the construction and workings of the network environment NOC activities Monitoring routers switches hubs and auxiliary backup systems power supply data equipment that comprise the enterprise data network Monitoring network traffic trends and resolve network bottleneck problems Business Communications Manager Management Guide 28 Chapter 1 Management Overview e Managing and allocating IP addresses and domain names recording and providing remote connectivity to the enterprise computing systems The descriptions and procedures in this guide that assist with service assurance Monitoring the network for alarms and performance threshold e Ensuring service network integrity e Isolating diagnosing and reparing faults e Managing performance NOC takes first call from the alarms and performs
16. 148 Chapter 2 Fault Management System mspQoSMP Return to table Event ID 4028 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Event ID 4030 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Event ID 4031 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 4032 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 4034 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Event ID 4035 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments P0609330 3 0 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Unable to read PortTable registry entry for device 962 The default port range of 28000 28511 will be used No action required Minor Warning None Registry value has not been initialized The default range will be used Unless other ports are chosen this message will continue to appear This will not cause problems Zero bandwidth disabling QoS Check the WAN drivers Possibly caused by the WAN driver Contact Customer Support Minor Warning None The values used to calculate the Bandwidth resulted in a zero value Error in reading IP addresses disabling QoS Check that the LAN and WAN are properly installed Check that all LAN and WAN interfaces are valid Contact Customer Support Minor Warning None Error in Wan Premium Percentage Value must be between 0 and 100 Use default
17. Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary This event is generated when the short term alarm threshold has been surpassed in the Digital Trunk Interface module for the detection of a severely errored second The module is in a no new calls state DTCM 961 Intervention is required to find out why the Digital Trunk Interface module is alarmed Intervention is required to find out why the Digital Trunk Interface module is alarmed Minor Warning MSC event 324 Sev P5 Cat C This event is generated when the short term alarm threshold has been surpassed in the Digital Trunk Interface module for the detection of an errored second The module is in a no new calls state DTCM 961 Intervention is required to find out why the Digital Trunk Interface module is alarmed Intervention is required to find out why the Digital Trunk Interface module is alarmed Minor Warning MSC event 325 Sev P5 Cat C This event is generated when the short term alarm threshold has been surpassed in the Digital Trunk Interface module for the detection of controlled slip underflow The module is in a no new calls state DTCM 961 Intervention is required to f
18. Averages bytes packets Est bandwidth 3178 kb Rx 8160 34 ATP 8160 102 gt 8160 102 JITTER 8000 100 gt 8000 100 DS30 8000 5 Tx 8000 50 DS30 8000 100 gt 8000 100 RTP 7920 33 Totals bytes packets r Local to Remote IP Endpoint 5 IP to IP IN ad Rx 261360 1089 RTP 261360 3267 gt 261360 3267 JITTER 260960 3272 gt 260961 Tx 261440 1634 DS30 261440 3268 gt 261440 2268 RTP 261360 1089 TDM to IP 0 Set 20060 47 17 153 230 52826 c GW 1 47 17 153 240 28002 G 711 3 fpp SMALL jb Est bandwidth 0 bps r Remote IP Endpoints IP to IP Est bandwidth 0 bps m Media Gateways Active on call 2of4 P0609330 3 0 Chapter 5 BCM Monitor 343 Universal ISDN Protocol UIP screen This tab displays monitoring of Universal ISDN Protocol activity associated with IP trunks and PRI modules This screen captures real time D channel signaling showing the progression of a call through the stages through call setup to call teardown This can be a very important troubleshooting tool for many types of call issues such as dialing plan or routing issues as detailed called information is provided without requiring the use of protocol analyzers You can use this screen to track how long each session was which digits were dialed and other call attributes UIP can be logged to track the most recent 20 UIP messages The UIP messages that contain at
19. Event ID 1004 P0609330 3 0 Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments omponent ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID System status monitor 961 reports activity No action required Warning Information None A process has reported to the SSM that either it or its monitored services are indicating activity 961 reports all of its services are functioning correctly No action required Warning Information None A process has reported to the System Status Monitor that either it or its monitored services are functioning properly The System Service Monitor has been stopped No action required Warning Information None A process has reported to the System Status Monitor that either it or its monitored services are stopped normally The System Status Monitor has been started No action required Warning Information None A process has reported to the System Status Monitor that either it or its monitored services are started normally 1 PCI Device Driver Driver Recovered 2 Device Name Devi
20. Logs Comments Message Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary None Service Name was manually restarted and Watchdog is monitoring its tree again No action required Warning Information None Voice Watchdog started monitoring this service Watchdog was started as a service No action required Warning Information None Service Name started successfully No action required Warning Information None ATTENTION Communication with LED panel has been lost Status LED may not reflect true system status Investigate the possible cause in the next maintenance window Minor Warning None 9eService Name failed gt Format Message failed Unknown error Call for Support and advise of unknown error received Critical Error None Voice Watchdog received an unknown error number from the Service Control Manager while querying the Service Status Service Name failed gt Error Message Start this service manually If unable to resolve the problem call for Support and advise of the error message Critical Error None Voice Watchdog received error message from the Service Control Manager while querying the Service Status Service Service Name has reached the failure repeat limit and must be restarted manually Chapter 2 Fault Management System 247 VoiceWatchdog Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 3003 User action Alarm severity Trap type Log
21. MSC event 949 Sev P6 Cat B Telephony time has been synchronized with the System time No action required Critical Error MSC event 998 Sev P4 Cat B Unknown alarm detected Alarm code 1 Contact your local support group Warning Information MSC event 999 SevzP7 Cat B VoiceCTI VoiceC Tl Event ID 257 Event ID 257 Event ID 258 Event ID 258 Event ID 259 Event ID 259 Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Chapter 2 Fault Management System 237 omponent ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID VoiceCTI Less than 5 voice file space avail To delete voice messages especially check the General Delivery Mailbox Disk full data partition condition Critical Error None All CallPilot ports busy change resource allocation All voice ports in use Enable additional ports to avoid this situation Critical Error None Restart BCM so that change in Call Center refresher channel will take effect Restart VoiceMail to have the new Refresher Channel value in effect Minor Warning None
22. Media services manager ar Voice CTE VoiceCTI Child Voice CTE __ VoIP Gateway VoIP SIP Gateway l l l r l L l Doorphone Line monitor server VoiceCTI Middleware Service which provides an interface to CallPilot and Call Center on BCM for their call control and media requirements Type Nortel Networks configurable services P0609330 3 0 Chapter 3 Service Management System 305 Service name VoiceCTI Default status Running Default startup Manual Alarms VoiceCTI Service Control Manager Voice CTI service structure Parent Child Voice MSC Driver Voice CTI A Voice MSC service Voice NNU diagnostics Voice mail A t Voice Licensing services Nortel Networks IVR 1 Media services manager A Voice CTI Voice mail Voice mail This is the Voice mail and Call Center component of BCM Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name VoiceMail Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms NVM Service Control Manager Voice mail service structure Parent Child Voice MSC Driver None Voice MSC service Voice NNU diagnostics r Voice Licensing services i l Ao L 1 Media services manager 4 A Voice mail Business Communications Manager Management Guide 306 Chapter 3 Service Management System Voice management subsystem
23. NNU could not start MPS as a service this is not an MPS issue Business Communications Manager Management Guide MPS Media path server Event ID 2002 Event ID 2003 Event ID 2004 Event ID 2005 Event ID 3001 Event ID 3002 Event ID 3003 P0609330 3 0 Return to table Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message 144 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary WARNING Unable to stop service Contact customer support Minor Warning None NNU could not stop MPS as a service this is not an MPS issue WARNING FUMP message could not be sent Contact customer support Minor Warning None Could not send fump message through EMS FUMP channel this is not an MPS issue WARNING Codec incompatible call dropped Change or make available the correct Codec to match the Codec supported by the software at the far end of the call Minor Warning None Call dropped due to incompatible codecs this is not an MPS issue WARNING Endpoint d d registration fail
24. None dynamic No action required Critical Error None Map file s is required but could not be found No action required Critical Error Chapter 2 Fault Management System 123 FIMSS Event ID 321 Event ID 322 Event ID 323 Event ID 324 Return to table Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary None Could not open map file s No file handles No action required Critical Error None Map file s is corrupted and must be re installed No action required Critical Error None Map file s is not compatible with this version of s No action required Critical Error None Could not open map file s No action required Critical Error None Business Communications Manager Management Guide 124 Chapter 2 Fault Management System HotDesking HotDesking Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID P0609330 3 0 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments M
25. Parent Messenger Messenger Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms The Messenger service is similar to the Alerter service in design and function The service processes the delivery of pop up messages sent by the Alerter service or an administrator Messages appear on the target machine The user must select OKto accept the message This service is also required to receive any messages sent by the Messenger service from another machine Little or no effect on the system if the service is down The Messenger service relies on NetBIOS over TCP IP for network communication System level services Messenger Running Automatic None Messenger service structure TDI Parent NetBios Workstation Messenger P0609330 3 0 Chapter 3 Service Management System 265 MSDTC MSDTC Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms The MSDTC service is a database used for Call Center components System level services MSDTC Stopped Manual None MSDTC service structure Parent Child None None MSSQLServer MSSQLServer The MSSQLServer service is a database used for Call Center components Type System level services Service name Default status Default startup Alarms MSSQLServer Stopped Manual None MSSQLServer service structure Parent MSSQLServerADHelper MSSQLServerAD The MSSQLServerADHelper service is a database used fo
26. The DECT OAM restore process takes about 26 minutes During this time the main BRU window displays a message that says a script is being processed When the restore is complete a message appears that says the restore is completed See Performing a restore using BRU on page 404 IVR The IVR Data Restore restores files for Interactive Voice Response The files are restored from the Backup folder at the backup location See IVR on page 387 for a description of the data that is backed up License Restore The License Restore restores Business Communications Manager Licensing data The data is restored from the VoiceLicenseData bru file in the Backup folder See Licensing on page 387 for details of the backed up data Note You cannot copy keycode purchased functionality from one system to another by doing NVRAM restores P0609330 3 0 Chapter 8 System Backup and Restore BRU 393 Multimedia Call Center The Multimedia Call Center restore restores data for Multimedia Call Center The files are restored from the CallCenterData bru file in the Backup folder See the Multimedia Call Center on page 388 for details of the data backed up Registry The Registry Data restore restores the saved registry database This registry data overrides any other registry information from other components The files are restored from the Backup WSysReg folder on the source resource Note You restore the registry you must restart BRU after
27. The system definitions apply to both System level services and the Nortel Networks Configurable services See System level services for a summary of the System level services See Nortel Networks configurable services for a summary of the Nortel Networks configurable services Warning Make sure you understand the implications of modifications before you change service settings on your system Call Nortel Networks Support before you modify any service Many services have a hierarchical structure and parent child dependencies on each other If a parent service stops the associated child services are discontinued If a child service stops or fails the parent service continues without interruption Some services have parallel relationships such as a service component that branches to two or more different services The system generates an alarm or event notification if a service is stopped through administrator action or through a fault See Alarm Analysis and Clearing Procedures on page 89 Business Communications Manager Management Guide 258 Chapter 3 Service Management System Service definition properties Each service definition describes the properties and corresponding event alarm and log notifications Each definition has a display and service name The display name appears in the Unified Manager system manager interface and is shown as the title in the service descriptions The service name is used at the code level of the s
28. To access the WAN Graph and Table 1 On the Unified Manager navigation tree click the Resources and WAN keys and click the heading for the WAN resource you want to see the performance for for example WAN 1 The WAN summary page appears 2 On the top menu click Performance and select a WAN performance monitor selection e WAN Graph e WAN Table e QoS Graph see Accessing the QoS Graph and Table QoS Table see Accessing the QoS Graph and Table e QoS Queue 1 5 Graph see Accessing the QoS Queue 1 5 Graph and Table e QoS Queue 1 5 Table see Accessing the QoS Queue 1 5 Graph and Table e QoS Queue 6 9 Graph see Accessing the QoS Queue 6 9 Graph and Table e QoS Queue 6 9 Table see Accessing the QoS Queue 6 9 Graph and Table WAN counter types The WAN graph and table selections display WAN related network traffic statistics When you display the WAN graph you can select a counter type Byte received sec Rate that bytes are received on the interface including framing characters Byte sent sec Rate that bytes are sent on the interface including framing characters Byte total sec Rate that bytes are sent and received on the interface including framing characters P0609330 3 0 Chapter 6 Performance Management 365 Current bandwidth Estimate of the interface s current bandwidth in bits per second bps For interfaces that do not vary in bandwidth or for those where no accurate estimation can be made t
29. User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Service Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Service Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Service Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Service Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Service Comments Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary The Voice Net QoS Monitor service failed to start due to the following error 96261053 Contact Support Critical Error None Voice Net QoS monitor BCM FP1 Upgrades will fail to install no longersupported replace BCM hard drive The Call Detail Recording service depends on the Media Services Manager service which failed to start Start the Media Services Manager service Critical Error None Call Detail Recording Media services manager The dependency service or group failed to start The DECT Alarm Monitor service depends on the DECT OAM service which failed to start Start the Media Services Manager service Critical Error None DECT Alarm monitor DECT OAM Media services manager The dependency service or group failed to start The DECT OAM service depends on the Media Services Manager service which failed to start Start the Media Services Manager service Critical Error None DECT OAM Media services manager The dependency service or group failed to sta
30. User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Critical Error None Most likely an installation problem CTE MSC Driver Initialization Error Exit Error is 0x0310 The device driver for the requested CTI device is not installed Install the device driver and restart your application lt UDR001 gt Critical Error None Most likely an installation problem CTE MSC Driver Initialization Error Exit Error is 0x0311 The device driver interface module for the CTI device is invalid Please reinstall the device driver software UDRO002 Critical Error None Most likely an installation problem CTE MSC Driver Initialization Error Exit Error is 0x0315 Unable to start a new device driver execution thread Terminate some applications and restart your application lt UDRO06 gt Critical Error None Windows system resource problem during initialization CTE MSC Driver Initialization Error Exit Error is OxFFnn Error OxFFnn Please ensure the Voice CTE service has restarted If this fails to correct the problem then please collect the files CteDiag log and CteDiag bak ensure the Voice MSC service has restarted and report this problem to your support representative Critical Error None Error from MSC driver initialization Other CTE Initialization Error Exit Error is 0x0002 Error 0x0002 Please verify the installation of the V
31. User action No action required Alarm severity Warning Trap type Information Logs None Event ID 4098 Message WINS was terminated by the service controller Wins will gracefully terminate User action No action required Alarm severity Warning Trap type Information Logs None WINSCTRS WINSCTRS provides WINS server statistics WINSCTH Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Return to table Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Service None Event ID 4314 Message WINSCTRS could not get the WINS statistics User action No action required Alarm severity Critical Trap type Error Logs None Workstation WINSCTRS Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Return to table Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Service Workstation Event ID 3870 Message System name is not a valid computer name User action The BCM name should be unique in the network Alarm severity Critical P0609330 3 0 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 249 WINSCTRS Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Trap type Error Logs None Business Communications Manager Management Guide 250 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Events that cause a system restart Some events cause an automatic system restart If the system follows normal recovery routines an event message doesn t appear This table lists all the events associated with sy
32. entity Caught exception Submit a CR and attach ZIP ed log files archlog Critical Error None Software bug Mgs Shutting down due to gateway creation failure Look to previous log entries for error details Critical Error None A Gateway could not be created Mgs Shutting down due to gateway initialization failure Look to previous log entries for error details Critical Error None A request to the Media Path Server MPS or Media Services Manager MSM failed This is not an MGS issue Mgs Shutting down due to fatal error Look to previous log entries for error details Critical Error MGS Media gateway server Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID 3005 3006 3007 3008 3090 3091 Return to table Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Chapter 2 Fault Management System 141 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary None A fatal error was reported by an MGS component Mgs Shutting down due to MSM communication failure Investigate and correct the
33. Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 2019 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 2021 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary The server s call to a system service failed unexpectedly Contact support Critical Error None The server was unable to allocate from the system nonpaged pool because the pool was empty Contact support Critical Error None The server was unable to allocate a work item 2 times in the last 60 seconds Contact support Minor Warning None Business Communications Manager Management Guide 178 Chapter 2 Fault Management System SSH Secure Shell Server H Secure Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary shell server Return to table Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Service None Event ID 0 Message Warning DNS lookup failed for ooxxxx xxx xxx User action No action required DNS lookup is not required in order to log in through SSH Alarm severity Minor Trap type Warning Logs None Survivable Remote Gateway Survivable Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary remote gateway Return to table Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Service None Event ID 1200 Message SRG Starting User action No action required Alarm severity Warning Trap type Information Logs None Event
34. Cat F Etiquette CFP credits decreased No action required Warning Information MSC event 666 Sev P8 Cat E Etiquette UTAM keys required Purchase a UTAM key Warning Information MSC event 667 Sev P8 Cat F Etiquette UTAM test failed No action required Critical Error MSC event 668 Sev P8 Cat F Ettiquette System startup No action required No action required Warning Information MSC event 672 Sev P1 Cat E Ettiquette System online No action required No action required Warning Information MSC event 673 Sev P8 Cat E Could not re enable all devices after a Call Server restore took place Call Server will be restarted Customer should report event to installer to get tracebacks Customer should report event to installer to get tracebacks Critical Error MSC event 224 Sev P8 Cat B Business Communications Manager Management Guide 230 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Voice software Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Event ID 226 Message Call Server backup failed Customer should contact installer to get the SP event tracabecks User action Customer should contact installer to get the SP event tracabecks Alarm severity Minor Trap type Warning Logs MSC event 226 Sev P8 Cat A Event ID 229 Message Call Server restore failed Call Server will be restarted Customer should contact installer to tracabecks User action Customer should con
35. Chapter 2 Fault Management System 185 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Information None Temperature Recovery Information 1 CPUFan Value Below normal Tolerance 2 Fan1 Value failed in Tolerance 3 Fan2 Value failed in Tolerance 1 Check CPU Fan 2 Check Fan 1 3 Check Fan 2 Minor Warning None CPU FAN FAN1 And FAN2 Warnings HDD near or on its capacity Check HDD Capacity Minor Warning None Hard Drives Capacity Warnings Unable to get Drive from system environment No Action Required SSM failed to retrieve the information of HDD from system This HDD drive will not be monitored by SSM Minor Warning None SSM failed to retrieve the information of HDD from system This HDD drive will not be monitored by SSM 1 Physical Memory near or on its capacity 2 Virtual Memory near or on its capacity No Action Required Its recommended that an assessment be made of memory utilization of your BCM Minor Warning None Physical and Logical Memories Warning 961 Physical RAM size less than expected Increase Physical RAM size in next maintenance window to increase the BCM performance Minor Warning None Increase Physical RAM size Business Communications Manager Management Guide 186 Chapter 2 Fault Management System System Status Monitor Event ID 2005 Event ID 2006 Event ID 2007 Event ID 2008 Event ID 3000 Event ID 3
36. Checking bipolar violations 1 2 3 On the navigation tree click the Diagnostics and Trunk Modules keys Click the keys for the appropriate bus and modules Click the CSU Statistics and Alarm statistics keys The bipolar violations that occurred in the last minute are displayed Checking short term alarms 1 2 On the navigation tree click the Diagnostics and Trunk Modules keys Click the keys for the appropriate bus and modules P0609330 3 0 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 463 3 Click the CSU Statistics and Alarm statistics keys and click the ShortTerm alarms heading The short term alarms and the number of milliseconds not necessarily contiguous that were active in the last minute are displayed Checking defects 1 On the navigation tree click the Diagnostics and Trunk Modules keys 2 Click the keys for the appropriate bus and modules 3 Click the CSU Statistics and Alarm statistics keys and click the Defects heading The first type of defect and the number of milliseconds not necessarily contiguous the hardware reported in the last minute are displayed Resetting statistics 1 On the navigation tree click the Diagnostics and Trunk Modules keys Click the keys for the appropriate bus and modules Click the CSU Statistics heading A OO N On the Configuration menu click Clear CSU statistics A message appears saying that this will remove all of the statistics 5 Click the OK butt
37. Critical Error None Keycode keycode value applied name of functionality enabled by keycode Component defined string activated No action required Warning Information None Unable to apply keycode keycode value The service associated with the keycode is not running properly If it is stopped then start it If it is running then stop it and restart it Critical Error None Processing of keycode input file in progress No action required Warning Information None Processing of keycode input file completed No action required Warning Information None Trial has expired No action required Warning Information None Error applying keycode keycode value out of range or unsupported keycode value Information from component Chapter 2 Fault Management System 113 cfsServer Return to table Component feature service User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 125 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 126 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Specific to Information from component Critical Error None Error applying keycode keycode value No action required Critical Error None lt Keycode functionality Trial functionality expired No action required Warning Information None Business Communications Manager Management Gui
38. DECT Alarm monitor Voice software alarm monitor Message trace tool Call Detail Recording Media path server A Media gateway server HotDesking i t UNISTIM Terminal proxy server l l L Voice CTE line monitor server _ VoIP Gateway Voice management subsystem Inventory service VoiceCTI Voice mail i Nortel Networks IVR Voice CFS IpMusic BcmAmp nues IpMusic Tone Server Voice Net QoS monitor Voice Net QoS The Voice Net QoS monitor service monitors the QoS quality of service level of the data monitor connections between BCMs then sends the results to the VoIP gateways of the BCMs for determination of whether to fallback to PSTN for the voice calls between them Type Nortel Networks configurable services Business Communications Manager Management Guide 308 Chapter 3 Service Management System Service name VoiceNetQoSMonitor Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms VNetQosMonitor Voice Net QoS monitor service structure Parent Child Remote procedure call service Voice net QoS monitor Voice net QoS monitor VolP Gateway H _ VoIP SIP Gateway Voice NNU diagnostics Voice NNU The Voice NNU Nortel Network Utilities diagnostics service is a library of interfaces provided to diagnostics higher level applications for message logging registry manipulation and other operating system functions Type Nortel Networks configurable services S
39. Each event requires a unique maintenance activity Determine the appropriate activity based on your level of administrator privileges Media service card core telephony logs These are a set of event logs is maintained on the telephony side of the Business Communications Manager system MSC logs contain e MSC System Test Log contains diagnostic test results telephony events and alarms audits It has a maximum size of 20 items after which events are aged out to make room for new events e MSC System Administration Log contains log in log out information Has a maximum of 10 entries The 11th entry overwrites the 1st entry regardless of severity level e MSC Network Event log contains T1 PRI network interface events and alarms This log has a maximum size of 10 events Business Communications Manager Management Guide 316 Chapter 4 Log Management The System Test Log System Administration Log and Network Event log capture all the MSC core telephony system events including alarms These logs are viewed from the Unified Manager Configure Diagnostics MSC menu The information in these logs can only be displayed and erased Core telephony alarms are sent to the MSC core telephony and the NT Event log systems The Business Communications Manager generates NT event alarms that relate to events that occur in the voice software component Use the log descriptions in conjunction with the voice software component alarms to reso
40. Event ID Event ID 1002 1003 1004 1005 2001 2002 2003 Return to table Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Chapter 2 Fault Management System 139 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Mos Initialization complete max lt x gt min lt n gt No action required Warning Information None Mgs Shutting down on request from the SCM No action required Warning Information None MediaTransport OID lt oid gt Received valid ports No action required Warning Information None The problem reported in an earlier event 2001 has now returned to normal MsmProxy lt interface gt succeeded No action required Warning Information None The problem reported in an earlier event 2004 has now returned to normal MediaTransport OID lt oid gt Received bad ports porti lt port2 gt Submit a CR and attach ZIP ed log files archlog Minor Warning None Resource Manager allocated invalid RTP ports This is not an MGS issue MediaTransport OID lt oid gt Codec and or frames p
41. Event ID Event ID P0609330 3 0 16 17 18 19 20 21 Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Minor Warning None Unprotected Delete message on local IP Addr gt from remote IP Addr gt being dropped No action required Minor Warning None Bad length on Delete message on local IP Addr gt from remote IP Addr gt dropping it No action required Minor Warning None Bad length on Delete message on local IP Addr gt from remote IP Addr gt dropping it No action required Minor Warning None Could not find SPI for message received on local IP Addr gt from remote IP Addr gt message dropped No action required Minor Warning None Error notification d received on local IP Addr gt from remote IP Addr gt No action required Minor Warning None Delete message for protocol 1 received on lt local IP Addr gt from remote IP Addr gt No action required Minor Warning None IPSecIKE Internet protocol security Internet key exchange Event ID 22 Event ID 23 Even
42. Event ID 512 Message Windows NT is starting up User action No action required P0609330 3 0 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 167 Security Event ID 515 Event ID 528 Event ID 529 Event ID 538 Event ID 577 Return to table Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Warning Success Audit None A trusted logon process has registered with the Local Security Authority This logon process will be trusted to submit logon requests Logon Process Name inetinfo exe No action required Warning Success Audit None Successful Logon User Name user name Domain domain Logon ID id Logon Type type Logon Process User32 Authentication Package package version Workstation Name lt name gt No action required Warning Success Audit None Logon Failure Reason Unknown user name or bad password User Name lt user name gt Domain lt domain gt Logon Type lt type gt Logon Process User32 Authentication Package lt package version gt Workstation Name lt name gt No action required However this event may indicate an un
43. LED 6 Monitors the modem if installed LED 7 Monitors the NIC 1 LANI LED 8 Monitors the NIC 2 LAN2 Chassis CPU temperature LED 9 Green indicates a normal operational temperature range for the chassis Red indicates either a sensor is not operational or the chassis temperature is out of range Fan activity LED 10 Green indicates that all fans are operational Red indicates that one or more fan is not operating correctly Reset button The reset button when depressed restarts the system The reset button is recessed to prevent an accidental reboot Note The system status LEDs correspond to the devices not to the PCI slots Six non blinking LEDs in the center indicates monitoring software is not active Business Communications Manager Management Guide 470 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Figure 75 Business communication manager base function tray system status display LEDs WAN LAN 1 Red or Green Power Disk Status MSC Modem LAN2 Temp Fan Reset maam ES D 6 o 1 2 Qe p o mo Business Communications Manager L o1 lI eee IEEE d TR Redor Green Green Green Blink Redor Redor Green Flash Blink Green Green i i 0o00000090 0 Se ets 08012 es zi or Business Communications Manager Using the Initialization menu to monitor system hardware If you require a more detailed reading of what the SSM LEDs are rea
44. Links Index of logsFolder Name Last modified Description Parent Directory 25 Oct 2002 pache JServ 1 1 2 27 Aug 2003 pache 02 Sep 2003 OQ BRU 29 Oct 2002 CallPilot 05 Sep 2003 DECT 08 Apr 2003 Doorphone 05 Sep 2003 EA Obtaining NT Event Logs from Archlog After you enable the Alarm Service the Business Communications Manager system automatically archives the event logs Whenever Business Communications Manager is rebooted the event logs are copied to an archive directory and the event logs are erased Business Communications Manager stores the event log archives in the directory D Data Files Nortel Networks Unified Manager archive Filename conventions for the event log archives e SystemLogY YMMDDhhmm evs e ApplicationLogY YMMDDhhmm evs P0609330 3 0 Chapter 4 Log Management 333 e SecurityLogY YMMDDhhmm evs Where YY is the year the log was created MM is the month the log was created DD is the day the log was created hhis the hour the log was created mm is the minute the log was created Use the procedure in this section to download and review NT Event logs using the Archlog application These files can aid in problem resolution because they contain the alarms displayed within alarm banner Download archlogs after completing the report a problem wizard or use archlog viewer to obtain the latest package The files are listed in chronological order from
45. Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary 962 Processing more than one fragmented H 225 setup message No action required Warning Informational None Detects when two setup messages are being processed at the exact same time SIP parser error 962 Send NT event log and stlog to development ITAS Check if there are any non SIP packets going through the BCM via the port 5060 Critical Error None This can happen when there is a SIP parser error or when a non SIP packet passes the driver via the default 5060 SIP port SIP Init Failure 962 963 Please check that mspqos sys is properly loaded If SIP is to be used as the VOIP protocol reboot system to make sure mspqos sys is loaded properly and that there are no memory allocation issues Critical Error None SIP structures used in driver are not properly initialized OSIP Failure 962 963 Send NT event log and stlog to development ITAS Critical Error None Error in decoding or encoding SIP packet using the OSIP parser SIP Call State Machine Failure 962 963 Send NT event log and stlog to development ITAS Critical Error None Unex
46. MSCid 251 Sev P9 Cat C On system boot up the BCM waits 3 minutes before reporting alarm 50 51 to give the modules time to boot up On a running system the BCM requires a module to be lost for at least 2 minutes before reporting alarm 50 51 A Trunk Computer Module has been disconnected Event parameters 961 Module Card Power down the system and check all connections to the module Check that the module is properly seated If the problem persists replace the module Critical Error MSC event 252 Sev P9 Cat C This only applies to trunk MBMs that share a DS30 bus So CTM and BRI MBMs can generate this To reproduce this bring 2 CTMs or BRI MBMs on a single DS30 and disconnect 1 of the MBMs ON a running system the BCM requires a module to be lost for at least 2 minutes before reporting alarm 50 51 52 Business Communications Manager Management Guide 224 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Voice software Event ID 53 Event ID 54 Event ID 55 Event ID 59 Event ID 61 Event ID 62 P0609330 3 0 Return to table Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm even
47. Major N A None This item only shows up as an alarm MspQoS provides the Quality of Service driver which controls NAT QoS IPSec Firewall Return to table Return to table Service Message mspQoS Event ID 2000 User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comment mspQoSMP Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID None The description for Event ID 2000 in Source mspQoS could not be found It contains the insertion string s No action required Warning Information None This item will only show up in DEBUG builds of mspqos Perfmon has opened the mspqos performance collector mspperf dll MspQoSMP Quality of Service driver which controls NAT QoS IPSec Firewall mspQoSMP Service Event ID 4003 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs P0609330 3 0 Return to table Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID None Memory allocation failed on 2 May need to reboot system Critical Error None Chapter 2 Fault Management System 147 mspQoSMP Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID 4014 4019 4022 4023 4024 4026 Return to table Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs
48. Major Error None Generic system error A wide assortment of problems See event text for details Report error to Nortel Networks support Major Warning None Voice CTE Chapter 2 Fault Management System 215 Event ID 257 Event ID 257 Event ID 257 Event ID 257 Event ID 257 Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action omponent ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Voice CTE CTE MSC Driver Initialization Error Exit Error is OxO3nn Error OxO3nn Please collect the files CteDiag log and CteDiag bak ensure the Voice CTE service has restarted and report this problem to your support representative Critical Error None All CTE device driver errors have the hex base 0x0300 Driver errors which do not have specific messages are reported as Error OxO3nn This generic message is rare CTE MSC Driver Initialization Error Exit Error is 0x0301 An invalid handle passed to the driver Please collect the files CteDiag log and CteDiag bak ensure the Voice CTE service has restarted and report this problem to your support representative lt UD
49. Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary System is low on memory and cannot allocated resources in the driver 962 Maximum filter limit has been reached Need to remove other QoS filters Critical Error None The maximum number of QoS filters has been reached Too many ports specified for 2 Max 256 Reduce the number of QoS Ports specified Critical Error None Could not read port values for 962 Fix Port Range entries They are invalid Minor Warning None Entries in Port Range field are invalid Could not create symbolic link 963 of 962 QoS driver has failed to load Reboot system If this error persists contact Customer Support Critical Error None Catastrophic driver failure Could not create 2 QoS driver has failed to load Reboot system If this error persists contact Customer Support Critical Error None Catastrophic driver failure 962 failed to register as an Intermediate Miniport QoS driver has failed to load Reboot system If this error persists contact Customer Support Minor Warning None Catastrophic driver failure Business Communications Manager Management Guide
50. Minor Warning MSC event 332 Sev P5 Cat C This event is generated when the short term alarm threshold has been surpassed in the Digital Trunk Interface module for the detection of loss of frame in timeslot 16 The module is in a no new calls state DTCM 1 Intervention is required to find out why the Digital Trunk Interface module is alarmed Intervention is required to find out why the Digital Trunk Interface module is alarmed Minor Warning MSC event 333 Sev P5 Cat C Business Communications Manager Management Guide 234 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Voice software Event ID 334 Event ID 335 Event ID 367 Event ID 400 Event ID 401 Event ID 608 P0609330 3 0 Return to table Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary This event is generated when the short term alarm threshold has been surpassed in the Digital Trunk Interface module for the detection of alarm indication signal in time slot 16 The module is in a no new calls state DTCM 1 Intervention is required to find out why the Digital Trunk Interface module is alarmed Intervention is required to find
51. Minor Trap type Warning Logs None Event ID 3087 Message Zplnit error User action Check if Zip32 dll is installed properly under the CDRTransfer directory Alarm severity Critical Trap type Error Logs None Event ID 3087 Message ZpSetOpt error User action Check if Zip32 dll is installed properly under the CDRTransfer directory Alarm severity Critical Trap type Error Logs None Event ID 3088 Message Can t open reg key err 961 User action Check if CDRTransfer registry entries are damaged Alarm severity Critical Trap type Error Logs None Event ID 3088 Message Can t get current dir err 961 User action Check if you have permission to get current directory Alarm severity Critical Trap type Error Logs None P0609330 3 0 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 109 CDRTransfer Event ID 3088 Event ID 3088 Event ID 3088 Event ID 3088 Event ID 3088 Event ID 3088 Event ID 3090 Event ID 3090 Return to table Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action C
52. No Action Required For 10 11 and 12 replace HDD in next maintenance window Warning Information None RAID Hardware Recovery Information 1 Bytes Total sec Recovered 2 getting Network Information Recovered 3 Bytes Sent sec Recovered 4 Bytes Received sec Recovered 5 Packets Received Error sec Recovered 6 Packets Received Discarded sec Recovered 7 Packets Outbound Error sec Recovered 8 Packets found Discarded sec Recovered No action required Warning Information None LAN1 LAN2 and WAN Information Non PAged Memory Recovered No action required Warning Information None Non Page Memory Recovery Information Telephony Services 961 No action required Warning Information None Telephony Services Status Information When this indicate Up Unified Manager can be accessed Temperature Recovered No Action Required Temperature recovered to less than 40 degrees C Warning System Status Monitor Event ID 2000 Event ID 2001 Event ID 2002 Event ID 2003 Event ID 2004 Return to table Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments
53. Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs emsManager Event ID 1000 Event ID 1001 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 3000 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 3001 Message Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Media services manager Service started No action required Warning Information None Service terminated No action required Warning Information None MSC Driver is in the core upload mode aborting If this happens due to an interrupted upload of the core image the user must upload the core Once the upload procedure completes successfully the error will go away If this happens during a core upload no action is required it should not happen because during the core upload there is no reason to start the MSM Critical Error None Registry contains an invalid published IP address Business Communications Manager Management Guide 120 Chapter 2 Fault Management System emsManager Return to table User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 3002 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary This happens only if the IP address of a NIC that is currently selected in the Published IP Address field of the UM has been changed and due to so
54. SNMP QoS Monitor Web Cache Net Link Mgr a NAT VPN Policy Management NTP Client Settings Management Diagnostics 4 Press the Tab key to save the settings Business Communications Manager Management Guide 68 Chapter2 Fault Management System Accessing the Alarm Banner to monitor alarm notification Use the Alarm Banner to continually monitor the Business Communications Manager system for faults or alarm conditions The Alarm Banner stays active on your desktop for quick access The banner displays color codes to represent the alarm severity and the number of alarms for each severity level The Alarm Banner displays alarms in real time Note You must enable alarm service before the Alarm Banner will function To enable the alarm server see Enabling the alarm service on page 67 To access the Alarm Banner 1 Access the correct Business Communications Manager in your network from the Unified Manager workstation browser On the Unified Manager navigation tree select the System heading From the Fault menu select Alarm Banner The Alarm Banner appears Figure 18 Alarm banner Configuration Fa Tools Logoff View Help 47 65 138 69 4 p Comprehensive j tes Re Jel ii 4 ritem 9 G BCM 47 65 138 59 i 9 Sistem SystemName isp cav Doc Resources Services 2 Q Management Description Business Communications
55. Stopped Automatic Workstation LanmanWorkstation Running Automatic RDS self certifying Remote access aut manager RasAuto Alerter Alerter Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms rdscert Stopped Disabled World wide web publishing service Stopped Manual W3SVC odial Stopped Manual The Alerter service distributes administrative notices to users Alerter messages initiated by the network administrator are pop up notifications or pre determined network information Use the Alert box under Server properties to enter alert text Nortel Networks recommends that you disable the Alerter service on your Business Communications Manager due to its NetBIOS dependency and infrequent usage The Alerter service requires the Messenger and Workstation services to be started and relies on NetBIOS over TCP IP for network communication System level services Alerter Stopped Manual None Alerter service structure Parent TDI A Workstation Alerter P0609330 3 0 Chapter 3 Service Management System 261 ClipBook server ClipBook server Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms The ClipBook service provides support for the Clipbook Viewer This server service allows sharing of the contents of the clipboard over a network The service gives remote access to the source machine s clipboard from the target computer s Clipbook viewer Nortel Ne
56. To access the WAN Graph and Table 1 On the Unified Manager navigation tree click the Resources and WAN keys and click the heading of the WAN resource you want to see 2 On the top menu click Performance and select an item e UTWAN Graph e UTWAN Table e QoS Graph see Accessing the QoS Graph and Table e QoS Table see Accessing the QoS Graph and Table e QoS Queue 1 5 Graph see Accessing the QoS Queue 1 5 Graph and Table e QoS Queue 1 5 Table see Accessing the QoS Queue 1 5 Graph and Table e QoS Queue 6 9 Graph see Accessing the QoS Queue 6 9 Graph and Table e QoS Queue 6 9 Table see Accessing the QoS Queue 6 9 Graph and Table The performance statistics are the same as those measured for a UTWAN For more information see e Accessing the QoS Graph and Table on page 368 e Accessing the QoS Queue 1 5 Graph and Table on page 369 e Accessing the QoS Queue 6 9 Graph and Table on page 370 Business Communications Manager Management Guide 368 Chapter 6 Performance Management Accessing the QoS Graph and Table QoS Quality of Service refers to guaranteed throughput level QoS lets a server measure improve and to some level guarantee the transmission rates error rates and other data transmission characteristics QoS is critical for the continuous and real time transmission of video and multimedia information which uses high bandwidth The QoS monitor gathers information on the volume of da
57. To restore Business Communications Manager data from a Local Drive E be aware that the space available might not be enough and the restore will not be completed The total space used for backup restore on the E drive should not exceed 1 gigabyte Remote Drive To restore component data to Business Communications Manager you must have a local source or shared network resource to get the data from This shared resource must have permissions set so the specific user has access to the resource at read write permission level Check the documentation of the system you want to back up for how to set the security and share level Business Communications Manager must be able to map to this shared resource FTP Server To restore Business Communications Manager data from a FTP Server you must have a source folder to store the data The folder must have its permissions set so the specific user has full control Business Communications Manager must be able to find this FTP Server After you make sure that Business Communications Manager has full access to the desired source drive select the components to be restored Restore Options BRU offers two restore options that let you run the restore with version compare or not 1 Restore only if the bcm version and the backup version are the same runs the script that compares the BCM version with the backup version and if they are different cancels the restore 2 Restore even if the bcm version and the
58. User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Main Intelligence module OK No action required Warning Information None Main Intelligence module added No action required Warning Information None Redundant intelligence module OK No action required Warning Information None Redundant intelligence module added No action required Warning Information None Ambient temperature back within thresholds No action required Warning Information None Ambient humidity back within thresholds No action required Warning Information None UPS on battery This event can be caused by poor power quality i e power fluctuation 1 If input power is still present or becomes present again quickly decrease the sensitivity of the UPS 2 If the UPS has switched to battery operation because of complete loss of utility power wait for power to be restored to the UPS If the condition persists contact an electrician to analyze your utility power 3 If only the UPS has lost input power check building wiring and circuit breakers Warning Chapter 2 Fault Management System 199 UPS Uninterruptible power supply Event ID 200001 Event ID 200002 Event ID 200004 Event ID 200005 Event ID 200007 Event ID 200008 Return to table Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm
59. VoIP Gateway Voice MSC service Voice WAN SNMP SNMP Trap service None None None System status monitor None TIntsvr None UPS APC Powerchute plus UNISTIM Terminal proxy server VBMain VNC server None VoIP SIP Gateway Voice Net QoS monitor VoIP Gateway Voice CTE Voice software alarm monitor VoiceCTI Voice management subsystem Voice MSC service Call Detail Recording Business Communications Manager Management Guide 94 Chapter2 Fault Management System Table 12 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarm Associated eventSource trap Service Policy Services Policy service qos flt init Qos flt init Rar None Router Routing and remote access service P0609330 3 0 Component ID alarm eventSource trap VoiceTimeSynch VoiceWatchdog Wins WINSCTRS Workstation Associated Service Voice time synch Voice watchdog Windows internet name service None Workstation Chapter 2 Fault Management System 95 Component event ID Use the information in the table Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID to search for a Component ID alarm eventSource trap by Event ID The Event ID noted in the table is a short form to indicate an Event ID Alarm eventId Trap The Event ID applies to the Component ID alarm eventSource trap Use the Component ID alarm description to determine the cause of an alarm and the appropriate mainten
60. and click the Restart info heading The Restart info summary screen appears 2 Onthe Configuration menu click Clear restart info to clear the log To view the Registers information 1 Click the Diagnostics and MSC keys and click Debug Restart info 2 Click the Registers heading The Registers summary screen appears Business Communications Manager Management Guide 460 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Message monitoring 1 Click the Diagnostics MSC and Debug keys and click the Message monitoring heading The Message monitoring screen appears CSU statistics Each DTM has an internal channel service unit CSU When enabled the internal CSU monitors the quality of the received T1 signal and provides performance statistics alarm statistics and diagnostic information DTMs must be individually programmed to establish parameters for collecting and measuring transmission performance statistics by the CSU For more information see e Statistics collected by the Business Communications Manager system on page 460 Enabling the internal CSU on page 461 e Checking the performance statistics on page 461 e Checking the CSU alarms on page 462 e Checking carrier failure alarms on page 462 e Checking bipolar violations on page 462 e Checking short term alarms on page 462 e Checking defects on page 463 e Resetting statistics on page 463 Statistics collected by the Busines
61. are valid so that you have an indication of which backup can be restored if necessary P0609330 3 0 Chapter 8 System Backup and Restore BRU 395 The report file is displayed on the BRU status window after the script is finished processing but only in interactive non scheduled mode Note You specify the report file name before the script execution starts except for a m restore process where it inherits the automatically generated script file name for example BRUXXDDMM Y Y YY rep txt for rstore on the source folder and report name rep for backup on the destination folder Start Backup Restore Button To start the script process click the START BACKUP or START RESTORE button This Start Backup Restore action is dependant on the mode selected The table below shows what to expect Backup to a remote drive 1 user name and password for the remote drive 2 report file name 3 dect password if dect oam has been selected Backup to a local drive 1 report file name 2 dect password if dect oam has been selected Backup to a ftp server 1 user name and password for the ftp server 2 report file name 3 dect password if dect oam has been selected Restore from a remote drive 1 user name and password for the remote drive 2 dect password if dect oam has been selected Restore from a local drive 1 dect password if dectoam has been selected Restore from a ftp server 1 user name and password for the ftp server
62. by event ID Voice NNU diagnostics An NNU Logging application has registered and will process logging messages No action required Warning Information None NSACD Return to table Norstar Automated Call Distribution Return to table Service Event ID 0 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID NSACD ITGNS error d Exit code d Send NT event log and stlog to development ITAS Manually restart service or reboot BCM Critical Error None Logged if service failed to start Event ID 8007 User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs eturn to table Return to table Service Message alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID None The Microsoft Client Service for NetWare redirector has timed out one or more requests to Server name Contact Support Minor omponent Warning None Business Communications Manager Management Guide 160 Chapter 2 Fault Management System OSPFMib OSPFMib provides the open shortest path OSPF MIB component OSPF is a routing protocol that determines the best path for routing IP traffic over a TCP IP network The route is based on distance between nodes and several quality parameters OSPFMib Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Return to table Compone
63. e cece eee eee ees 315 Media service card core telephony logs 20 eee ee ee eens 315 WSC even Heeb DER 316 MSC System administration log vic ows nude rds b RR RR ewes RR m denen 316 MSC Network event lOQ iuseca sexes snm manh mee Xx Rd Ron 317 Displaying the MSC log information sisccsscxxkborx o n RR RR ES 317 Erasing the MSG log information sueseee pue o EGO REOR RE Oe PSS Rees Red 319 toca m PHCEPIDEUUTITSMUTLSUEMUTST 320 Hepor a problem wall uuu asc xci ROO ude Deas BUR RR eee 320 PIDNIGI BCDESUIBE oia iasadaQ a Rb da d AA PER X Y QUA UEPRXX C PAR HN RR XU de 326 Brod VIEWS discs ees ach 04 obs C SCLDEURS EE AIC EAE Ra RA ee od 328 Monog SEIS uua gardien acaba dba a poe bc eae bale io 329 Browse loge fold r sis iosalse aus uasa Rage s OR REOR enaa AR a 331 Obtaining NT Event Logs trom Archlog iis oso RR xe rx 332 Chapter 5 ECN MONIO dd FEX d MERE RTEROS REA PE Od nd d RE d eon Pape d 335 Sang BOM MONIO aL deo tubes d UAR DEA cd ded dad EG RR 335 Installing BCM Monitor on your computer 00 000 eee n 335 Staring BOM MOBIOF usse a or proxGear ORERREEY ORE REG UG RE RR RR 336 Saving your logon informalo aquae ue ue aas Ud eS EN S ERE IECE RES 336 Using BCM Monitor to analyze your system status 0 0 2220000050 337 BONM MO SOEDO qi a ER Ree BU Rec M Rea DU a a CR Aor doa EU D 338 MSC Media Services Card screen 0 eee ees 339 Voce PORE BSC bhocciv rede dase oU THEE EE ENERE TERE DETRAS 340 IP
64. iesus edie ede sd mh CE X Ron Rhe 451 To add Business Communications Manager to a workgroup 452 To add Business Communications Manager to a domain 452 To add Business Communications Manager to a Windows 2000 domain 452 Changing the CallPilot region issues sx n RR RERRERARURR ERRARE RRO 453 Changing the Business Communications Manager time and date 453 Maintenance programming for telephony resources 00 eee eee eae 453 Vala VOI AON eos dm xe Ie EP S qU eq qaqEe dE PPqquue d EPA QUAE 454 Medis Bay Module SIGUE aiuoceseecal e PORE habe SRY baies HH e RR 454 Displaying the Media Bay Module status 200 eae eee 454 Disabling module ccc tse edema me mde des RR Ee x RR ee RR 455 Enabling a disabled module leselleleeeeless 455 Identifying a device connected to the system 20 eee 455 Disabling a devit cocceusee esse deb rack r u eee He Ree Eee E a a RR 456 To enablia disabled device 2ncccwisibe dees cae xcu a Re eR 457 Wess osx e Aq REP ITET Pa xERd s REDE URN Pa US Se pue Deed 457 Lite bopbatk toSt rm 458 Payload loopback USD aud iced cae dx del dod Roca Redes ht RR a Rl aaa 458 Card loopback tesi ecko dete deebe deed kk edo Ra REA RIA debe ORUA Ra dC ies 458 ms IEE er 11 ETT 458 Starting a loopback tost iucesaaases uox ue ec oad X4 Eu y RRRCERER S sue 458 DN to pott CONVERION used oss ettam ker Ronde x xn EROR a de ER 459 JOD esc
65. ooo Voice Licensing services I A l 1 Media services manager 4 DECT OAM A DECT Alarm monitor DECT Maintenance console DECT The DECT maintenance console service enables the maintenance console on the DECT media Maintenance bay modules If the management from Unified Manager or the wizards doesn t function correctly console verify the status of this service Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name DECTMtce Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms DECTMtce DECT Maintenance console service structure Parent VoiceMSCDriver A Voice MSC service Voice NNU diagnostics Voice Licensing services A l i l Media services manager 4 A DECT OAM DECT Maintenance console Business Communications Manager Management Guide 290 Chapter 3 Service Management System DECT OAM DECT OAM Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms The DECT administration maintenance and operations OAM management interface service is used to enable the administration of the DECT media bay module from the Unified Manager If the management function from Unified Manager or the wizards does not function correctly verify the status of this service Nortel Networks configurable services DECTOAM Running Automatic Service Control Manager DECT OAM service structure Voic
66. register with DCOM within the required timeout Only Nortel Networks personnel should do these actions 1 reboot 2 if problem persists through VNC run miserver shutdown and mspTrace mutils dOxffffffff 3 try again collect the trace files in Unified Manager log and forward them to developers Critical Error None Business Communications Manager Management Guide 116 Chapter 2 Fault Management System DECTAlarms DECTAlarms Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Return to table Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Service DECT Alarm monitor Event ID 256 Message 01 10 03 694 DECT Alarm Monitor 4 DECT Alarm Manager Started User action No action required Alarm severity Warning Trap type Information Logs None DECTMtce DECTMtce Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Return to table Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Service DECT Maintenance console Event ID 256 Message The description for Event ID 256 in Source DECTMtce could not be found It contains the insertion string s 01 10 03 895 DECT MaintenanceConsole 4 MCServer Started User action No action required Alarm severity Warning Trap type Information Logs None DhcpServer DhcpServer Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Return to table Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Service Microsoft DHCP
67. to ensure that the module is not disabled For more information see the procedure Media Bay Module status on page 437 If the problem persists If the AC power is present and the LED indicator on the module is off contact your customer service representative If AC power is present and the LED indicator on Business Communications Manager is off replace the Business Communications Manager system P0609330 3 0 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 435 Note Before you replace the Business Communications Manager system disconnect all central office and station lines from the Business Communications Manager system Power down the system by unplugging it Refer to Business Communications Manager Installation and Maintenance Guide for information on replacing components For more information see Digital trunk module problems on page 435 Monitoring the T1 or PRI signal on page 436 Digital trunk module problems 1 On the navigation page click the Resources and Media Bay Modules key and the bus that the module is on to verify that the DTM is enabled and that the lines are provisioned For more information see the procedure Media Bay Module status on page 437 Check the LEDs on the front of the DTM Front view Power LED Status LED In Service LED Loopback Test LED Continuity loopback Receive LEDs Transmit LEDs Loopback Telecom connector Receive Alarm yellow LED o
68. 1030 1033 1034 1040 1102 UPS 1150 1162 1165 Business Communications Manager Management Guide 98 Chapter2 Fault Management System Table 13 Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Event ID Alarm eventID Trap Component ID Alarm eventSource Trap 2019 2021 Srv 2030 2036 2037 UPS 2088 CDRTransfer 2090 MGS 2200 2208 Survivable Remote Gateway 3000 emsManager HotDesking System Status Monitor UTPS VoiceWatchdog 3001 3002 emsManager MGS MPS System Status Monitor VoiceWatchdog 3003 3005 MGS MPS System Status Monitor VoiceWatchdog 3091 3092 3095 3101 3201 3203 MGS NetLogon Survivable Remote Gateway 4032 4034 4041 4043 4055 P0609330 3 0 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 99 Table 13 Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Event ID Alarm eventID Trap Component ID Alarm eventSource Trap 20013 20015 20031 20048 20049 20064 20089 20101 20103 20105 20111 20133 IPXRouterManager 30052 IPRIP2 100300 100401 100403 100500 100503 100601 100700 100900 101300 101400 101500 101601 101700 103100 103200 103500 103600 103700 103800 110000 110100 200000 200008 200200 200301 200400 200403 200700 201301 201302 203100 203200 203300 203400 203500 203600 203800 203900 300000 300100 300200 300202 300204 300206 300300 300400 301000 301301 301302 301308 301304 30140
69. 267 System test log MSC event 268 System test log MSC event 269 System test log MSC event 270 System test log MSC event 271 System test log MSC event 285 System test log MSC event 286 System test log MSC event 287 System test log MSC event 288 System test log MSC event 289 System test log MSC event 290 System test log MSC event 291 System test log MSC event 292 System test log MSC event 293 System test log MSC event 294 System test log MSC event 295 System test log MSC event 296 System test log MSC event 297 System test log MSC event 298 System test log V o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 gt MSC event 400 System Admin log MSC event 426 System test log MSC event 427 System test log MSC event 428 System test log MSC event 429 System test log MSC event 430 System test log MSC event 432 System test log MSC event 600 System test log MSC event 601 System test log MSC event 602 System test log MSC event 614 System test log MSC event 630 System test log 803 808 810 823 o 0 0 0 0 251 Chapter 3 Service Management System This section describes service manager capabilities in Unified Manager and the properties of the services in the Service Manager and associated alarm notifications Service Management topics e Service Manager on page 251 Service Definit
70. 3 0 Chapter 3 Service Management System 259 Select a display name from the table to display the full service description Table 15 System level services Display name Service name Alerter Alerter ClipBook server ClipSrv COM Event System EventSystem Computer Browser Browser EventLog EventLog Firebird Guardian Service InterBaseGuardian Firebird Server InterBaseServer License logging service LicenseService Messenger Messenger MSDTC MSDTC MSSQLServer MSSQLServer MSSQLServerADHelper MSSQLServerADHelper Multi dialup manager DialMgr NetIQ AppManager client communication manager NetlQccm NetlQ AppManager client resource manager NetlQmc Network DDE NetDDE Network DDE DSDM NetDDEdsdm Net logon Netlogon Network monitor agent nmagent NSACD NSACD NT LM Security support provider NtLmSsp Default status startup Stopped Manual Stopped Manual Stopped Manual Stopped Manual Running Automatic Running Automatic Running Manual Stopped Manual Running Automatic Stopped Manual Stopped Manual Stopped Manual Running Automatic Stopped Disabled Stopped Disabled Stopped Manual Stopped Manual Stopped Manual Stopped Manual Running Automatic Running Manual Display name Service name Remote access connection manager RasMan Remote access server RemoteAccess Remote procedure call locator RPCLOCATOR Remote procedu
71. 3 Service Management System SSH Secure Shell 2 service structure Parent Child None None Survivable remote gateway Survivable The survivable remote gateway service provides the SRG mode remote gateway Type System level services Service name SRG Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms None Survivable remote gateway service structure Parent None SRG UNISTIM Terminal proxy server HotDesking System event notification System event The System event notification SENS service tracks system events such as Windows logon notification network and power This service provides notification of such events to COM Event System subscribers SENS is an AutoStarted service This service is critical to alarm and event notification on the BCM Nortel Networks recommends you do not change the default status and startup values Type System level services Service name SENS Default status Stopped Default startup Manual Alarms None P0609330 3 0 Chapter 3 Service Management System 279 System event notification service structure Parent Child Remote procedure call service None A COM Event System L System event notification Task scheduler Task scheduler Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms The Task scheduler service executes an application at a specified time and date System level services Schedule Runnin
72. 336 e Saving your logon information on page 336 Installing BCM Monitor on your computer 1 Onthe Unified Manager main page click the Install Clients icon The Download Client Applications page appears Install Clients Download Desktop Applications 2 Inthe left frame under the Administrative Tools heading click the BCM Monitor link The BCM Monitor page appears 3 Click the Download BCM Monitor icon AP package for nli Download BCM Monitor Enter the System Administrator user name and password and click the OK button Select the Save this program to disk option and select the OK button Select a folder where you want to store the BCM Monitor install file and select the Save button Business Communications Manager Management Guide 336 Chapter 5 BCM Monitor 7 8 From your desktop move to the folder where you saved the install file and double click the BCMMonitor exe icon Follow the instructions provided by the installation wizard to install the application Starting BCM Monitor 1 Select the application icon on your desktop or find BCM Monitor on your Start Programs menu Enter the IP address or system name of the Business Communications Manager you want to monitor in the System Name or IP Address box Enter your Business Communications Manager Unified Manager user name in the Connect As box Enter your Business Communications Manager Unified Manager password in the Password box Note For
73. 6 Click Update to save the archlog configuration settings or click Reset to clear your configuration settings and use the system defaults P0609330 3 0 Chapter 4 Log Management 331 Figure 43 Archlog configuration screen NORTEL NETWORKS Support Contaci Business Communications Manager j Your Location BCI Product Maintenance amp Suppor Archlog Settings Alarme and Traps Maintenance System Information Archlog Configuration Ordar amp Enable m onal Co Dre Components een Archlog was last executed on 2003 09 06 07 40 57 Archtoy Send Archlog Package to FIP Server This feature allows you to send your archlog package to an FTP Server upon Ban er o successful completion You will need to provide the Address without the fip directory remote path user name and AR Schedule pass word for this feature to werk For anonymous log in please type anonymous for the password A5 f Lei gt i I Archloag Viewer Enable FTP No Address Remote Pata User Name Password Archlog Package Cleanup When cleanup is enabled Archlog autematcally deletes ang Archlog Packages that are older then the specified nurnber of days This is done each tene Archlog is executed This feature wall only clean up local archlog packages and not the ones stored on FTP Servers Enable Cleanup Mo Number of Days Log Checking When log checking is enabled Archlog will only archive togs that have be
74. Configuration Solutions Manager NCM on H NCM SE 3 Unified Manager Workstation URIEDRSP V IR RS232 local interface SNMP Network Manager Workstation SNMP Network Manager Server Network management physical interfaces Business Communications Manager offers alternatives on how to connect to and access the Business Communications Manager unit and devices in the network see Business Communications Manager physical interfaces on page 31 Connectivity to the network and Business Communications Manager depends on the network configuration and telephony resources built in the system Physically the Business Communications Manager network can be distributed geographically across different sites The network administrator must be able to access each BCM in the network Network administration personnel have the ability to configure observe and control the operation and performance of the Business Communications Manager through one of the available access portals These interfaces provide management access to the Business Communications Manager see Figure 4 P0609330 3 0 Chapter 1 Management Overview 31 e WAN IP interface WAN internet access IP access through the Unified Manager interface The WAN interfaces use T1 with CSU V 35 X 21 PRUBRI MBMs Dial on demand Establish a connectivity path provided from the corporate LAN network to the end user s WAN network or ISP over another WA
75. Er 394 User Name and Passwort 224 cio okc xe Geeta dE ee ee Red 394 P0609330 3 0 Contents HESpUHT EN es 2 quedes deed etpe queas updqqeuedbeiSasedqebEdedde pm 394 Start Backup Restore Button 5 c000c ees cdewe sees ramon man 395 Pecos BRU uui iix aupra werd iota ped du idu eee dul gar Rd 396 Exiting from the backup and restore utility lsllleleeeese 396 Resetting the BRU SCOS ci 6 css cde babe x RE EE EXP epee End 397 FACING a DOW VOD WO 4a ck acier Gh be adeo cdd adds icd o eb eating ok act 397 M ogifyitig A volum ais sasadsenaxesad uua do eu era ue d ARR ra ees 398 Desh Sa VOWS unio Eae co eked S N 398 Performing a backup Using BRU iussisse sue er Rr eR rx ves 399 Scheduling a Backup ui cusa sees me mnm mne RHR mme kae koe n 402 Viewing scheduled Dackups 12 idgad oca pad act codo Ra ifto a d iota eii 404 Viewing a scheduled backup report iusserat monem pee RO en 404 Deleting a scheduled backup 000 e eee eee ees 404 Pedomung restore using BRU 2l cusa katkacb ew rekr tka e dk 404 Chapter 9 Security Management i ccs rsrsr etico usa arua eae ww RR RR ens 407 Computer Fequiremel Ys iua esa een a ome done uc cR baw RR IR A RON a RR ee a de 407 Browser roguremMmeniS err Lr E 407 Using a MTTP Proxy Server Lies deed d dox dd bed de deb dp b hd dies 408 Bypassing the HTTP Proxy on Microsoft Internet Explorer 5 0 408 Bypassing the HTTP Proxy on Netscape Communicator 4 5 408 Loggm
76. Fault Management System 153 NCM NCM provides the Network Configuration Manager component Configuration Manager Event ID 301 Event ID 302 Event ID 311 Event ID 312 NetBT Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID None The description for Event ID 311 in Source NCM could not be found It contains the insertion string s NCM config import started Command option k No action required Warning Information None The description for Event ID 311 in Source NCM could not be found It contains the insertion string s NCM config command completed No action required Warning Information None The description for Event ID 311 in Source NCM could not be found It contains the insertion string s NCM file import started Command option I No action required Warning Information None The description for Event ID 311 in Source NCM could not be found It contains the insertion string s NCM file command completed No action required Warning Information None NetBT provides NetBios over TCP NetBIOS is the native networking protocol in Windows based Busin
77. ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Service NetIQ AppManager client communication manager Event ID Message The value for Authorized Management Server s was changed to XYZ 15000 User action No action required Alarm severity Minor Trap type Warning Logs None Event ID Message The Bind Management Server Port was changed to XYZ 15001 User action No action required Alarm severity Minor Trap type Warning Logs None Event ID Message The NetlQ Agent Listing Port number was changed to XYZ 15002 User action No action required Alarm severity Minor Trap type Warning Logs None P0609330 3 0 NetLinkManager NetLinkManager Return to table Return to table Service Chapter 2 Fault Management System 157 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Net link manager Event ID 0 The description for Event ID 0 in Source NetLinkManager could not be found It contains the insertion string s Service started No action required Warning Information None Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 0 The description for Event ID 0 in Source NetLinkManager could not be found It contains the insertion string s Service stopped No action required Warning Information None Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs NetLogon Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Compone
78. Logs 158 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Please make sure the LAN cards inside BCM is connected properly Minor Warning None This is not valid before BCM 3 0 release Adapter NGRPCi Adapter Link Up No action required Warning Information None This is not valid before BCM 3 0 release NGRPCI Adapter instance NGRPCI Cable Connected Successfully No action required Warning Information None This event is only valid before BCM 3 0 release NGRPCI Adapter instance NGRPCI LAN Cable Disconnected Please make sure the LAN cards inside BCM is connected properly Minor Warning None This event is only valid before BCM 3 0 release Could not find an adapter Please check the profiles first If the BCM has only one LAN adapter installed ignore this message Otherwise change the LAN adapter Critical Error None Does not support the configuration supplied Please check the PCI Slot and make sure that the Netgear FA310 10 100 Fast Ethernet adapter is plugged into the slot properly Otherwise swap the Ethernet Adapter Critical Error None Nnu Chapter 2 Fault Management System 159 NNU Nortel Networks Utilities Return to table Service Event ID 1000 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs NSACD Return to table omponent ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap
79. MIBS 373 MS Windows NT performance MIBs 490 N Name 451 navigation tree 40 NetIQ 375 applying a keycode 377 enabling 379 feature overview 376 summary tab 377 field descriptions 377 using 376 network event log 317 networking DPNSS 24 MCDN requires keycode 24 NT event logs alarm service 66 P0609330 3 0 NTLM settings 416 O operation mode mirrored disks 472 OSPF MIBs 489 P password callback number 422 change 419 complexity 428 default 419 failed logon attempts before lockout 427 lockout duration 427 lockout policy 427 minimum length 428 policy 428 remote network note 428 reset failed logon attempts count after min 427 system policies 419 Unified Manager policies 421 user profile 421 payload loopback test 439 458 performance management NetIQ 375 SNMP MIB II 372 performance statistics 53 352 port disable enable 438 primary master status disk mirroring 472 private security key 411 profile add user 420 adding group 424 adding user domain 426 domain user group 419 programming maintenance 444 463 publications related 24 PuTTY installing 429 text based menu 431 Q Q SIG Voice Networking requires keycode 24 R ReadOnlyUserGroup 419 rebuild disk mirroring 472 remote network password policies 428 require sign and encrypt 417 Reset failed logon attempts count after min 427 Resources 41 restart event triggers 250 restore data BRU 404 resync timer alarm databas
80. Manager UM 111302 BCM30 RC2 2 Compiled Wed Nov 13 20 03 21 200 Diagnostics i oix Critical Major Minor Warming All nae o o0 ENS v Applet idle for 30 seconds Warning Applet Window 4 Select any color coded alarm button to view a report of active alarms The Alarm Browser appears See Accessing the Alarm Browser to analyze alarm detail on page 69 for more information P0609330 3 0 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 69 Accessing the Alarm Browser to analyze alarm detail With the Alarm Browser you can access and detect an alarm occurring on the system and display detailed information on each alarm to assist you to perform corrective action if needed See the section Alarm Analysis and Clearing Procedures on page 89 for a detailed explanation of how to navigate through the alarm clearing process and the descriptions in this guide To access the alarm browser and alarm detail screen 1 Access the correct Business Communications Manager in your network from the Unified Manager workstation browser On the navigation tree click the System heading On the Fault menu click Alarm Banner The Alarm Banner appears 4 Select any color coded alarm buttonto display a report of active alarms Select ALL white button to browse through the complete list of system alarms regardless of the severity level The alarm browser screen appears Select the row corresponding to the alarm for which you wa
81. Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity 226 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary MSC event 369 Sev P6 Cat F An alarm generated by a server application See application documentation for appropriate action Critical Error None An alarm generated by a server application See application documentation for appropriate action Critical Error None An alarm generated by a server application See application documentation for appropriate action Critical Error None An alarm generated by a server application See application documentation for appropriate action Critical Error None An alarm generated by a server application See application documentation for appropriate action Critical Error None An alarm generated by a server application See application documentation for appropriate action Critical Error None An alarm generated by a server application See application documentation for appropriate action Critical Error None An alarm generated by a server application See application documentation for appropriate action Critical Chapter 2 Fault Management System 227 Voice software Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 Return to table Trap type Logs Messag
82. Network Media Access Control Meridian Client Defined Network PRI SL 1 Management Information Base Network Address Translation Network Interface Card Network Operations Center Optivity Integration Toolkit Business Communications Manager Management Guide 22 Preface OSPF PBX PCI PDD PPPoE PPTP PRI PSTN Qos RAS RIP SNMP TAPI TCP IP TE TEI UDP VoIP VPN WAN P0609330 3 0 Open Shortest Path First Private Branch Exchange Peripheral Component Interconnect Slot Partial Double Density Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet Point to Point Tunneling Protocol Primary Rate Interface Public Switched Telephone Network Quality of Service Remote access service Routing Information Protocol Simple Network Management Protocol Telephony Application Program Interface Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol Terminal Equipment Terminal Endpoint Identifier User Datagram Protocol Universal Dialing Plan Voice over IP Virtual Private Networks Wide Area Network Preface 23 How to get help Your local distributor provides technical support for your Business Communications Manager system or has access to that information through a Technical Service Center TSC USA and Canada Authorized Distributors Technical Support Telephone 1 800 4NORTEL 1 800 466 7835 If you already have a PIN Code you can enter Express Routing Code ERC 196 If you do not yet have a PIN Code or for general questions
83. Placeholders for values passed to the event message This is the syntax used by the Event Log APIs in order to pass values into the string If they appear without the correct text then there is something wrong with how that value is passed Established IPsec SAs on The Inbound and Outbound SPI Security Policy Index is a unique number local IP Addr gt with remote that is assigned to each IPSec QuickMode connection IP Addr gt AH outbound SPI lt Hex Number gt AH inbound SPI lt Hex Number gt BCM has no IP Address on the IP Addresses and masks in hexadecimal format The example is the IP IPSec Client private network Address and subnet mask of the IP Address that will be given to the VPN IP Address 1 IP Mask 2 client when they connect Error notification 96d received These are the error notification messages as specified in the IPSec RFC on local IP Addr gt from 2401 2412 remote IP Addr Established IPsec SAs on The Inbound and Outbound SPI Security Policy Index is a unique number local IP Addr gt with remote that is assigned to each IPSec QuickMode connection IP Addr gt AH outbound SPI Hex Numbers AH inbound SPI Hex Numbers Oakley d Mode proposal The 96d should either display the text Main or Aggressive Main is for accepted on local IP Addr gt Branch Office connections and Aggressive is for VPN client connections If from lt remote IP Addr gt it doesn t display one
84. RemoteAccess Stopped Manual None Remote access server service structure Parent Child NetBios A Remote procedure call service I TDI NetBT None t Workstation Telephony service Server A a t L Remote access connection manager l l l ra atm Remote access server 4 Remote procedure call locator Remote procedure call locator Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms The Remote procedure call RPC locator service is a protocol used to encapsulate function calls over a network Features like LAN CTE require the RPC locator service In a distributed network the server partially registers its status with the RPC name server database Clients query the database to locate available server applications The service maintains the RPC name server database and requires the RPC service to be started Nortel Networks recommends that you do not disable this service System level services RPCLOCATOR Stopped Manual None Remote procedure call locator server service structure TDI Parent Workstation _ Remote procedure call locator Business Communications Manager Management Guide 274 Chapter 3 Service Management System Remote procedure call service Remote The Remote procedure call RPC service enables function calls over a network and operates in procedure call tandem with the Remote procedure call RPC locat
85. SS Heo RC R E pd 386 Backup and Restore Will pias conv icudbheoiraaukenadeea wea ea Ra 386 DECT OAM Operations Administration and Maintenance 387 RY eck de hae RA bici BAER ee Bod sd ES ee ees 387 LGB ieseutvea seelaedes qu dqeexeequqdqedasu e s hqquadqued 387 Multimedia Call Cent r ii iussi see meu mme mh eme RRR on 388 FOIS paranese dit dopo Uia dec Gri dopo RE rait dE RR Update 388 BWnineg MOSS assidue qd deque tere eee eiess Kemet adwas Ode qe 388 pope AP CANG e CEU 389 ToO NO ccd dv eh ke AIRE ER udi RE i d rg dee i dioe re a dole drag 390 Restore Moda i isessau e edm rex eed Rode dox deed s Oe do xo Keds rede Rd 390 SOUS DNS rnm 391 Mes 33454 384 54 10 0 9 IIO pP REN QE eae na Mes teh pan ee ea PS 391 Restore CompolgnlS uu xexadoswa xke Ese d eee deed PA ee Re UR COR RR 391 BOSE uu een d Ub sedeat She eRe caca a d MR a Sod aA hc Uo eee 392 PRECIO cia a dtrRib a i ES qd COR REP WE QE qma au d Rqqua ud edd 392 BRU 392 RR roc RIP 392 IVA assa Skok eee ase a qu HERE eam pA a ERU E RE Ped ua dd 392 Licobso FIEBIOPBE ves etd RO bio ba be a Y Sob cor dw on 392 Multimedia Call Center iouusucaescsuR mak m y RR ERR RERO RR 393 acini PP 393 Unimed RN uisa du acce aaah A acta un dot actua EA cee a dotar a ot dk 393 TOLE APOO 264 DT reet 393 TOOD aco pace do Roe Rogue bade E RO PER eo db oe IRL i ome 393 cw eM MT re
86. Save files and shut down programs or cancel the shutdown Warning Information None Administrative shutdown User initiated Save files and shut down programs or cancel the shutdown Warning Information None Administrative shutdown Weekly shutdown Save files and shut down programs or cancel the shutdown Warning Information None Administrative shutdown Daily shutdown Save files and shut down programs or cancel the shutdown Warning Information None User initiated shutdown cancelled No action required Warning Information None UPS returned from low battery condition No action required Warning Information None UPS batteries no longer need replacing No action required Warning Information None Chapter 2 Fault Management System 197 UPS Uninterruptible power supply Event ID 101300 Event ID 101400 Event ID 101500 Event ID 101601 Event ID 101700 Event ID 103100 Event ID 103200 Return to table Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap
87. Selecting the System heading also enables Configuration Performance Fault Logoff View and Help With these commands you can enable disable services access CPU and memory status access to the alarm banner which displays totals of alarms access or refresh a system inventory list rebootthe system or shut down operations Provides access for configuring data and telephony resources for Business Communications Manager hardware setup See the Programming Operations Guide as well as in the DECT Installation and Maintenance Guide Provides access for configuring telephony and data networking services and various other related services Telephony information is discussed in the P Telephony Configuration Guide System data configuration is discussed in the Programming Operations Guide This section also supports the information found in the CallPilot documentation and the documents for CDR Recording LAN CTE IVR Doorphone Network administration UPS Installation and Maintenance Guide and DECT Installation and Configuration Guide To manually enable or disable the Telnet service See Manually activating Telnet on page 431 Provides access to the User Manager which you use to manage the users who have access to the Unified Manager Chapter 9 Security Management and to the Alarm Manager which is used to define why types of alarms get reported by the system For more information on alarms and SNMP traps see Chapter 2 Fault M
88. Service name nmagent Default status Stopped P0609330 3 0 Chapter 3 Service Management System 269 Default startup Manual Alarms None Network monitor agent service structure Parent BH A Network monitor agent NT LM Security support provider NT LM Security The NT LM Security support provider service assists with backward compatibility and support provider authentication with older DOS versions It extends NT security to Remote Procedure Call RPC programs using various transports other than named pipes The server experiences a loss in DNS cache if this service is down Type System level services Service name NitLmSsp Default status Running Default startup Manual Alarms None NT LM Security support provider service structure Parent Child NT LM security support provider Windows internet name service World wide web publishing service FTP Publishing service Microsoft DNS server Microsoft DHCP server NSACD NSACD The NSACD Norstar Automated Call Distribution service is used for Multimedia Call Center If you have purchased Multimedia Call Center and itis not functioning check to ensure this service is operational Type System level services Service name NSACD Default status Running Business Communications Manager Management Guide 270 Chapter 3 Service Management System Default startup Alarms Automatic NSACD NSACD service st
89. SetPortCapability voice failed no resource Voice ports need to be allocated for the media services card so that voice mail will function Minor Warning None A call to SetServiceStatus failed If Voice Mail has started normally then no action is required However Voice Mail may not have started You may have to restart the system If problem persists contact your service representative These are 259 even though they are errors SetServiceStatus Critical Error None This event Is NOT passed via the mbLogMessage API Current number of mbxes is greater than keycoded limit If the number of mailboxes initialized is greater than the number of mailboxes enabled by keycode when a user attempts to login via unified messaging or the telset this event will be generated To resolve apply a mailbox expansion keycode to ensure the number of keycoded mailboxes is sufficient to enable all initialized mailboxes Business Communications Manager Management Guide 238 Chapter 2 Fault Management System VoiceCTI Return to table Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Event ID 259 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 259 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs P0609330 3 0 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Warning Information None This typically occurs immediately after a restore to a new system where keycodes have not yet been applied AA CCR calls c
90. System 93 Table 12 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component IPRCITE EL ORT TTE ECTS eventSource trap HotDesking Inventory Service IPRIP2 IPSecIKE IPXRouterManager IVR JET kbdclass MGS Modem MPS MSPAlarmService mspQoS mspQoSMP NCM NetBT NetlQccm NetlQmc NetlQObjMgr NetLinkManager NetLogon NGRPCI Nnu NSACD NwRdr OSPFMib Perfctrs Perflib Service HotDesking Inventory service None IPSecIKE service Routing and remote access service Nortel Networks IVR None None Media gateway server None None None None None None None NetlQ AppManager client communication manager NetlQ AppManager client communication manager NetlQ AppManager client communication manager Net link manager Net logon None Voice NNU diagnostics NSACD None None None None Component ID alarm eventSource trap Service Control Manager Service Control Manager Service Control Manager Service Control Manager Service Control Manager SNMP SNMP Trap Agent Srv SSH Secure Shell Server Survivable Remote Gateway System Status Monitor Tcpip TintSvr ToneSrvr UPS UTPS VBMain VNC Service VNetManager VolPSipGateway VNetQosMonitor VNetVolPGtwy Voice CTE Voice software VoiceCTI VoiceManagementSubsystem VoiceMSCService VoiceRecord Associated Service Voice management subsystem Voice software alarm monitor
91. The UPS is physically connected local to the machine System level services UPS Stopped Manual UPS UPS APC Powerchute Plus service structure Parent P0609330 3 0 Chapter 3 Service Management System 281 UPS Console Toggle UPS Console The UPS Console Toggle service turns the UPS serial port off for 15 minutes to allow for serial Toggle configuration occurs upon system reboot Type System level services Service name Default status Default startup Alarms UPSConsoleToggle Running Automatic None UPS Console Toggle service structure Parent Child None None VNC server VNC server The Virtual network computing VNC diagnostic tool is used by Nortel Network support teams to assist in remote system detection Type System level services Service name Default status Default startup Alarms winvnc Stopped Disabled VNC Service VNC server service structure None Parent Child None Voice Licensing services Voice Licensing services Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms The Voice licensing services enables the ability to enter keycodes to the core telephony area of the BOM If keycode entry doesn t function correctly check the status of this service System level services LSManager Running Automatic cfsServr Business Communications Manager Management Guide 282 Chapter 3 Service Management System Voice Licensing services service struc
92. The time on the Business Communications Manager is shown although this is an approximation The time is normally within a few minutes of the actual time set on the target BCM After you enter all the data press the Start Backup button to load the task into the scheduler on Business Communications Manager After you press the Start Backup button you are asked to enter some extra information that must be provided to ensure that the backup runs with no configuration errors The backup runs as a background task While BRU is running do not schedule a second backup on the same Business Communications Manager at the same time as errors may occur Note BRU is not a multi user application When you run or schedule a backup or restore m make sure that there is no conflict in between one or more BRU processes If a conflict occurs the BRU will not complete and can fail unexpectedly The error will not be registered on the eventlog Voice mail is unavailable during the Voice Applications backup or restore Backup components The Backup and Restore script makes most data required for BCM applications available as a component The separation of components lets you back up or restore any combination of components at any time Components you can back up e Apache Configuration e Archlog Settings e Backup and Restore Utility e DECT OAM e Interactive Voice Response e Licensing e Multimedia Call Center Registry e Unified Manager e Voi
93. User Manager Unified Manager Timeout Minutes o 3 Alarm Manager Q Diagnostics 2 IntheUnified Manager Timeout box enter the period of inactivity the program allows before it closes the application and returns to the log on screen I Note If you do not want the Unified Manager to time out enter 0 in this field Business Communications Manager Management Guide 416 Chapter 9 Security Management Setting system security compatibility levels Use the Security screen to set authentication signing encryption and other security related settings Some of these settings depend on the Windows operating system used by client workstations Security note The default settings define a mid level of security which accommodates Windows 95 98 Me operating systems If you would like to set a higher level of security ensure that all the computers that will be used for client access have upgraded to at least Windows NT4 2000 or XP D To set system security compatibility levels 1 On the navigation tree click the System key and the Security heading The Security screen appears in the right frame 2 This table describes the fields Set the fields to the values that best fit your system requirements and that accommodate compatibility issues with interconnecting users or services Aw iow mmn Authentication Compatibility Clear Page File on Shutdown SMB Client Signing P0609330 3 0 LM amp NTLM response refuse NTLMv
94. Voice The Voice management subsystem is the Telephony administration area in Unified Manager management subsystem Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name VoiceManagementSubsystem Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms VoiceManagementSubsystem Service Control Manager Voice management subsystem service structure Parent Child Voice MSC Driver None Voice MSC service Voice NNU diagnostics A Voice Licensing services l l l A l l Media services manager 4 A Voice management subsystem Remote procedure call service Voice MSC service Voice MSC The Voice MSC Media Services Card service provides the driver for the MSC hardware to the service operating system on BCM This service is critical for all Nortel Networks services running on BCM If this service fails the Watchdog attempts a restart If the Watchdog restart fails a reboot is required Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name VoiceMSCService Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms e VoiceMSCService Service Control Manager P0609330 3 0 Chapter 3 Service Management System 307 Voice MSC service service structure Parent Child Voice MSC Driver Voice MSC service A Voice MSC Service Voice Licensing services Media services manager Voice WAN DECT OAM A DECT Maintenance console I t
95. _ _ Net logon Remote procedure call locator World wide web publishing service World wide web The World wide web publishing service provides HTTP services for Windows platform publishing service applications When disabled the operating system no longer acts as a Web server This service is not critical to normal operation of BCM Nortel Networks recommends you do not change the default status and startup values Type System level services Service name W3SVC Default status Stopped Default startup Manual Alarms None P0609330 3 0 Chapter 3 Service Management System 285 World wide web publishing service service structure Parent Child Remote procedure call service NT LM Security support provider None World wide web publishing service ___ Nortel Networks Configurable Services Nortel Networks configurable services are software processes that are critical to Business Communications Manager software Modify the services only when troubleshooting or performing maintenance on Business Communications Manager Modify a service only under the direction or guidance of Nortel Networks support Improper service modification can adversely affect the normal operation of Business Communications Manager Warning Ensure you understand the implications of any modifications before you change service settings on your system Call Nortel Networks Support before you modify any service See Nortel Networks
96. action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Chapter 2 Fault Management System 129 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary PFS required on local IP Addr gt but not provided by remote IP Addr gt Check PFS setting on remote side Critical Error None No local interface for lt local IP Addr gt Check local interface setup Critical Error None Unauthenticated Informational message received on lt local IP Addr gt from remote IP Addr gt No action required Minor Warning None Informational message received on local IP Addr gt from remote IP Addr gt not authentic No action required Minor Warning None Unprotected Notify message on local IP Addr gt from remote IP Addr gt being dropped No action required Minor Warning None Bad length on Notify message received on local IP Addr gt from remote IP Addr gt dropping it No action required Minor Warning None No SPI on Notify message received on local IP Addr gt from remote IP Addr gt after Phase 1 dropping it No action required Business Communications Manager Management Guide 130 Chapter 2 Fault Management System IPSecIKE Internet protocol security Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Internet key exchange Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID
97. action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Indicates configuration problem Minor Warning None Permission Denied 4 i2002 set used to register with i2004 or i2050 TN Indicates configuration problem Minor Warning None Permission Denied 6 Retry Allowed Indicates configuration problem Minor Warning None Locked from Login 1 Password failed 3 times Indicates configuration problem Minor Warning None DN XXXX Local Mode Main Office Parameters not Provisioned Indicates configuration problem Warning Information None DN XXXX Local Mode Net Connect Server Unreachable Indicates connectivity problem Critical Error None DN XXXX Local Mode Main Office TPS Unreachable Indicates connectivity problem Critical Error None DN XXXX Local Mode Firmware isnot available on the SRG Indicates that IP set FW on main office has been upgraded and the required FW version is not available on SRG Critical Chapter 2 Fault Management System 181 Survivable Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary remote gateway Trap type Error Logs None Business Communications Manager Management Guide 182 Chapter 2 Fault Management System System Status Monitor ystem Status Monitor Event ID 1000 Event ID 1001 Event ID 1002 Event ID 1003
98. and Volume Administration interfaces is saved The table below lists the BRU configuration data that is saved Table 31 BRU configuration data Sub component Configuration location BRU gt Schedule Tab Po BRU gt Volume Admin P0609330 3 0 Chapter 8 System Backup and Restore BRU 387 DECT OAM Operations Administration and Maintenance For information about the DECT backup procedure see Performing a backup using BRU on page 399 The table below lists the DECT configuration data that is saved Table 32 DECT configuration data Sub component Configuration location Wizards gt DECT Configuration EE Wizards gt DECT Mobile Recording Po Unified Manager gt Services gt DECT IVR The IVR component backs up all the files related to the Interactive Voice Response The files are stored in the backup folder at the backup location The table below lists the IVR configuration data that is saved Table 33 IVR configuration data Sub component Configuration location All IVR prompts uploaded through the Unified Manager gt Services gt IVR gt IVR Prompts Licensing If you select Licensing in the BCM Component list keycodes entered through the Unified Manager Licensing section or a keycode file are saved You can restore any keycodes viewable in Unified Manager as long as the restore occurs on the same system The table below lists the Licensing configuration data that is saved Table 34 Licensing con
99. and table selections display system and operational statistics When you display the memory usage graph you can select and display statistics for one of these counter types e Committed bytes The ratio of the Committed Bytes to the Commit Limit This represents the amount of available virtual memory in use Note that the Commit Limit may change if the paging file is extended This is an instantaneous value not an average e Available bytes The size of the virtual memory currently on the Zeroed Free and Standby lists Zeroed and Free memory is ready for use with Zeroed memory cleared to zeros Standby memory is memory removed from a process s Working Set but still available Notice that this is an instantaneous count not an average over the time interval P0609330 3 0 Chapter 6 Performance Management 355 Resources Performance Monitor With the system resources performance monitor you can access performance measurement graphical tools that display performance metrics on these system resources e Accessing the Resources Performance Monitor on page 355 e Accessing the LAN performance monitor on page 362 e Accessing the WAN performance monitor on page 364 e Accessing the Dial Up performance monitor on page 366 e Accessing the UTWAN performance monitor on page 367 Business Communications Manager provides statistical information on system throughput and other performance related information For information on how to
100. arene S 288 DECT Maintenance console 2 2 06 cece eee eee ea eee ee eee ox xm E 289 DEC EDI once keene eee eek Lace ke Boer w Ede Bee is 290 FTP Publishing Saric ases dub ach oa ime tied oimeed ted ote Saws epus 290 PACS qoa d never nehe tad donate tebe e SOY d Pr DICERE ed Sod 291 MONO SOVOG PT 291 ISMUBIC BEMAMP sra dea xeu xac Ronin ded RR ee eee ee a 292 Ipsis TOO SERIO 2 so ade we doe RU bd eX CR UG Gee RO ee AS 292 Poec ESON C rm 293 LING monitor SAVE sac cst ieee dee nee eR One x he RES RR 293 Media Getae SOLVE ic hitb pasos ado god diat db Ra ai doe RR Ta ai cake 294 Died peli SONG uis pp EI EHE EP pede ag d due qd did 295 Media servicos Maneater usce s o Rayo siie Pe SR lC eS 295 Messe Hace Dol tacks teeta cA bad Re RR ERG d Adr dcs dE 296 Microsolt DHCP Serve 2iusedsssssema x ome dee x ed ea kn deb m bae xc dee xe 297 Microsot DNS BOIVET uoces oced pad Rd beet e need p d x PE RAE S EE 297 PED NIE e uo nai E dg EPAEXERQREEPXEIN E epe dud e qup q dq dd 298 Nortel Networks IVR ausu sessaiseaxemtakma xara ch n m ACRES ek ae 298 Nortel Networks license service 00 cece tte 299 Policy SEDE acsees x pa cee dg oped E RA RES PUR g RR RU Rqquaa a hs 299 PPPOE SONIDO oi cider coda DERE DER e Ze dod e DEM bd Dear 300 SNB uo sraciobsae E pra aioli E doin gtk ack ae ated actu dub Eh ace adul dog acted 300 SNMP Trap SOW 2iueakxeec am dh ehh RUE Ra sawed EAR ERR ERR da EE 301 System stalus MONIO us dao ios un LRA ARG galee PARRA ea MEM
101. assistance http www apc com go direct index cfm tag support Minor Warning None System level fan failed Check the fan for obstructions If you cannot resolve the problem immediately contact APC Support for assistance Critical Error None Bypass contactor failed An internal hardware failure exists Contact APC Support for assistance http Awww apc com go direct index cfm tag support Critical Error None Scheduled UPS self test passed No action required Warning Information None User initiated UPS self test passed No action required Business Communications Manager Management Guide 196 UPS Uninterruptible power supply Event ID 100500 Event ID 100501 Event ID 100502 Event ID 100503 Event ID 100601 Event ID 100700 Event ID 100900 P0609330 3 0 Return to table Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Chapter 2 Fault Management System Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Warning Information None Administrative shutdown started
102. be queried by SNMP For more details on performance management see Chapter 6 Performance Management on page 351 Use these tools and procedures to monitor the Business Communications Manager system performance e System Performance tools and services on page 351 e Service Manager on page 251 Base function tray system status display LEDs on page 466 e Using the Initialization menu to monitor system hardware on page 470 e Disk mirroring function on page 471 e Module Diagnostics on page 433 If you determine through the use of the diagnostic tools that a hardware problem exists see the Installation and Maintenance Guide for information on component replacement Security management overview Web access to Business Communications Manager now uses SSL encryption for system security This includes the appearance of a security alert when you initiate a connection to the Unified Manager using SSL which indicates site validation of the default certificate Business Communications Manager Management Guide 54 Chapter 1 Management Overview For more information on how to define security parameters for the system and for users see Chapter 9 Security Management on page 407 Security management topics Understanding BCM SSL certificate properties on page 410 Security Management Tools on page 414 Setting the Interface Timeout on page 415 Setting system security compatibility levels on page
103. command Example Enter show ip alerts routes italic text Indicates file and directory names new terms book titles Web addresses and variables in command syntax descriptions bold text Indicates command names screen titles options and text for a graphical user interface GUI angle brackets lt gt Indicates a keyboard key press or simultaneous key presses i e ENTER or CTRL j gt P0609330 3 0 Preface 21 Acronyms used in this guide This guide uses these acronyms API ASM ATA or ATA2 AWG BIOS BootP BRI CAP COPS CSU DASS2 DECT DHCP DN DNS DPNSS DTMF HTTP IETF IP IPSec IPX ISDN ISP IVR LAN MAC MCDN MIB NAT NIC NOC OIT Application Program Interface Analog station module Analog Terminal Adapter American Wire Gauge Basic Input Output System Bootstrap Protocol Basic Rate Interface Central Answering Position Common Open Policy Service Channel Service Unit Digital Access Signaling System Number 2 Digital enhanced cordless telecommunications or Digital European cordless telephone Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol Directory Number Domain Name Service DNS Digital Private Network Signalling System Dual Tone Multifrequency Hypertext Transfer Protocol Internet Engineering Task Force Internet Protocol Internet Protocol Security Internetwork Packet Exchange Integrated Services Digital Network Internet Service Provider Interactive Voice Response Local Area
104. configure and optimize network traffic and communications devices see the Programming Operations Guide Accessing the Resources Performance Monitor This section contains topics about using the performance monitor to observe packet based activity on Business Communications Manager e Accessing the IP Packets graph and table on page 356 e Accessing the ICMP Packets graph and table on page 358 e Accessing the UDP Packets graph and table on page 360 e Accessing the TCP Packets graph and table on page 361 Business Communications Manager Management Guide 356 Chapter 6 Performance Management Accessing the IP Packets graph and table A packet is the unit of data that is routed between an origin and a destination on the Internet or any other packet switched network When any file such as an e mail message HTML file GIF file URL request and so forth is sent from one place to another on the Internet the Transmission Control Protocol TCP layer of TCP IP divides the file into pieces of an efficient size for routing Each of these packets is separately numbered and includes the Internet address of the destination The individual packets for a given file may travel different routes through the Internet When the packets have all arrived they are reassembled into the original file To access the IP Packets Graph and Table 1 On the Unified Manager navigation tree click the Resources heading 2 Onthe top menu click Perfor
105. disable the IP Music service and contact Customer Support for more assistance Critical Business Communications Manager Management Guide 104 Chapter 2 Fault Management System BcmAmp Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Trap type Error Logs None P0609330 3 0 Browser Browser Event ID 8021 Event ID 8033 BRU Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Chapter 2 Fault Management System 105 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Computer Browser The browser was unable to retrieve a list of servers from the browser master PDC on the network device lt protocol_netcard gt The data is the error code Check the network setup Minor Warning None The browser has forced an election on network device lt protocol_netcard gt because a master browser was stopped No action required Warning Information None BRU provides the backup and restore utility function on the BCM see Chapter8 System Backup and Restore BRU BRU Backup amp restore utility Event ID 300 Event ID 301 Event ID 302 Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Messa
106. do this procedure see Identify a device connected to the system on page 448 Click the device you want to enable On the Configuration menu click Enable A message indicating that the device is being enabled Performing a system startup and warm reset A system startup replaces all existing telephony programming with the default programming 1 On the navigation tree click the Diagnostics key and click the MSC heading The Configuration menu is enabled From the Configuration menu click System startup The system displays a dialog box with three parameters Region Template and Start DN From the Region list select a region Each region has a Market Profile associated with it Note When you select a new region the template list is read only The templates for the region apppear after you restart the system Type any valid value in the Start DN box The box displays the current value Click the OK button to apply these changes A warning appears that the system will restart and default programming values will be restored Note After the system cold start is complete you can use a different template than the default template From Diagnostics MSC System startup and select a template from the template list However if you select a new template you must perform another system restart Warm reset A warm reset resets the telephony portion of the system but does not affect the current telephony programming
107. e BCM Fault Management Tools on page 59 Alarm Management System on page 60 e Alarm Reporting System on page 61 e Accessing and configuring the Alarm System on page 66 e SNMP Traps on page 75 e Configuring an SNMP Community on page 77 e Configuring an SNMP Manager List on page 81 e Configuring an SNMP Trap Community List on page 85 e Alarm Analysis and Clearing Procedures on page 89 Component ID alarm summary information on page 92 Component ID SNMP Trap Error interpretation on page 100 Component ID alarm descriptions on page 101 e Events that cause a system restart on page 250 BCM Fault Management Tools Fault management activities range from system setup monitoring and reporting to fault identification diagnosis and correction The tools available to the BCM network administrator to access alarms and perform fault analysis are e Alarm management using the Unified Manager Interface e SNMP traps for remote fault management You access alarms and perform fault analysis through Unified Manager Business Communications Manager Management Guide 60 Chapter2 Fault Management System Alarm Management System Business Communications Manager tracks and generates approximately 700 different alarms Alarms can provide notification that a network interface is not behaving as expected or that certain anomalies in system operation have been detected for example When the Alarm Manage
108. e System CPU Usage Table see To access the System CPU Usage Table on page 353 e Memory Usage Graph see To access the Memory Usage Graph on page 354 e Memory Usage Table see To access the Memory Usage Table on page 354 Accessing the System CPU Usage Graph and Table The System CPU Usage Graph displays real time statistical information on processing activity levels The system samples CPU processing activity and presents the information in a graph format The graph displays the percentage of CPU processing resources consumed over a period of time The x axis indicates the polling intervals The y axis indicates the percentage of CPU computing resources used at a point in time The graph shows measurements over several intervals The graph also displays the minimum average and peak CPU usage percentage for each second P0609330 3 0 Chapter 6 Performance Management 353 To access the System CPU Usage Graph 1 On the Unified Manager navigation tree click the System heading 2 On the top menu click Performance and select System CPU Usage Graph e To pause the sampling click the Paused button To resume sampling click Paused again e To reset the CPU usage values to zero click the Reset button The CPU usage values are reset and the system continues to display statistics You can select a polling interval from the Polling Interval list box The polling intervals range from 200 10 000 ms To access the System CPU
109. enabled in system programming This makes the internal numbers autodial settings and personal speed dial codes remain with the telephone when it is unplugged Note The set relocation feature applies to the digital telephones and ATAs only IP telephones such as the 12004 12002 12001 and 12050 always retain their programming regardless of where you move them on the LAN or WAN Automatic telephone relocation is disabled by default To enable set relocation 1 On the navigation tree click the Services Telephony Services and General settings keys and click the Feature settings heading 2 IntheSetrelocation box click Y After set relocation is enabled unplug the telephone and plug it in again at another location It may take up to 45 seconds for the system to recognize the telephone Tips I All telephones being moved should be relocated before new telephones are plugged into their place This lets the moved telephones retain their programmed settings If a new telephone is plugged into the system before the old telephone is reconnected at a new location the system will give the old telephone information to the new telephone and the old telephone will no longer be recognized by the system When changing a telephone internal number in programming wait one minute after Automatic Telephone Relocation When you relocate a telephone the telephone must remain installed and connected in the new location for at least 3 minutes for
110. es adage eran RGSS RR Xd 27 Network management model 2 ccdss 4x pas d debe e oda ee ERE be ee eee 28 Network Topology and Management Interfaces 000 02 eee eee 29 Network management physical interfaces 222020 cece eee 30 SNMP Network Management Concepts 0 0 eee eee eee eee 32 Network management communication protocols 00 e eee ee eee 32 SNMP network SUCIU uu iss ecu Red ky Reg RR dee we ERR eR 32 Network Management and Maintenance Applications lues 33 Hrsg Managot cuit due e Edd RE RI DER SERA XA QUE E EDS DER ES 34 Using the Unified Manager main page buttons llle 35 cpi en EE 36 DII o CPP PD eare nra Er e o a Eaa pN 36 Navigating Me wizard ses aridi eor Vega we ade TAN ROO EA 38 Viro GNE adsis oed de ORE d dada dad e RE Vd dei add 38 wn PTT 39 Bref qp ld PM TRI 40 BEL aaa dud aa an RR ood pine RE RJ aes E uae hc e qe nd qus 40 WAS C C 40 Using Donnie Manager au ud eaceckor set ied mene ahh UR sarda a abies Sa eka b d dederat 40 Understanding the navigation tree headings 2 000000000 40 Legging ett Unified Manager csse ees ee 9 ex 9 eed 42 Unified Manager Maintenance Page Overview ec eee eee eens 43 Maintenance page ACCESS oscouuesuusaxceaudeu d A da RARO RR RR EROR REOR a 44 SUP OU dicte segue d ug ee hats Rage oe A educit dq iae 45 e cj f PIPER 45 Alame ard abs 655 0044 eae Ed DREGE HSS RR dor CE Eee OX boe adea 45 pin
111. gateway type parameter in remotegateway cfg table file Minor Warning None Cannot initialize H323 stack Report error to Nortel Networks support Critical Error None Cannot read info from license server Report error to Nortel Networks support Critical Error None Keycode applied for unknown feature Keycode applied for more recent feature than software knows of Minor Warning None Quality of Service monitor connection not established Report error to Nortel Networks support Minor Error None Call setup rejected because of insufficient QoS bandwidth Confirm engineering traffic guidelines for network configuration Minor Warning None Business Communications Manager Management Guide 214 Chapter 2 Fault Management System VNetVolIPGtw Return to table Event ID 131 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 200 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 201 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs P0609330 3 0 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Dropped connected call from DN X to DN Y Incompatible codecs or insufficient media gateway resources Change or make available the correct Codec to match the Codec supported by the software at the far end of the call Minor Warning None Generic system error A wide assortment of problems See event text for details Report error to Nortel Networks support
112. log file on service reset No x Resources i Services 2 Version A Management 9 Diagnostics Service Restart Delay 30 MSC Trunk Modules Service Metrics Service Manager System Status Monitor eo PM i Q Disk Mirro Q Unified Manager Driver Debug 2 From the Enable to create file on service reset list box select Yesto create a log file for each service reset Or select No to disable log reporting 3 Enter the time delay in seconds between service restart attempts Service Restart Delay P0609330 3 0 315 Chapter 4 Log Management Log Managenent topics e Business Communications Manager Logs on page 315 Media service card core telephony logs on page 315 e MSC System test log on page 316 e MSC System administration log on page 316 e MSC Network event log on page 317 e Archlogs on page 320 Business Communications Manager Logs Every component of Business Communications Manager is logged so the system generates a large number of logs for a variety of purposes In the case of faults consult the logs to assist in the diagnosis and correction of the problem Some of the logs run continuously and collect information to help you troubleshoot in the event of system problems You can disable some logs if the information collected is not of immediate or critical interest to maintain the health of the system
113. navigation tree click the System key and click the Identification heading The Identification screen appears Click the Change Domain Membership tab The Change Domain Membership screen appears Click the Add To box and click Win2000Domain In the Domain User ID box enter the User ID that Business Communications Manager uses to access this domain In the Password box enter the password that Business Communications Manager uses to access this domain In the New Win 2000 Domain box enter the name of the domain to which you want to add Business Communications Manager P0609330 3 0 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 453 7 Press the Tab key to save your change 8 Restart Business Communications Manager Changing the CallPilot region The CallPilot region defines some call management related system defaults 1 On the navigation tree click the System key and click the Identification heading The Identification screen appears 2 Click the CallPilot Region box 3 Click the region in which the Business Communications Manager system resides 4 Press the Tab key to save your change Changing the Business Communications Manager time and date To change the time date and time zone for the Business Communications Manager system 1 On the navigation tree click the System key and click the Identification heading The Identification screen appears 2 Inthe Date box enter the current date 3 Inthe Timebox ente
114. navigation tree click the Management key and the User Manager heading The User Profile screen appears showing the current user profile information Click the User Group List tab to view the existing groups Add or change a user group e To add a new group from the Configuration menu select Add User Group e Tou edit a group select the user group name on the list then from the Configuration menu select Modify User Group 4 The User Group List dialog box appears Figure 68 User Group List add modify screen User Group List UserGroupName Format Alphanumeric Only Invisible Menus 7 BCM Configurable Menus BCM System System Resources Resources Services Services Management Management Diagnostics Diagnostics E 14 gt gt Note Nodes selected in Invisible Menus tree will be hidden for this user group s members in Unified Manager Members can configure settings for the nodes selected in Configurable Menus tree Nodes which are not selected in Invisible and Configurable Menus trees are READ ONLY Nodes selected in Invisible Menus tree will appear as grayed disabled in Configurable Menus tree Save Cancel P0609330 3 0 Chapter 9 Security Management 425 5 Use this table to determine the user group profile information that needs to be added or changed UserGroupName View the name of the user group If you are modifying
115. network Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name VoiceNetVolPGateway Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms VNetVolPGtwy Business Communications Manager Management Guide 312 Chapter 3 Service Management System VoIP gateway service structure Parent Child VoiceMSCDriver None t Voice MSC service Voice Licensing services Voice NNU diagnostics l A A Media services manager 4 l Media path server _ 1 m procedure call service Voice Net QoS monitor l l Voice CTE Diy REPRE VoIP gateway 1 VoIP SIP Gateway VoIP SIP The Voice over IP SIP Gateway service provides voice over a SIP packet network Gateway Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name VoIPSIPGateway Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms VolPSipGateway P0609330 3 0 Chapter 3 Service Management System 313 VoIP SIP Gateway service structure Parent Child VoiceMSCDriver None t Voice MSC service Voice Licensing services Voice NNU diagnostics l A A Media services manager 4 A l Media path server __ 4 Remote procedure call service l A i Voice Net QoS monitor N l s Voice CTE i l l l A Roe Set VoIP SIP Gateway 1 Watchdog Service The Watchdog service runs continuously to monitor the state of all service
116. of these then it s an error P0609330 3 0 Message error string NSACD service there is an Event ID 0 Message ITGNS error lt gt Exit code lt gt VBMAin service Event ID 0 VBMain error d Exit code d Chapter 2 Fault Management System 101 These events may occur when the services are booting up and attempting to register and run as an NT service The error code is an integer returned by the Win32 GetLastError function and can be mapped back to a specific Windows error using the System Error Codes table The exit code may be one of 1 2 3 depending on how far service initialization processed before it failed 1 Invalid payload type 2 Domain of Interpretation not supported 3 Situation not supported These events may occur when the services are booting up and attempting to register and run as an NT service The error code is an integer returned by the Win32 GetLastError function and can be mapped back to a specific Windows error using the System Error Codes table The exit code may be one of 1 2 3 depending on how far service initialization processed before it failed 1 Invalid payload type 2 Domain of Interpretation not supported 3 Situation not supported Component ID alarm descriptions Use the descriptions in this section to obtain more information on Component ID alarms and the appropriate maintenance activities Note If you need more information about the Component ID diff
117. on call IVR Assigned ports zz x Active on call m Voice Mail Assigned ports Active on call 6 B 6 0 1 0 RE RE 5 0 P0609330 3 0 Chapter 5 BCM Monitor 341 IP Devices screen This screen displays information about the call activity of IP sets wireless sets and IP trunks IP sets includes IP clients e g 12050 softphone 1200x IP sets and wireless sets This tab shows how many sets in each category are enabled connected and active For each active call the DN IP address and type of set is shown Figure 48 BCM Monitor IP devices screen 2 BCM Monitor Bcmbl60 File Statistics Help BCM Info MSC Voice Ports IP Devices RTP Sessions UIP Line Monitor Usage Indicators IP Clients _ IP Set Details Usedlicenses 10of6 amp DN Type IPPot ATP Session CEST 47 17 153 230 50489 52978 547 17 153240 28000 G711_ULAW 3 ff EE 47 16 66 71 5000 Enabled 47 17 153 230 50413 2826 lt gt 47 17 153 240 28002 G711_ULAW 3 ff SEENON 47 16 69 215 5000 47 16 69 219 5000 Active on call 47 16 69 220 5000 47 16 67 167 5000 Wireless Sets 192 32 223 150 5000 Enabled STE 47 16 69 254 5000 47 16 69 214 5000 Connected 0 0 Active on call 0 d IP Trunks Used licenses 16 of 16 Active on call MCDN over IP Enable Business Communications Manager Management Guide 34
118. or some types of SNMP traps The trap format is specified in the BCM Small Site Event MIBs on page 488 and is captured and viewed through any standard SNMP fault monitoring framework or trap watcher see Management Information Base MIB System BCM alarm and SNMP trap list The complete set of BCM Alarms and SNMP traps is provided see Component ID alarm summary information on page 92 To view the BCM Alarms list 1 Access the Unified Manager Maintenance page 2 Click the Alarms and Traps link The Alarms and Traps screen displays a list of the events see Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary on page 92 The events are organized by event source 3 Contact your Business Communications Manager Nortel Networks Systems Engineer Services organization or PLM and request a list in Excel spreadsheet format Business Communications Manager Management Guide 76 Chapter2 Fault Management System Alarm banner NT event database and SNMP trap correlation Although the same events alarms that are reported in the Alarm System are ade available remotely via SNMP traps and recorded in the NT Event logs the terminology used for severity levels is not the same Refer to the table Alarm banner NT Event and SNMP Trap Severities or Types to interpret the severity for each type of notification The terminology for severity levels between the NT Event log and in the Alarm Banner is not identical Table 6 Alarm bann
119. screen P0609330 3 0 Chapter 8 System Backup and Restore BRU 399 Performing a backup using BRU A backup saves your Business Communications Manager settings to a volume on the local hard drive or another computer on the network Use this procedure to perform a backup to a local or remote hard drive Note We recommend you back up your Business Communications Manager on a regular basis Note IVR and CallPilot voicemail functionality is unavailable for a period of time while the Voice applications are backed up 1 On the Unified Manager main page click the BRU icon The BRU screen appears with backup selected Figure 55 Backup and restore main page screen display 4 BRU 3 5 Application Delia NETWORKS Home Volume Admin Restart BCM About Help Exit 11 6 2003 9 16 48 BACKUP RESTORE SCHEDULE Backup Location Backup Action E VOLUME Perform the backup now C Schedule the backup is C Once C Daily C Weekly C Monthly DATE DD MM YYYY 11 6 2003 TIME HH24 MIH START BACKUP SELECT THE BACKUP LOCATION INFORMATION AND SELECT THE DESIRED COMPONENTS TO BE BACKED UP 2 Click the Volume button The BRU Volume administration screen appears 3 Select the volume where you want to store the backup If you want to store the backup in a volume that does not appear on the list see Adding a new volume on page 397 for more information Business Communications Manager Management Guide
120. severity Warning Trap type Information Logs None Comments Voice Watchdog received the KSU UP from the VoiceMSCService VoiceMSCDriver and all its dependencies will be Restarted Wait for 15 minutes to get telephone sets back Event ID 1003 Message Date Time Received KSU DN Length change notice User action No action required Voice Watchdog received the KSU DN Length change from the VoiceMSCService VoiceMSCDriver and all its dependencies will be stopped Restart Wait for 15 minutes to get telephone sets back Alarm severity Warning Trap type Information Logs None Event ID 1004 Message Restarting All Monitored Services User action No action required Voice Watchdog restarting the root service and all it s dependencies Alarm severity Warning Trap type Information Business Communications Manager Management Guide 246 Chapter 2 Fault Management System VoiceWatchdog Event ID 1005 Event ID 1006 Event ID 1007 Event ID 2000 Event ID 3000 Event ID 3001 Event ID 3002 P0609330 3 0 Return to table Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type
121. severity refers to a scale in which an alarm notification is categorized The alarm severity prescribes the degree of appropriate user intervention There are four alarm severity levels e Critical alarms indicate system problems that require immediate corrective action e Major alarms indicate system problems that require corrective action Minor alarms indicate system problems that do not affect system performance and may or may not require action Warning alarms indicate system status changes that normally do no need any corrective action Business Communications Manager Management Guide 66 Chapter2 Fault Management System Accessing and configuring the Alarm System The Alarm Service works to generate SNMP trap event notifications You must also enable and configure SNMP traps Functions the Alarm Service performs e monitoring Windows NT event logs for incoming events e synchronizing Windows NT logs with Business Communications Manager alarm database receiving events alarms from other Business Communications Manager applications through its API and logs the events in the Business Communications Manager database e archiving alarm history based on the criteria defined in Alarm Manager e monitoring the alarm configuration changes and updates SNMP trap agent and Alarm Service Note When the Alarm Service is enabled Business Communications Manager m automatically archives the BCM Event logs See Enabling the alarm servi
122. shared resource must have the permissions set so the user name has full access to the folder Business Communications Manager must be allowed to see this destination folder and be able to map to the shared resource Business Communications Manager Management Guide 384 Chapter 8 System Backup and Restore BRU After you ensure that Business Communications Manager has full access to the desired shared resource you select the components to be backed up You can schedule a backup to run in interactive mode or to run on a specific date time and frequency gt Note Voice mail is unavailable during the Voice Applications backup or restore Destination Drive Local Drive To back up Business Communications Manager to a Local Drive E you must be aware that the space available might not be enough and the backup will not be completed The default space available for backup to the E drive should not exceed 1 gigabyte Remote Drive To back up Business Communications Manager to a Remote Drive you must have a destination shared network resource prepared to store the data The shared resource must have the permissions set so that the specific user has full control and Business Communications Manager must be must be able to map to this shared resource FTP Server To back up Business Communications Manager to a FTP Server you must have a destination folder prepared to store the data The folder must have its permissions set so the specific
123. some platforms such as Windows 95 you may need to enter your network user 5 name into the Unified Manager to allow access See the User Manager section of the Business Communications Manager Programming Operations Guide for information about user name and password formats Select the Connect button The first BCM Monitor screen appears Saving your logon information With the BCM Monitor you can save your log on information on your computer After you save your log on information whenever you start BCM Monitor your log on information is automatically entered in the log on screen 1 To save your logon information select the Save Information check box before you click the Connect button when you log on Note To prevent unauthorized access to your logon information the saved logon information is encrypted The encryption of the logon information relies on features provided by the operating system you are using on your computer For this reason the Save Information check box is not available if you are using Windows 95 Windows 98 or Windows Me P0609330 3 0 Chapter 5 BCM Monitor 337 Using BCM Monitor to analyze your system status BCM Monitor supports real time troubleshooting and report generation System administrators and support personnel can use BCM Monitor to obtain key real time troubleshooting information and save information to generate system utilization and traffic reports The BCM Monitor screens pr
124. summary No Time Adjustment Seconds seconds min of Seconds No action required Warning Information None time adjustment of Seconds seconds max of Seconds No action required Warning Information None No response from NTP server check IP number or network connection Check IP number or network connection Critical Error None Chapter 2 Fault Management System 245 VoiceWatchdog VoiceWatchdog Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Return to table Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Service Voice watchdog Event ID 1000 Message KSU Down User action Telephony services will be stopped temporarily The alarm KSU UP will be received when the telephony services are being restarted Alarm severity Warning Trap type Information Logs None Comments Voice Watchdog received the KSU Down from the VoiceMSCService All services depending on VoiceMSCService will stopped Event ID 1001 Message KSU Reset User action Telephony services being restarted and will be up within 10 15 minutes Alarm severity Warning Trap type Information Logs None Comments Voice Watchdog received the KSU UP from the VoiceMSCService VoiceMSCDriver and all its dependencies will be stopped Restarted Wait for 15 minutes to get telephone sets back Event ID 1002 Message KSU UP User action Telephony services being restarted and will be up within 10 15 minutes Alarm
125. summary UPS overload condition solved No action required Warning Information None UPS runtime calibration initiated A runtime calibration deeply discharges UPS batteries Avoid performing critical operations until battery recharges sufficiently to support the load in case a condition occurs that requires battery operation Warning Information None UPS runtime calibration completed No action required Warning Information None User initiated shutdown started Save files and shut down programs or cancel the shutdown Warning Information None UPS returned from bypass No action required Warning Information None UPS module added No action required Warning Information None UPS module removed This is the first step in replacing a failed module Continue with the replacement Warning Information None Business Communications Manager Management Guide 198 Chapter 2 Fault Management System UPS Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Uninterruptible power supply Event ID 103500 Event ID 103600 Event ID 103700 Event ID 103800 Event ID 110000 Event ID 110100 Event ID 200000 P0609330 3 0 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message
126. switch Please collect the files CteDiag log and CteDiag bak ensure the Voice CTE service has restarted and report this problem to your support representative lt CTE005 gt Critical Error None CTE initialization failed because it could not download KSU identification fump Applications are sent a CTE event with the failed ME xxx return code Other CTE Initialization Error Exit Error is 0x0009 or 0c0055 A CTE application attempted to register with CTE before the Voice CTE service had fully initialized error led If the application is not behaving correctly restart it after the Voice CTE service has started lt RTROO1 gt Critical Error None Missing service dependency or install problem Either CTE service is not fully initialized and some application tried to register with CTE or CTE is not registered as a service and application registration failed to launch CTE CTE Runtime Error Exit Error is 0x0000 Your CTI device has been reset All call processing has been disabled Ensure the Voice MSC service has restarted lt CTE002 gt Critical Error None Business Communications Manager Management Guide 218 Chapter 2 Fault Management System VoiceCTE Return to table Comments Event ID 257 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments P0609330 3 0 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary MSC communication error reset CTE responds by sending it s apps a shutdown event wi
127. system is functioning correctly WAN Indicates the state of the WAN card functionality The LED blinks when the card is functioning correctly MSC Indicates the state of the MSC board functionality The LED blinks when the board is functioning correctly v90 Indicates the state of the v90 modem board functionality The LED blinks when the board is functioning correctly Nic LAN Indicates the state of the LAN card functionality The LED blinks when the card is functioning correctly Nic LAN Indicates the state of the LAN card functionality The LED blinks when the card is functioning correctly Temperature The LED is green when the temperature in your system is within the accepted limits If this changes the LED turns red The LED is green when the fan or fans in your system are operating correctly If one or more fans fail or malfunction the LED turns red 3 To set the parameters for the System Status Sanity check click the LED Settings tab The LED Settings record appears Business Communications Manager Management Guide 468 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Figure 74 System Status Monitor LED SSM Settings record screen Group View Help 47 65 138 69 iss aded LED Display SSM Settings N SSM Settings Q G BCM 47 55 138 69 Resources Read Only Field j D puc Seien us 9 Diagnostics Sanity Interval amp o msc Trunk Modules h
128. the Business Communications Manager main menu Note Exit both Unified Manager browser windows even if you want to re log on to the Configuration area After you exit both windows you can reestablish a connection with the Business Communications Manager and log on as usual Failure to log out of both browser windows can result in a failed attempt to re enter the Unified Manager Configuration section P0609330 3 0 Chapter 1 Management Overview 43 Unified Manager Maintenance Page Overview The maintenance page is a dedicated maintenance area that provides access to several maintenance tools and capabilities Gathering these tools into one location provides the network administrator with a single source for maintenance information helping to reduce errors and contribute to gaining overall serviceability efficiency Figure 8 summarizes the links through the maintenance page Select any of the links in Figure 8 to display a description of the maintenance function Figure 8 Unified Manager maintenance page paths Maintenance page access Support gt Technical support contact screen Contact Alarms and traps Alarms and traps screen Maintenance System information r System information screen Order and enable optional components T Keycode retrieval screen Install optional components r Install optional components screen Maintenance tools Ar
129. the community that the individual managers use to interact with this agent The name is case sensitive The default community names are public and Private If there are no community names listed then all community names are accepted All the community names are global to the agent In other words you cannot associate a specific community name with a single management station Specify the read and write access for this community Available options are READ ONLY and READ WRITE The default value is READ ONLY 6 Click the Save button P0609330 3 0 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 81 Modifying an SNMP community list 1 Access the correct Business Communications Manager in your network from the Unified Manager workstation browser 2 On the Unified Manager navigation tree click the Services key and click the SNMP heading The SNMP Summary screen appears 3 Selectthe Community List tab The Community List screen appears Select the community you want to modify On the Configuration menu click Modify Community The Community List dialog box appears Modify the Community attributes as required Click the Save button Deleting an SNMP community 1 Access the correct Business Communications Manager in your network from the Unified Manager workstation browser 2 On the Unified Manager navigation tree click the Services key and click the SNMP heading The SNMP Summary screen appears 3 Selectthe Community List tab The Comm
130. the database before the records are archived Resync Timer Set in seconds the interval at which the alarm service initiates a synchronization operation with seconds the Business Communications Manager s internal event logs This synchronization is in addition to the normal synchronization operations triggered by the arrivals of new events Business Communications Manager Management Guide 72 Chapter2 Fault Management System Table 3 Alarm Database settings Continued Archive Location Enter the path to the directory where the archives of alarm information are kept The default path is d datafiles nortel networks unified manager archive Nortel Networks highly recommends that you do not change this path from it default value An archive of the alarm information is made when an Alarm Backup Batch Job is run or when the Alarm Service is started During an archive operation the alarm database is copied to the archive location and the alarm database is then emptied During an archive operation the Business Communications Manager s internal event logs are also copied to the archive location and the event logs are then emptied The file names of these internal event log archives are System Event Log SystemLogY YMMDDHHMM evs Application Event LogApplicationLogY YMMDDHHMM evs Security Event LogSecurityLogY YMMDDHHMM evs Where YY is the year the archive was created MM is the month the archive was created DD is the day the archi
131. the log check when each item in the log occurred and you can erase the log Note The System administration log holds a maximum of ten items Check and record these items at regular intervals P0609330 3 0 Chapter 4 Log Management 317 Erase the log after you correct all faults or ensure that the log items do not indicate a problem with system operation For more information about how to display the System Administration log see Displaying the MSC log information on page 317 MSC Network event log The Network event log keeps a record of events and alarms that are specific to the T1 PRI network interface You can check the items in the log check when each item in the log occurred and you can erase the log Note The Network Event log holds a maximum of ten items Check and record these items at regular intervals The Network Event log holds a maximum of 20 items Erase the log after dealing with all the items For more information about how to display the Network event log see Displaying the MSC log information on page 317 Displaying the MSC log information Use the procedure in this section to display information on any item in the System Test System Administration or Network Event logs To display the MSC log information 1 Access the correct Business Communications Manager in your network from the Unified Manager workstation browser 2 OntheUnified Manager navigation tree click the Diagnostics and MSC keys a
132. the programming relocation to be complete Moving the telephone again before the 3 minute period may result in losing the programming Business Communications Manager Management Guide 466 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics General Diagnostic Activities Use the information in this section to monitor and diagnose general Business Communications Manager functions e Service manager on page 466 Base function tray system status display LEDs on page 466 e Using the Initialization menu to monitor system hardware on page 470 e Disk mirroring function on page 471 Service manager You can monitor the state of your system services using Service Manager located under Diagnostics in the Unified Manager From the list you can choose a service and modify how the system interacts with the service For more information on Service Manager see Service Manager on page 251 Watchdog with Service Manager With the Watchdog setting you can activate service logging or to delay the start of services This setting affects all services on your system For more information on Service Manager and watchdog see Voice watchdog on page 311 Base function tray system status display LEDs As part of any general maintenance or troubleshooting procedure you need to ensure that your hardware and the firmware that runs that hardware is operating as expected Methods of monitoring the system status monitor LEDs e
133. the reboot Choose the registry m only if you are restoring the information to a replacement Business Communications Manager or a replacement hard drive on the same Business Communications Manager as BCM specific WindowsNT security information is also transferred using the registry Unified Manager The Unified Manager restore restores files for Unified Manager The files are restored from the C UnifiedMgrData bru and D UnifiedMgrData bru files in the Backup folder See Unified Manager on page 388 for details of data that is contained in the backup files Note If the file D UnifiedMgrData bru is not created during the Backup process the error Could not find the file occurs during the Unified Manager restore This error is be displayed as a warning and does not affect the restored data Voice Application The Voice Application restore restores files for voice applications The files are restored from the VoiceAppsData bru file in the Backup folder See Voice Application on page 389 fora description of the data that is backed up Telephony The Telephony Restore restores telephony data to the Business Communications Manager and uploads this data onto the Media Services Card The data is restored from the TelephonyData bru file in the Backup folder See Telephony on page 390 for the location and contents of the backup file Business Communications Manager Management Guide 394 Chapter 8 System Backup and Restore BR
134. to be transmitted to non unicast that is sec subnet broadcast or subnet multicast addresses by higher level protocols The rate includes the packets that were discarded or not sent Packets sent unicast sec Rate that packets are requested to be transmitted to subnet unicast addresses by higher level protocols The rate includes packets that were discarded or not sent Packets sent sec Rate that packets are sent on the network interface Packets sec Rate that packets are sent and received on the network interface Business Communications Manager Management Guide 366 Chapter 6 Performance Management Accessing the Dial Up performance monitor This section describes how to access and use the Dial Up performance monitor to analyze dialup traffic characteristics The statistics compiled by the system indicate packet traffic over the dial up connection A packet is the unit of data that is routed between an origin and a destination over the dial up connection Each packet is separately numbered and includes the IP address of the dial up destination When the packets have all arrived they are reassembled into the original file This section contains these topics e Accessing the QoS Graph and Table on page 368 e Accessing the QoS Queue 1 5 Graph and Table on page 369 e Accessing the QoS Queue 6 9 Graph and Table on page 370 To access the dialup performance manager On the Unified Manager navigation tree click t
135. type Logs Comments Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Voice MSC service DN length change detected This is an event which indicates an MSC reset due to an administered change to the internal dialling plan length number of digits There is no action required Critical Error None shutting down Business Communications Manager Management Guide 240 Chapter 2 Fault Management System VoiceMSCService Return to table Event ID 257 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments P0609330 3 0 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary I StartD1Channels we were told to shutdown the KSU This no longer applies to BCM 3 0 Earlier it was a log indicating that the MSC was being put into upload mode There is no action required Error Critical None shutting down VoiceHecord Event ID 102 Event ID 105 Event ID 106 Event ID 108 Event ID 114 Event ID 120 Event ID 122 VolPSipGateway Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs
136. user has full control and Business Communications Manager must be must be able to find this FTP Server Note You are responsible for managing the shared network resource and the FTP Sever Data already on the destination will be overwritten with new data on consequent executions of the backup and restore script If you want to save different versions of backed up data you must manage the volumes and shared resources For example you can decide to schedule a backup every day however a safer way to do this is to have two or more backup volumes Each backup can be backed up to a different volume on different days so that at least two full backups are available to choose from For added safety you can back up the volumes are to different servers so that a second copy of the backup is always available To save the information about the most used destination drives see the section on Volume Administration on page 382 Scheduled backup The backup process can be scheduled to run on a specific date time and frequency P0609330 3 0 Chapter 8 System Backup and Restore BRU 385 To schedule a backup follow the steps to configure a backup and select the specific date time and frequency Be aware that the selected time starts the process according to the date and time on Business Communications Manager Be aware of time differences especially if you schedule a backup on a Business Communications Manager at a different time zone
137. value for now Reset the WAN Premium Percentage in OAM Enter a valid Premium Percent value Must be between 0 and 100 Minor Warning None NAT 3 values are invalid Fix Port Range entries They are invalid Critical Error None The Inside or Outside port values are invalid Could not read registry value 963 962 Possible registry corruption Check to see if MachineY System Current ControlSet mspQoSMP Parameters FWFilters Status is set to either Disabled or Enabled Minor Warning None Could not set the Firewall status Setting status to Disabled Chapter 2 Fault Management System 149 mspQoSMP Event ID 4039 Event ID 4040 Event ID 4041 Event ID 4043 Event ID 4044 Event ID 4045 Return to table Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Terminating logging thread Logging will not be enabled on any interface Problem with Firewall Filters logging function Contact Customer Support Critical Error None Catastrophic failure of Firewall Filters
138. want to wait the lockout time you can unlock the user s password record to release the password 4 Click the Save button to save your settings The new user profile information is added to the User Profile list This includes changing default passwords after the system is installed To increase access security minimize the number of user accounts especially the administrator accounts and change them frequently f Security note An integral part of your system security is password management Setting up callback for a user If the user will access the system through a dialup connection you need to add that group to the user account In this case callback will be enabled to ensure that the system security is maintained 1 On the navigation tree click the Management key and the User Manager heading The User Profile screen appears showing the current user profile information 2 To add a new user account on the Configuration menu select Add User To change an account select the name on the list then from the Configuration menu select Modify User Enter a User Name if one does not already exist Enter and confirm a password if one has not already been specified 5 Click to highlight the DialUpUserGroup name Then hold the Ctrl key down and click any other groups to which you want to assign the user 6 From the Callback list box select Enabled 7 Enter the number the system will dial to contact the client modem Ensure yo
139. 0 C for more than two Minutes SSM shutting down the power supply BCM 1000 will reboot automatically BCM200 400 need restart Critical Error None Business Communications Manager Management Guide 190 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Return to table System Status Monitor Comments Event ID 3016 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Event ID 3017 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments P0609330 3 0 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary CPU Temperature Above Tolerance 100 C for more than two Minutes SSM shutting down the power supply Non paged memory on its capacity SSM rebooting the BCM BCM 1000 will reboot automatically BCM200 400 need restart Critical Error None Non paged memory on its capacity SSM rebooting the BCM Temperature Above Tolerance 40 C Check BCM s environment temperature Critical Error None BCM s environment temperature is too high Tcpip Chapter 2 Fault Management System 191 Tcpip Event ID 4198 User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message Event ID 4199 User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs TintSvr Return to table Return to table Service Message omponent ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID None The system detected an address conflict for IP address IP Address with the system having ne
140. 0 301500 301600 310001 310002 310101 310102 310700 Business Communications Manager Management Guide 100 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Component ID SNMP Trap Error interpretation Use the information in this section to interpret the message displayed in the message field for all the Component ID SNMP Traps Some error strings are specific to certain Component IDs so the descriptions are more specific Other descriptions are generic and the description can be applied to all instances regardless of the Component ID SNMP Trap error SNMP traps received from Business Communications Manager contain descriptions of the alarms that occurred in the system These SNMP traps consist of the following Business Communications Manager specific parameters in addition to the generic parameters Refer to the IETF RFCs on SNMP traps for descriptions of these generic parameters Additionally SNMP generic traps such as coldStart linkDown linkUp authenticationFailure are also generated from Business Communications Manager according to the user s configuration For details of these SNMP generic traps see the relevant IETF RFCs error string provided by CFS All those errors match internal CFS errors If they occur there is something wrong internally i e no memory to allocate buffers etc When those occur that means there is usually something else wrong with the system Contact your support organization for help 1 962 etc
141. 0 000 000 000 LAN1 2 WAN1 Q WAN2 v90 1 ModemBackup v30 2 ModemTrapDialOut wa UTWAN1 7 Save Cancel QoS Monitor Res ei 5 Web Cache ES z Net Link Mgr Warning Applet Window Alarm Service NAT VPN Policy Management il Interface Router ssigned x Business Communications Manager Management Guide 86 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 5 Configure the Trap List attributes Table 11 SNMP Trap List attributes Trap List T Community Name Manager IP Address Interface 6 Click the Save button P0609330 3 0 Specify the entry name used to identify an individual trap community entry on the SNMP agent Its value must follow certain conventions It must have the prefix T followed by a unique number that identifies the trap community entry on the agent For example T2 is a valid value While adding specify non recurring values for the unique number While adding if you specify an existing trap community entry name it modifies the existing trap community entry Using non sequential numbers results in automatic reassignment of sequential numbers While modifying a trap community entry you can t change the name The trap community entry name does not have any significance other than to uniquely identify an entry View the community name The community name is case sensitive and encoded in ea
142. 0000 0 cece eee eee 441 Enabling the intemal CSU uuu teeta sm kk eden eee eee eRe 442 Check the performance statistics llle 442 ieee eae Mc cT 443 Check carrier failure alarms s 2vsccieecdasc casa ines rtre Rma ERO Ra RR 443 Check bipolar violations s004 cd anew sede auwad uA Oka wee eee owe 443 Check shot term alarme 3 4cddseecaddsqeeseaa dad RUORA CORR eq AUR RC CR 443 mi USSG P r 444 eset CUPS TAN SUES 5 4 acia acto didi Radar dede Mega ace Ros a eg a dla Md 444 Testing the DDI MUX iiueaassesedxrud mera ka ERG GR ER RR RE RR URdDEUE rera EORR 444 DTE ODDS IBI ona eoirea c aubdblee ERR OEC Dee aya able ERROR ERGO e ERR 444 LED Indicator ard Diagnostics iuuesosun antc ku Rr RR ERROR RR EA 446 D330 Loopback Sl iussu esee dcm ee eed sche Ree oe x x ned SOR de RR d 447 Troubleshooting Telephone Connections lesllleeeeleeren 448 Check the port associated with a device DN 2 ee eee eee eee 448 Identify a device connected to the system 00 eee eee eee eee 448 PSUS UN Re e MTS 449 Enabling a disabled device 26 5 0 000 ceed sun eee Rede o 450 P0609330 3 0 Contents Performing a system startup and warm reset 0 2c ee eee ee eee ees 450 Warm G86 cuseeeeudewxkeeexdseeu x shea deed RA P a dard Hebe REE e da es 450 Changing system identification parameters 000 eee eee ee eee 451 Changing the system name 00 e eee eee eee 451 Changing me system domain
143. 000005 370 QoS Queue 6 9 counter types ciiocuso esa eats dans beats eds 371 SNMP Performance Made elit 3 52 dca qup pa p CR RH e d Rm bene dawns baw 372 MIBI iu uua ter acido wd tud a a a RR R aro RR A a hee 372 MS Windows NT Performance MIBS 002 2620 00sec dan Rm bee ewe RR 373 Chapter 7 Performance Management Using NetlQ 2000 eee eee 375 NetIQ feature overview ccccccse ce esaed races ea debadeneaudeuteeeccea ase 376 Use ihe Nel FedlUlQ occu exea cens sha Fei ac cebu gee E Rea AUR eue Rad rd gas 376 Applying the Metts keycode Las saa ka esae Cacao ads aio e da aks 377 Business Communications Manager Management Guide 10 Contents acce e T EET 377 Enabling the NetlQ feature 0 0000 eee 379 Chapter 8 System Backup and Restore BRU 00020e eee eee eee 381 PRUNON ON TTE 381 Eroa T ea OS rA E dd dq 381 Volume Ari MEN ANON ungui cdi st e SOR Oddo ta iiis Aaah wens 382 BON ROMO rasccidaurpentcxud dear ethos DA o Pee c2 dV da ae R cdd duca e cand de 382 ADOM DURON 22 46 ses iba BN mido cedent de EEE eRe eS Roo 383 Bauchgp NOH o oevsc peder 2dorped ob eet epee aids aped E SER bd 383 og HD DUO a dota ech cedes ceder GO eG aus iat QUE qaq de QS Sud We di 384 Scheduled backup oc cvs cue ee ru u RE 3x RR RERUM RR Ree de eau RR 384 Backup Componbn olx reddis gae Pine bd HA Ra Add bea 385 Apache Configuration 24 rh RE RORRCERUR EG RRORG debated cieseoes 386 Wighlog Sell BIB uua eoe pope aA SCARE RA XR eE
144. 001 P0609330 3 0 Return to table Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary 1 Bytes Total sec greater than 25 of LAN WAN speed 2 Failed to get Network Information 3 Bytes Sent sec greater than 50 of LAN WAN speed 4 Bytes Received sec greater than 50 of LAN WAN speed 5 Packets Received Error sec of LAN WAN 6 Packets Received Discarded sec of LAN WAN 7 Packets Outbound_Error sec of LAN WAN 8 Packets found Discarded sec of LAN WAN No action required Minor Warning None LAN1 LAN2 and WAN Warnings CPU load above 98 Check System Services to identify which service are consuming the CPU cycles Minor Warning None CPU load above 98 for more than 2 minutes Non Paged Memory near or on its capacity No Action Required Minor Warning None Non Page Memory Warning CPU Temperature Above Tolerance 100 C for more than one Minute SSM will shutdown the BCM if the CPU temperature doesn t recovered within two Minutes Critical Warning None CPU Temperature
145. 1 p eee ee Tm 114 POA Ba P ERE Se os 114 PEOTI 4244 445954 XR REO A does qe ala d ka ER A ERE S Rd RAE ES aes 116 DEC ERIS uL dd oco b ER oeg dab mane e os d det Kop RR GE ne ERU T 116 cp BEUEE uiae E t a dedu a Acad cca AMT dca eal EELT T TAT 116 1 P P T 116 D EE EPIT EE EEE ed edet qd epstuetd eq 3 qot x dr ot PR PES T iCal aol seo iu ERG AEST ERE PUN EUER IO e UK eRe aR EN E 119 CMSMONAQE ixoelasendkeedauquradexcruaeda d du da dde 119 CVO a sa rd rad hanes a ek Weak AOR eae qol Bd ie Aah arare Ed 121 FINOS cdueaa sobs oooa deta Ge hates ba casa pedia acqui ia da dd d UA 121 aereo i M 124 hvenar ron Aer 126 lur DUET 126 IP SB costs tae eet Edw RE Od e UR b P arse doe E heeds 128 IF XBOUIBEBINEUGE 5 soa ed dux x eds ERI RpER dames DE PERS E adus 134 A 2 45 neo gad dd pene dhe RES Re ed RE Ree CEPR 134 Business Communications Manager Management Guide 4 Contents DET cacti es Reece ges ania nee bine NER Ned dei di dd xe da 136 KOCIE 23 u 55h bc dau TRH ERPS ede Rma TAs FREES Rede ERRORS BRS 136 OLMA 2 Wire tsk ee ee hehe Ae aped loe ooa ka bog dofus AV 138 EEEE EEE CEA ELESE ETEESI EEEE iqq 138 BIDOBI 214a d eger EXC apii iena ea dab a a d prb dore bere 143 Plo dem T PT Tc 143 MSPAlamibstvi6E ora rosaire bak Oed Wao REO dca AG a EORR CR RHET RC eee UL EO 146 GRO Zach eed eee howe eds PRS wb wor dor bsc diode udo 146 MSPOOOMP Mp 146 NOM 264 3246 544 45005
146. 2 dect password if dectoam has been selected Note When the backup or restore is complete some files that were created during the m process are deleted If the process is successful the log file and the cmd file corresponding to process are deleted Otherwise if the backup or restore end with errors or warnings only the cmd file is deleted Business Communications Manager Management Guide 396 Chapter 8 System Backup and Restore BRU Accessing BRU 1 On The Unified Manager main page click the BRU icon The BRU screen appears see Performing a backup using BRU on page 399 Exiting from the backup and restore utility Use this procedure to exit from the backup and restore utility 1 Select the Exit link A message appears that asks you to confirm that you want to exit 2 Click the Confirm button The BRU utility main page closes P0609330 3 0 Chapter 8 System Backup and Restore BRU 397 Resetting the BRU screen 1 Select the Home link to reset the BRU screen This reset the BRU screen and clear the current BRU settings Note If a BRU process is running when you select the Home link a warning appears You can choose to stop the process and continue resetting the BRU screen or you can cancel the reset and let the process continue Adding a new volume Backup volumes are the locations where you store the backed up settings Use this procedure to add new volumes using the Volume Administration screen 1
147. 2 Chapter 5 BCM Monitor Real time Protocol over UDP RTP session screen RTP session details are provided for each active VoIP session The information displayed includes IP endpoints and trunks stream information and codec information between e local IP endpoints two sets both connected to the local Business Communications Manager combinations of IP to IP TDM to IP and TDM to TDM estimate of bandwidth used by local IP endpoints The protocol in use is shown Can be used to trouble shoot one way speech traffic issues You can see that set 1 is talking to set 2 but set 2 is not talking to set 1 This tool provides a way to monitor the direct path between the two IP sets Jitter buffer setting is given e g high medium low JB and whether echo cancellation is enabled NLP allows echo canceller to detect far end and adjust echo Can have echo canceller turned on e local to Remote IP Endpoints IP to IP and TDM to IP e Remote IP endpoints IP to IP e allocated Media Gateways for providing a connection between a TDM device and an IP endpoint Figure 49 BCM Monitor RTP session screen 2 BCM Monitor Bcmbl60 File Statistics Help BCM Info MSC Voice Ports IP Devices FTP Sessions UIP Line Monitor Usage Indicators m Local IP Endpoints RTP Session Details IP to IP 0 Set 20000 47 17 153 230 52978 lt gt GW 0 47 17 153 240 28000 G 711 3 fpp SMALL jb TEMPOS TES RTP Session Statistics 00 32 TDMtoTDM 0
148. 2 session security LM amp NTLM response NTLM response only NTLMv2 response only NTLMv2 response only refuse LM Disabled Enabled Allow Disabled Require Default LM amp NTLM response This setting determines the type of authentication protocol required by your system during interactions with client applications The default LM amp NTLM response maintains compatibility with all Windows OS versions Any of the other settings enforce a more secure authentication protocol and will prevent access from computers running Windows 95 98 Me unless you install the directory services client on the client computer Default Disabled If Enabled this setting prompts the system to clear the virtual memory swap file on shutdown When enabled this option extends system shutdown by about two minutes Default Allow Determine what level of signing you require from SMB clients Disabled None required Allow Tries to perform the digital signature whenever a compatible client platform is detected This setting also supports clients running with Windows 95 98 Me Require Always secures the connection with a digital signature However this setting prevents access from clients running with Windows 95 98 Me Applicable applications BRU and Archlog Chapter 9 Security Management 417 Mus ue Beim SMB Server Signing Domain Secure Channel Force Secure Web Access Minimum web encryption Allow Disabled Requ
149. 3 ATAZ does TOMUNCHON cas u des ses eux Ra d wa RACIO Ru RACE RIO UR dee 474 uit OE Me WIRE veerd dite c T TE 474 Checking for dial tone atthe ATA 2 selle 474 Checking for trunk line dial tone to the ATA2 222000 0 eee eee 475 Unified Manager Diagnostics cocci ee a a i ri CR a eK aoc 475 MORON 28th pops qid qe pU E hae deque x eseeq EK Monae qp qq qu 475 giri hii ea oe CTS 475 Diver Debug CIAONOSIICS dun cca cd vaa eed hehe REE d bx dudo rer d een A 475 WANES CPC Geen eee RE Rees SURE ae a Re ee ane aR 475 PO MORO 20 s PP 476 OS DOBU coacta ida qpdeedad edpeeeimehd e adi qud qmod eens 476 SDL DEDUGQING essers HR Ra ENE RE RR ROTER RR OR Ru PERS IO Re a AG 476 1771 Meer vC TR 476 DU qe LTETPRTEEMSUTTMTMTMEITM 476 lp M TC P E E E TE T 477 Management Information Base MIB System ee 485 SNMP MBS che d qat m Eh IRERCRHOUHOUERE PRI SHUERE DEGERE eR 485 Third Party Fault Management Systems ssssssrsereserrssreserrsreras 486 MIB File Descripllhig iesu usua xm uox mhdra eee Ade RR dc CX Red RR kee OR 486 MIB File Compilation and Installation llle 488 Smal Ste Event MIBB sex coke RAT Hobs ERRARE AS RE eh 488 OSPR RIBE 124p E paitowe 9 a4 Fh pd ebd eb nied ooged stad eeded edad heweas 489 size dit pP 490 BOO MIBS iiiueu xac de wx RA ee eed RE dR Ree EORR AGE E a AG a 490 MS Windows NT Performance MIBS cacy baie ck RR tie wd by tbe RE ee dievai 490 P0609330 3 0 Figur
150. 32 COM port provides a serial connection to a laptop for maintenance purposes Also supports a DB9 serial connection to a UPS for power monitoring see UPS Installation and Configuration Guide Ethernet port connector 2 provides access to internal local area network Ethernet port connector 1 provides access to external local area network Business Communications Manager Management Guide 32 Chapter 1 Management Overview SNMP Network Management Concepts Your Business Communications Manager network uses several hardware devices and various software applications Network management software provides the ability to exercise control over the network devices Refer to these descriptions e Network management communication protocols on page 32 SNMP network structure on page 32 Network management communication protocols The SNMP HTTP Telnet and FTP protocols are fundamental to management of a network of Business Communications Managers e SNMP simple network management protocol SNMP is application layer software you use to communicate with and control devices in your network e HTTP hypertext transport protocol HTTP is a communications protocol that lets users establish a connection with a Web server and transmit HTML pages to a client browser BCM is a web server HTTP also allows transmission of other files required by an HTTP application e Telnet Telnet is a terminal emulation communications protocol us
151. 3900 Event ID 300000 Event ID 300100 P0609330 3 0 Return to table Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Warning None Redundant intelligence module failed Replace the failed module Minor Warning None System level fan OK No action required Warning Information None Input circuit breaker tripped Reset the circuit breaker If the problem persists contact APC Support for assistance http www apc com go direct index cfm tag support Warning Information None Input circuit breaker reset No action required Warning Information None Unable to communicate with UPS Check cable connections make sure UPS is on and check network status If the condition persists contact APC Support for assistance http Awww apc com go direct index cfm tag support Minor Warning None UPS output overload The UPS has sensed a load greater than 100 percent of its rated capacity Remove some attached equipment from the UPS If this condition happens occasionally and briefly check for attached equipment that typi
152. 4 Performing a restore using BRU on page 404 Chapter 1 Management Overview 55 Troubleshooting and diagnostics activities overview This section has information about diagnosing module line performance and device line issues This section also tells you how to perform a system startup set identification parameters and maintain telephony resources For more information on diagnostics activities see Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics on page 433 Troubleshooting and diagnostic activities topics e Module Diagnostics on page 433 e Problems with trunk or station modules on page 436 e Media Bay Module status on page 437 e Testing DTM Modules on page 439 e DTM CSU statistics on page 441 e Testing the DDI Mux on page 444 e Troubleshooting Telephone Connections on page 448 e Changing system identification parameters on page 451 e Changing the system domain on page 451 e Maintenance programming for telephony resources on page 453 e General Diagnostic Activities on page 466 Emergency telephone does not function on page 473 e ATA 2 does not function on page 474 e Unified Manager Diagnostics on page 475 e Driver Debug diagnostics on page 475 Business Communications Manager Management Guide 56 Chapter 1 Management Overview P0609330 3 0 59 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Business Communications Manager fault management topics
153. 416 Managing access passwords on page 417 Using the SSH client to access the text based interface on page 429 Manually activating Telnet on page 431 Accessing Unified Manager through the firewall on page 432 Backup and restore overview Use the Backup and Restore Utility BRU to preserve the integrity of your Business Communications Manager operating system software and configuration data With BRU you can perform a backup restore or upgrade through a web connection BRU is a single user application Before you perform any substantial maintenance on the Business Communications Manager save your data to a safe storage module location elsewhere in the network After hardware maintenance is complete restore the data to your Business Communications Manager For more information on how to operate the Backup and Restore utility see Chapter 8 System Backup and Restore BRU on page 381 Backup and restore procedures P0609330 3 0 Accessing BRU on page 396 Exiting from the backup and restore utility on page 396 Resetting the BRU screen on page 397 Adding a new volume on page 397 Modifying a volume on page 398 Deleting a volume on page 398 Performing a backup using BRU on page 399 Scheduling a backup on page 402 Viewing scheduled backups on page 404 Viewing a scheduled backup report on page 404 Deleting a scheduled backup on page 40
154. 5 P0609330 3 0 Return to table User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs 194 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary No action required Warning Information None Battery removed None if sufficient battery power still exists to support the load If battery removal causes another event of higher severity re insert or replace the battery immediately Warning Information None Bypass contactor OK No action required Warning Information None UPS internal temperature in bounds No action required Warning Information None Normal power restored UPS on line No action required Warning Information None UPS on battery Blackout Restore power to the UPS If there is not a general power failure that is if only the UPS has lost input power check building wiring and circuit breakers If the condition persists contact an electrician to analyze your utility power Minor Warning None UPS on battery Deep momentary sag This event can be caused by poor power quality i e power f
155. 5 BCM Monitor 6 Performance Management 7 Performance Management Using NetlQ 8 Security Management 9 System Backup and Restore BRU 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 11 Management Information Base MIB System Table 1 Business Communications Manager Management User Guide organization Contents An overview of the network management model applications tools maintenance and monitoring objectives Information on how to set up and maintain a fault detection and maintenance program using the Unified Manager and SNMP toolsets Service manager capabilities available in the Unified Manager interface This chapter also describes the properties of the services in the service manager and associated log and alarm notifications Explanation of the MSC core telephony log system This chapter also describes how to access display and erase logs and archlogs Instructions how to install access and use the BCM Monitor application to analyze BCM system status and performance statistics Information on metrics gathering tools and applications to monitor the network traffic The tools help you ascertain the performance and health of the network elements and telephony services Information on the third party NetIQ performance management solution for BCM Information about how you can set up and maintain the access security to your system by users and client applications Information and procedures on how to
156. 68 statistics performance 53 352 status SNMP summary 78 user profile 422 supervisor dial in access 419 System 41 416 system administration log 316 processor software 434 454 System Status Monitor 466 test log 250 316 version 434 454 System Domain 451 System Name 451 system performance statistics 352 system sanity check 467 system security paramaters 414 system status BCM monitor 53 using Initialization menu 470 Business Communications Manager Management Guide 482 Index system status monitor settings 467 Telnet access 470 T Tl signal diagnostics 441 460 transmission performance 441 460 TAPI security 417 telephones 12050 soft phone 25 IP telephone 25 Telnet activating 431 replacement 429 security 431 testing loopback tests 457 text conventions 20 third party fault management system MIBs 486 Time 453 Time Zone 453 time zone BRU restore 405 timeout interface 415 trap list SNMP 86 traps enabled SNMP traps 73 troubleshooting emergency telephone 473 modules 434 T1 signal 436 trunk modules 434 trunk module troubleshooting 434 U ultra UDMA mode mirrored disks 472 Unified Manager alarm banner 64 alarm severity 65 allow or blocking user access 424 logging off 42 password policies 421 428 system timeout 415 timeout setting 415 P0609330 3 0 user lockout policies 427 Usage metrics Hunt groups 464 user domain user group 426 failed logon attempts before lockout 427 ISDN dia
157. 74 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Service Control Manager Event ID 7023 Event ID 7023 Event ID 7023 Event ID 7024 Event ID 7024 Event ID 7024 P0609330 3 0 Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Service Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs The Call Detail Recording service terminated Contact your local support group Critical Error None Call Detail Recording The Voice Management Subsystem service terminated Supply archlog and report to support team Critical Error None Voice management subsystem Incorrect function The workstation service terminated with the following error A duplicate name exists on the network THe BCM should be unique in the network Critical Error None Workstation The Net Logon service terminated with service specific error 3095 The Netlogon service should not be configured to start automatically on BCM that is not a domain member Configure the Netlogon service so that its startup type is set to Manual Critical Error None Net logon The
158. 80 community name SNMP 86 community name SNMP 80 Companion base station authorization software 24 software 24 configurable menus user group 425 configuring management settings user manager overview 417 configuring service settings alarm service functions 66 confirm password user profile 421 conventions text 20 CSU Channel Service Unit alarms 462 performance statistics 461 stats 441 460 D DataUserGroup 419 Date 453 DECT backup 401 403 default change passwords 419 deleting user name 421 description SNMP summary 78 device disabling 449 456 enabling 457 Diagnostics 41 diagnostics BCM monitor 53 hard disk mirroring 471 monitoring mirrored disks 471 monitoring services 466 performance statistics 53 352 T1 signal 441 460 test results system test log 316 P0609330 3 0 dialback 418 dial in access 419 DialUpUserGroup 419 digital signature SMB client signing 416 SMB server signing 417 disable a bus 437 a device 449 media bay module port 438 disabling a device 456 a module 455 disk mirroring monitoring 471 DNs disable enable module port 438 documentation accessing 38 Domain 451 Domain secure channel 417 domain user group adding a profile 426 profile 419 domain user name domain user group 426 DPNSS networking 24 drives monitoring status 471 DTM LEDs 435 DupliWin DIll version disk mirroring 472 E emergency telephone troubleshooting 473 enablin
159. 850 edF Reo RRA CORRE RRS dw ed eed FR eee ed ame 153 pcr FR rcc 153 PCCM 2 33443 EE tata eee Seer QuIBPERKQUQ QUEE RP ERES QI E 154 PISCE oor ww OS Eois E a a Analg So bah Qceduy ai ecbe teque abii edes 156 ORONO 24 0 ctr eee cuc hao CLR db VR Ree BV ciao RA 156 NeiLnkMandger ML m 157 joy m T 157 MORFO asia Sedes quip aura queda E S a Eq Ra qp 157 LI MM EET 159 IO DD oci tiara res bxc diane caus dedos dU RU pK te dab dadas 1 BRA dera hla dM AU i at 159 PRUDIIE a ceca oiseau A TEE EET T EEEE E T EFESE T ETEO TTT EEE 159 DEE EE EE P dor bd eb EE fb dor EE EN 160 PERCIG ai riii aaa dest AA dal dal dic eaa a Mo diced E en do ded 160 POHllb sovra UpRuDRERS PE P3 NORAWAR Eee dee hSa eRe Ree ead e qxkeVe qu 160 Paley ccr ep MUT 162 CSM MM 4 ahs came eteenarese edn CR RSP QUU eed ses cou dead 162 Marr 162 POND acu dei ool dcos p Gas reg ab p pedi dcn acelera has did acidi 163 col Me um 166 Save DONDE ss i vtl d e UR ER d va a ta cfr qoaa o RP 166 POO 3o acaacacca a pra aa atia A ibaa A Rau Roa d a Ru a dos da eet d 166 c r se Gsd 5 eae Heh FAD ERLE a GEG aoa e Gee Gee ded ee Eee ah 170 Service Control Manager 6225 5205648 bece er x Y 6 P RPG resi 170 DUG tunes dediastur bed qedadubPdqeaduPES Re tees Leese eter QN 176 SNMP TER ONCE ia is tude ee deus CR RR ERR CIL CR ADI a C RC Ie d Re ue gare 176 CI GO EN ER E NETT T I T T UI T T TT 176 SSH Secure Shell Server cscs ied cede s
160. BCM MIBs are organized into three sections e Standard MIBs includes SNMP Framework MIB RFC2261 and INET ADDRESS MIB RFC2851 e Nortel MIBS includes BCM Small Site MIB and BCM Small Site Events MIB The Events MIB defines the events traps which are usable by any SmallSite product or component e Microsoft MIBs includes OSPF and RIP2 MIBs Refer to Table 1 Table 2 and Table 3 for file names and files descriptions of each of the MIBs Table1 Standard MIBs files descriptions Filename Comments MIB Rfc1354 mib This MIB defines the SS NN This standard MIB displays the IP routing table SNPM FRAMEWORK MI Rfc2261 mib This is the SNMP Management Architecture MIB This B standard MIB displays parameters related to the SNMP Agent on the BCM INET ADDRESS MIB Rfc2851 mib This MIB defines textual conventions for representing Internet addresses An internet address can be an IPv4 address and IPv6 address or a DNS domain name This MIB defines IP addresses on the BCM in various formats Table 2 Nortel MIBs files descriptions Small Site MB Site MIB Smallsite mib mib This MIB defines the upper level hierarchy ofan MIB defines the upper level hierarchy of an enterprise 1 nortel b62 sub branch called smallsite This Nortel Networks MIBN is the basis for several Nortel Networks smallsite products In the BCM this MIB is a prerequisite for the Small Sites Events MIB P0609330 3 0 Management Informat
161. Basic and C Jet is typically used for storing data in the client machine JET Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Return to table Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Service None Event ID 8 Message 215 The database engine 04 909 0000 started User action No action required Alarm severity Warning Trap type Information Logs None Event ID 9 Message The database engine stopped User action No action required Alarm severity Warning Trap type Information Logs None Event ID 16 Message xxx The database is running recovery steps User action No action required See Microsoft Article Q165915 Alarm severity Warning Trap type Information Logs None Event ID 69 Message Redoing log file wins j50 log User action No action required See Microsoft Article Q165915 Alarm severity Warning Trap type Information Logs None kbdclass Kbdclass provides the keyboard driver Kbdclass Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Return to table Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Service None P0609330 3 0 Kbdclass Return to table Event ID 7 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Chapter 2 Fault Management System 137 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Could not locate the device object for one or more keyboard port devices Contact Support Critical Error None B
162. Bay Module status on page 437 Disable the module using the procedure Disabling or enabling a single module on page 438 P0609330 3 0 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 437 3 Enable the module using the procedure Disabling or enabling a single module on page 438 For an DTM CTM or DSM Check the external line by terminating a single line telephone directly on the distribution block or equivalent which connects to the Trunk Module For an ASM if the ASM is still down power down and then power up Business Communications Manager If the problem persists 1 If AC power is present and the LED indicator on the module is off replace the module 2 Replace the link cable 3 Replace the module For information about replacing components see the Business Communications Manager Installation and Maintenance Guide Media Bay Module status From the Media Bay Modules selection you can view the status of all the modules and identify any device or lines connected to the system so that you can isolate any malfunctioning part of the system You can also use the Media Bay Module selection to disable and enable modules and devices For more information see the following procedures Use this procedure to display module type the number of sets connected to the module the number of busy sets and the module state 1 On the navigation tree click the Resources and click Media Bay Modules keys and click the head
163. CM performance and usage information using SNMP Business Communications Manager Management Guide 352 Chapter 6 Performance Management Unified Manager Performance Monitor The Unified Manager performance monitor tool provides detailed performance information for the system and the system resources The statistics are shown in charts or table format If a performance display is active it is automatically updated with real time performance information in time increments that you set Performance monitor is available for these Unified Manager navigation tree selections e System see System Performance Monitor on page 352 e Resources see Resources Performance Monitor on page 355 Use the statistical information to determine the most appropriate time for maintenance activities such as backups system tests batch jobs or archlogs Note Generating statistics puts an additional workload on the Business Communications Manager server CPU connecting network and web client Exercise caution when running statistics System Performance Monitor With the system performance monitor you can access performance measurement graphical tools that display overall system performance metrics Business Communications Manager provides statistical information on system throughput and other performance related information System performance information includes e System CPU Usage Graph see To access the System CPU Usage Graph on page 353
164. CM FP1 Upgrades will fail to install no longersupported replace BCM hard drive Business Communications Manager Management Guide 138 Chapter 2 Fault Management System LL Nail Kbdclass Return to table Service None Event ID 8001 Message UTWAN 2 channel s configured User action No action required Alarm severity warning Trap type information Logs None Event ID 8002 Message UTWAN KSU ready User action No action required Alarm severity warning Trap type information Logs None Event ID 8003 Message UTWAN Issued a command to create WAN task User action No action required Alarm severity warning Trap type information Logs None Event ID 8004 Message UTWAN Successfully created a WAN task User action No action required Alarm severity warning Trap type information Logs None Event ID 8005 Message UTWAN Failed to create a WAN task User action No action required Alarm severity minor Trap type warning Logs None MGS eturn to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Media gateway server Return to table Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Service Media gateway server Event ID 1001 Message MGS lt version gt started on lt date gt User action No action required Alarm severity Warning Trap type Information Logs None KREKK P0609330 3 0 MGS Media gateway server Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID
165. Communications Manager Management Guide 222 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Return to table Message Voice software Event ID 43 User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 44 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 45 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 46 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs P0609330 3 0 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary The long term alarm threshold has been surpassed in DTCM 961 for the detection of Alarm Indication Signal The most likely cause is an irregularity with the PSTN connections The cable connecting the DTOM to the network termination point or external CSU has been disconnected or there is a problem with the signal from the network Check the logs and look for Events ranging from 315 336 If this alarm occurs more than once over a two week period contact your local support group Critical Error MSC event 318 The long term alarm threshold has been surpassed in DTCM 1 for the detection of Remote Alarm Indication The most likely cause is an irregularity with the PSTN connections The cable connecting the DTOM to the network termination point or external CSU has been disconnected or there is a problem with the signal from the network Check the logs and look for Events ranging from 315 336 If this alarm occurs more than once over a two week period contac
166. Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Qos flt init The description for Event ID 0 in Source qos flt init could not be found It contains the insertion string s Service started No action required Warning Information None The description for Event ID 0 in Source qos flt init could not be found It contains the insertion string s Service stopped No action required Warning Information None Chapter 2 Fault Management System 163 Rdr Redirector provides the Microsoft API component on the BCM Rdr Event ID 3013 Event ID 8003 User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Router Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID None The redirector has timed out a request to lt Server Name or IP gt Check the server and the connection to the server Minor Warning None The master browser has received a server announcement from the computer lt computer name gt that believes that it is the master browser for the domain on transport lt transport name gt The master browser is stopping or an election is being forced To stop the 8003 error messages make sure the routers on the network are not forwarding UDP broadcasts keeping browser elections on NetBT loca
167. D 1004 Event ID 1005 Event ID 1006 Event ID 1016 Event ID 1018 Event ID 1030 Event ID 1033 Return to table Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary None Communication Established No action required Warning Information None UPS self test passed No action required Warning Information None Administrative shutdown Save files and shut down programs or cancel the shutdown Warning Information None Shutdown cancelled No action required Warning Information None System Shutdown started Save files and shut down programs or cancel the shutdown Warning Information None Smart Cell signal restored No action required Warning Information None Minimum redundancy regained No action required Warning Information None Battery added Business Communications Manager Management Guide UPS Uninterruptible power supply Event ID 1034 Event ID 1040 Event ID 1102 Event ID 1150 Event ID 1162 Event ID 116
168. DECT OAM Automatic _ Running Manual Stopped _ DialMgr Multi Dialup Manager Automatic Running DNS Microsoft DNS Server Automatic Running EmsManager Media Services Manager Manual Running EventLog EventLog m Automatic Running EventSystem COM Event System Manual Stopped HotDesking HotDesking Automatic Running InterBaseGuardian Firebird Guardian Service Automatic Running InterBaseServer Firebird Server Manual Running InventorySvc Inventory Service Automatic Running IPSecIKE IPSeclKE Service Automatic Running LanmanServer Server Automatic Ready 3 From the Configuration menu select Modify Service The Services List dialog box appears P0609330 3 0 Chapter 3 Service Management System 253 Figure 30 Modify services selection Performance Fault Report Tools La 47 65 138 63 Comprehensive ervices Add Delete Det Att Services List QJ BCM 47 65 138 68 s T ee AlarmS vc AlarmS vc Manual Services Alerter leitor D ou Manual Management Browser Computer Browser Manual 9 Diagnostics cfsServer Voice CFS Automatic MSC ClipSrv ClipBook Server Manual Trunk Modules cmdrmt emdrmt Automatic Service Metrics ConsoleService Console Service Automatic 9 CTEngine Voice CTE Automatic A z m Monitor DECTAlarms DECT Alarm Mon
169. E 9 Q Services L UMP REUS Telephony Services Doorphones M nunity IP Telephony Delete Trap Community Q Call Detail Recording LAN CTE Configuration Voice Mail i Multimedia Call Center EEEE x IVR Community List IP Music DHCP Community Lise pp DNS f IP Routing 5 c WN 9 SNMP ommunity Name pubic t lt CS S S QoS Monitor Web Cache 2 Access Permission READ ONLY Net Link Mgr 2 Q Alarm Service NAT VPN 2 Save Cancel Policy Management NTP Client Settings Ready UPS Warning Applet window Telnet A Management Diagnostics Add Trap Community SEE 6 Modify the trap community attributes 7 Click the Save button Deleting an SNMP trap community 1 Access the correct Business Communications Manager in your network from the Unified Manager workstation browser Business Communications Manager Management Guide 88 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 2 On the Unified Manager navigation tree click the Services key and click the SNMP heading The SNMP Summary screen appears 3 Click the Trap Community List tab The Community List screen appears Highlight the list you want to delete On the Configuration menu select Delete Community A message appears that asks you to conf
170. EDR RW ci a ani a gach tios Rta am todos RAL can diodes Rb un Bebo nn 341 Real time Protocol over UDP RTP session screen llle sss 342 Universal ISDN Protocol UIP screen 2 dks sao Cae e ku RR OK dressi 343 LING HOM SIGN Luca ice duae ca e PE Ra Arar naa Hohe dene kaddes ae 344 Usage indicators SCFOBIT isses sse mike mera onda eee ORO Me X GRO qe ee 345 BCM Monitor statistical values minimum and maximums 04 346 Viewing minimum and maximum values xss sese hmmm km mmn 346 Viewing the date and time of minimum and maximum values 346 Resetting minimum and maximum values seele eese 347 BCM Monitor information capture slseleeeee nen 347 P0609330 3 0 Contents 9 Chapter 6 Performance Management 00 0ee cece eee eee eee eee eee 351 System Performance tools and services llle 351 Unified Manager Performance Monitor 0000 cece eee eee eee 352 System Performance Monitor o ocscnadconedepaciesa dene REA ERR SRSqGA 352 Accessing the System CPU Usage Graph and Table 352 Accessing the Memory Usage Graph and Table ssusluu 353 Memory usage counter types 00 c eect ren 354 Resources Pertormance Monel cu sg ee s RR RR RC C dee RR SCC Pee Rh 355 Accessing the Resources Performance Monitor llle 355 Accessing the IP Packets graph and table 00 0 0 e eee eee 356 IP Packoteount
171. F MIBs RIP v2 MIBs Bootp MIBs MS Windows NT Performance MIBs SNMP MIBs MIB gives you access to the managed objects of a system through a virtual information store called the Management Information Base or MIB BCM supports a number of MIBs To access MIB files 1 On the Unified Manager navigation tree click the Services key and the SNMP heading The SNMP Summary screen appears On the Tools menu click MIB download The MIB Files Download window appears From here you can select which of the MIB files to download To access zipped MIB files from the Nortel Networks Customer Service site 1 Go to www nortelnetworks com The direct link is http www130 nortelnetworks com cgi bin eserv cs main jsp Click the Business Series link The Products page appears Under the Business Communications Manager BCM heading click the Software link Business Communications Manager Management Guide 486 Management Information Base MIB System 4 On the Business Communications Manager BCM screen enter MIB in the by Title Number Keyword and press the Enter key MIB Browsers allow the MIB information to be loaded so that the MIB structure can be browsed An example of a utility is Microsoft MOM Third Party Fault Management Systems The BCM Small Site and BCM Small Site Event MIBs can be integrated into standards based SNMP management frameworks in order to receive BCM alarms via SNMP MIB File Descriptions The
172. ID 1204 Message DN XXXX Test Local Mode User action Test feature Alarm severity Warning Trap type Information Logs None Event ID 1205 Message DN XXXX Firmware is Out of Sync with the Main Office Call Server User action Indicates that IP set FW on main office has been upgraded and the required FW version is available on the SRG Alarm severity Warning Trap type Information Logs None Event ID 1206 Message DN XXXX Local Mode Firmware Upgrade in Progress User action No action required Alarm severity Warning Trap type Information Logs None P0609330 3 0 Survivable remote gateway Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID 1207 1208 1209 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 Return to table Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message Chapter 2 Fault Management System 179 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary DN XXXX Normal Mode Redirected to Main Office No action required Warning Information None DN XXXX Local Mode Redi
173. M7324 telephone 2 CAP2 Second CAP module attached to an M7324 telephone Nortel Networks ATA 2 Analog Terminal Adapter Disable a device Warning Give notice that you are disabling equipment Inform people that you are going to disable their devices i Warning Pick a suitable time to disable devices Disabling a port will disconnect users from their calls Do not disable devices when many people are using the Business Communications Manager system Wait until after regular office hours i Warning Do not enable or disable ports during the first two minutes after plugging in your system If you enable or disable ports in the first two minutes after powering up incorrect ports may be enabled or disabled To recover from this disable then enable the affected modules using the Media Bay Modules selection To disable a device 1 Identify the device you wish to disable For information on how to do this procedure see Identify a device connected to the system on page 448 Click the device you want to disable On the Configuration menu click Disable A warning appears that this action will disable the port Click the OK button The system disables the device in one minute or immediately if the device is idle Business Communications Manager Management Guide 450 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Enabling a disabled device 1 Identify the device you wish to disable For information on how to
174. MP Manager List iussus RR rnt RERx RR RR na CE Rh 81 Adding a manager to the SNMP manager list 200000 200 81 Modifying an SNMP menatibl iua dx ace koe eee ee t Roa do 84 Deleting an SNMP manager selseeeeeee kiu iE 84 Configuring an SNMP Trap Community List 00 00 eee eee 85 Adding a trap community to the SNMP community list 85 Modifying an SNMP trap community llle 87 Deleting an SNMP trap community uai ea xcix dox rack Ri rikr ttri tiai 87 Alarm Analysis and Clearing Procedures 2 242 s05s sdace sens veda a cena ands 89 SNMP Event MBSSSUBS costes ripar aio SAA PA err To Oe re RUE RRS 90 Using the component ID and event ID summary tables 90 Component ID alarm summary information 00 eee eee eee eee 92 Componentevemi ID ac ue sas d a5 reds RR Rd E REA EP RE es 95 Component ID SNMP Trap Error interpretation lille 100 Component ID alarm descriptions aua osea deena ewe edna ews 101 FIO ETE aUa ed a kx A Seaweed d See Reka wee pudet ES T 102 BUNDUNE odes aaa aaranew ed taewmeniguereruwes eU DEUS Qu EE ERES qQS 102 SOME Pe w 102 BONDO uiis atacpu ion uecba ud ab achu rac daracpir dai deU d debi een Secs 105 BE exu Paha deus ERe BREE RAVE ERERU GROG AES aqeped bd ERS Hs FRE 105 CORT GS S cate hai Sle due Rh eR RRR ES ue ORR ee 108 GO aues go Sa anew sees aeeey qudiaqubverDPiei Ub gIdaqudpbadddqequs 11
175. MP Summary attributes Description View the description of the SNMP agent Version View the version of the SNMP agent Status Enable or disable the SNMP agent Authentication Disable authentication failure traps Failure Traps When enabled the SNMP agent sends authentication failure traps if there is an authentication failure Authentication failures happens if an SNMP manager application provides an incorrect community string or performs an operation that is not permitted for a community P0609330 3 0 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 79 Adding a community to an SNMP community list 1 Access the correct Business Communications Manager in your network from the Unified Manager workstation browser 2 On the Unified Manager navigation tree click the Services key and the SNMP heading The SNMP Summary screen appears 3 Click the Community List tab The Community List screen appears 4 From the Configuration menu click Add Community The Community List dialog box appears Figure 24 Community list screen Performance Fault nepos Tools 055 View Help Comprehensive Modify Community Add Delete Del All Delete Community 9 GD BCM Add Manager System Modify Manager public READ ONLY Resources Delete Manager l Private IREAD WRITE i i Sg Add Tran Lammunitu Telephony Services Docrnnanes fcm iaioo box xl IP Telephony I Community List Call Detail Recording LAN CTE Configuration Comm
176. MSC 5 Exit the Unified Manager session The TM LED lights to indicate the Loopback test has started 6 View the TxD and RxD LEDs to make sure data is transmitted and received by the MSC See LED Indicator and Diagnostics on page 446 for information about the LEDs 7 When you are finished the loopback test start a Unified Manager session 8 Click the Resources and Media Bay Modules keys 9 Click the keys for the Bus number assigned to the Data Module and Data Module 10 Click the Loopback status heading 11 From the Loopback listbox select Off Business Communications Manager Management Guide 448 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Troubleshooting Telephone Connections This section provides suggestions for ways of testing connections between devices and the system Check the port associated with a device DN on page 448 dentify a device connected to the system on page 448 Disable a device on page 449 Enabling a disabled device on page 450 Check the port associated with a device DN Before you run any tests use this procedure to determine the port associated with a device DN 1 2 Click the Diagnostics and MSC keys Click the DN to port conversion heading In the DN to convert box type the DN you want to check Click outside the window to refresh the screen The values appear in the Device port and Device channel boxes These ports and channels refer to the headings found under the Resourc
177. N device e g router elsewhere on the enterprise premises e V 90 Dial up modem interface North America option only The dial up connection interface is available for occasional use Due to modest dialup speeds and potentially large file sizes dial up has limited use For regular backup restore and configuration tasks use a higher bandwidth connection for management access to the Business Communications Manager e Local RS232 serial interface COM port Local terminal emulation interface The Business Communications Manager platform base chassis has a serial RS232 port The RS232 port provides local terminal emulation connectivity to the BCM This method is normally used upon initial install Use local connectivity to set the system s IP address and other basic system and networking parameters to enable the BCM for remote access Alternatively the RS232 port is used to establish a local connection to perform local maintenance activities in the event of an IP network communications failure e LAN IP interface local LAN port IP access through the Unified Manager interface The LAN Ethernet interface transmits at 10 100 Mbps Use IP over a LAN Ethernet interface Figure 4 Business Communications Manager physical interfaces e WAN card field upgrade connects the Business Communications Manager system to the wide area network V 90 Modem port available in North America only provides PSTN dial up access to the BCM 8 Local RS2
178. ON HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE This software consists of voluntary contributions made by many individuals on behalf of the Apache Group and was originally based on public domain software written at the National Center for Supercomputing Applications University of Illinois Urbana Champaign For more information on the Apache Group and the Apache HTTP server project please see http www apache org Business Communications Manager Management Guide P0609330 3 0 Contents PPE RI Lu uud dune aoi E arb uela dr S ado de a DE Ede eae ee ee cin EDO d d E 17 PUO Catia polos E odas oboe cd e A do probo d dob fus dd blade uA 7 PUMICE araa a Hoe rE e P TFIdM IV PECES 14 Gier aa i2 224 xod v EP UE debtor eee ideis ebbe eet ee ae Mt 17 Symbols Used inthis guide rugis eed b ARR RUD ACE OS BAR RR uoa eee 18 Display TIPS oaa esed e e edd os Ves ae edo RES Ree GRE RU dedos RR ede x eR 19 TOK rcgi rr PEN 20 Acronyms used n Ihis guida dice eq na kp ad Rd EEEn RPPGG RA qu EGG ves 21 How to get help 42 sus acies uper ka he dca n acd eeu eke eae d dU er c Neu eRe 23 Relates BOUES 11223 3 20 9 dud cb aca VERO DADA a E Kon ORE acu LACE ON AUR eed 24 Chapter 1 Management Overview sseeererr III II 27 Network Administration ODIGCIIVOS osa dkddediee
179. Part No P0609330 3 0 October 29 2004 Business Communications Manager Management Guide NORTEL NETWORKS Copyright 2004 Nortel Networks All rights reserved May 2004 The information in this document is subject to change without notice The statements configurations technical data and recommendations in this document are believed to be accurate and reliable but are presented without express or implied warranty Users must take full responsibility for their applications of any products specified in this document The information in this document is proprietary to Nortel Networks NA Inc Trademarks NORTEL NETWORKS and Business Communications Manager are trademarks of Nortel Networks NA Inc Microsoft MS MS DOS Windows and Windows NT are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation Symbol Spectrum24 and NetVision are registered trademarks of Symbol Technologies Inc All other trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners Software licensing The Apache Group Copyright c 1995 1999 The Apache Group All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that these conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of condi
180. Product Maintenance amp Support Website Maintenance System Information 3 A Order amp Enable This website was designed to provide easy to use tools for upgrading a BCM with new keycodes Optional Components optional software etc as well as detailed system information which is required to diagnose and resolve Install Optional problems Components Maintenance Tools Archlog Report A Problem Wizard Archlog Scheduler Archlog Viewer Archlog Settings Browse Logs Folder P0609330 3 0 Support Chapter 1 Management Overview 45 Maintenance page support selections are e Contact e Alarms and Traps Contact The contact screen displays the ITAS contact telephone numbers and contact instructions for all regions Figure 10 Technical support contact screen NORTEL NETWORKS Maintenance System Information Order amp Enable Optional Components Install Optional Components Maintenance Tools Archlog Report A Problem Wizard Archlog Scheduler Archlog Viewer Archlog Settings Browse Logs Folder M Business Communications Manager 7 Your Location BCM Product Maintenance amp Support Support Contact Information Technical Support Contacts Click here for the Nortel Networks Support Center Website Technical Support Contact Numbers USA and Canada Authorized Distributors Nortel Networks Global Networks Technical Support GNTS Teleph
181. R0015 gt Critical Error None Internal unexpected error CTE MSC Driver Initialization Error Exit Error is 0x0302 Device is not open Please collect the files CteDiag log and CteDiag bak ensure the Voice CTE service has restarted and report this problem to your support representative UDROO16 Critical Error None Internal unexpected error CTE MSC Driver Initialization Error Exit Error is 0x0306 Device is already open Please collect the files CteDiag log and CteDiag bak ensure the Voice CTE service has restarted and report this problem to your support representative UDROO17 Critical Error None Internal unexpected error CTE MSC Driver Initialization Error Exit Error is 0x0307 The requested CTI device cannot be used with this version of Windows Please verify the installation of the Voice CTE service lt UDR0018 gt Business Communications Manager Management Guide 216 Chapter 2 Fault Management System VoiceCTE Event ID 257 Event ID 257 Event ID 257 Event ID 257 Event ID 257 Event ID 257 P0609330 3 0 Return to table Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message
182. See Manually activating Telnet on page 431 Installing PuTTY PuTTY is a desktop application tool that connects you to the text interface used by Business Communications Manager 1 On the Unified Manager front page click the Install Clients icon The Download Client Applications page appears Install Clients Download Desktop Applications N In the left frame under the Administrative Tools heading click the SSH client link 3 Onthe SSH Client page click the Download SSH Client icon and download PuTTY to your computer Download SSH Client On your desktop double click Putty exe A 5 Follow the install wizard to install PuTTY Business Communications Manager Management Guide 430 Chapter 9 Security Management Using PuTTY 1 Click the shortcut PuTTY icon The PuTTY Configuration screen appears Figure 70 PuTTY Configuration screen AS PuTTY Configuration B zi xj Category El Session Basic options for your PuTTY session Logging Specify your connection by host name or IP address Terminal Host Name or IP address Port Keyboard 23 Bell Features Protocol C Raw Telnet Rlogn C SSH Window Appearance Load save or delete a stored session Behaviour Translation Selection Cobours Default Settings Load Connection Save Proxy Sae Telnet Delete Saved Sessions Rlogin H SSH Auth J ii Close w
183. TE Voice CTE Service Control Manager Message trace tool DCOM None Service Control Manager Net logon DECTAlams DECT Alarm monitor Service Control Manager Maintenance Maintenance selections are e System information e Order amp enable optional components e Install optional components Maintenance tools System information The system information screen displays a summary of the software release and hardware inventory currently installed on your BCM system P0609330 3 0 Chapter 1 Management Overview 47 Figure 12 System information screen erii NETWORKS l5 Business Communications Manager m Support Lee Contact Your Location BCM Product Maintenance amp Support System Information Alarms and Traps Maintenance 2 System Information System Summary Overview Order amp Enable Optional Components Install Optional Components Maintenance Tools Business Communications Manager Archlog Report A Problem msp cgy doc 35 2 0 Wizard Archlog scheduier Archlog Scheduler DIM ii Archlog Viewer Archlog Settings Browse Logs Folder PCI Devicel Wan Card PCI Device2 Modem PCI Device3 Voice MSC Card PCI Device4 Network Card PCI Device5 n a Motherboard CA810e Product Version BCM1000 BIOS Version C 810204 864 0008 P04 Order and enable optional components The keycode retrieval search screen displays a search form you can use to e select the
184. The PPPoE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet service enables connectivity to networks that require PPPoE for authentication and access to the network This service is enabled by keycode Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name PPPoEService Default status Stopped Default startup Disabled Alarms None PPPoE service service structure Parent Child None None SNMP SNMP The SNMP simple network messaging protocol service manages the SNMP capabilities on BCM The service allows inbound SNMP requests to be serviced by BCM If the service is disabled BCM does not respond to SNMP requests If BCM is monitored by network management tools the tools cannot collect data from BCM or control functionality via SNMP Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name SNMP Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms SNMP SNMP service structure Parent Tcpip EventLog _ SNMP Lb t P0609330 3 0 Chapter 3 Service Management System 301 SNMP Trap service SNMP Trap The SNMP simple network messaging protocol trap service receives trap messages generated service by the BCM SNMP agent The service forwards the messages to SNMP management programs in the network If the service is disabled SNMP applications that are registered to receive SNMP messages cannot receive SNMP traps If the service is disabled and if BCM is monitoring network devices or server applications using SNMP tra
185. The pools that supports CbC routing are displayed 2 Selecta pool for example Pool PRI B The services in the pool are displayed The services that appear depend upon the PRI protocol 3 Selecta service for example Public The settings for the selected service are displayed To clear the settings for a selected service on the Configuration menu click Clear metrics Hunt Group Metrics This feature gives you statistical information on hunt group calls 1 On the navigation tree click the Diagnostics Service Metrics Telephony Services Hunt Group Metrics keys All the Hunt Groups appear 2 Click a Hunt Group The display shows all the statistical information for the selected hunt group To clear the hunt group metrics click Clear group on the Configuration menu PSTN fallback metrics To view the metrics associated with VoIP calls that fallback to the PSTN network 1 On the navigation tree click the Diagnostics Service Metrics Telephony Services keys and click the PSTN fallback metrics heading The Last reset time Fallback requests and Fallback failures values appear To reset the metric log on the Configuration menu click Clear data and time P0609330 3 0 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 465 Moving telephones You can move a Business Communications Manager telephone to a new location in the system without losing its programmed settings Set relocation automatic telephone relocation must be
186. U Schedule The schedule link on the Main Menu displays the scheduled processes for BRU on the connected Business Communications Manager See also Scheduled backup on page 384 and Scheduling a backup on page 402 I Note This feature can not be accessed during a process execution When the scheduled processes page is open this table appears Table 40 Scheduled backup job information Delete and Log links for the scheduled job Click the DELETE link to delete the scheduled job Click the LOG link to view the report generated the last time this scheduled job was run Status of the scheduled job Schedule Information Time and date the job is scheduled to start and whether the job is scheduled to run once or is repeated Last Date Performed Time and date the scheduled job was last run Volume where the backup information is stored Components Status List of the components included in the backup and if the backup has previously been run the status of each of the components as of the last backup event PASS WARN Fail User Name and Password The user name and password is required for access to the destination or source network resource entered in the Volume table Report File The report file is generated for two purposes 1 It provides a record of the pass or failure of each component that was run in a script 2 Inthecase of the backup and restore script BRU reads these files to determine which backups
187. U processing efficiency This can result in IP gt telephone outages slower voice mail performance or an overall reduction in system performance Schedule the archlog to run during hours of low call traffic unless otherwise instructed by Nortel Networks support teams Note Ensure to schedule an Archlog batch job so that it does not conflict with other gt scheduled activities such as BRU backups P0609330 3 0 Chapter 4 Log Management 327 1 On the Unified Manager main page click the Maintenance icon and log on with your user name and password The Product Maintenance amp Support Website appears 2 Inthe left frame under the Archlog heading click the Archlog Scheduler heading The Archlog Scheduler screen appears Figure 41 Archlog schedule screen page 1 NORTEL NETWORKS _ Business Communications Manager T Support nals l iT Your Location ACH Product Martenance amp Support Archlog Scheduler mas snc farre Maintenance Gystam Information Archlog Scheduler eOrder 4 Enahle Optional Components Install Optional Compmonerte n Maintananca Tools Currently Scheduled Archlogs Archleg Jobs Dussnption To Be Run At No Archlogs are currently scheduled Schedule An Archlog e How often do you wish to execute Archlog C Every Day C Today Only C Only Once on the specified day ofthe month C C Every Month on the following days ex 2 16 30 C Weekly on the following days Mo
188. UPS battery is discharged User action Wait for the UPS battery power to recharge Alarm severity Minor Trap type Warning Logs None Event ID 300400 Message Communication lost while on battery User action Prepare for possible abrupt shutdown with no warning The UPS has switched to battery operation but communication with the UPS has been lost making it impossible to determine how much runtime the UPS has available Check network connections and check input power source Alarm severity Warning Trap type Information Logs None Event ID 301000 Message Check installation of Smart Cell signal cable User action Check cable connections to batteries Alarm severity Minor Trap type Warning Logs None Event ID 301300 Message UPS internal temperature over limit User action Make sure that there is adequate clearance around the UPS and that the UPS ventilation ports are not blocked Allowing the UPS to continue to operate in this condition can damage the UPS If the condition persists contact APC Support for assistance http www apc com go direct index cfm tag support Alarm severity Minor Trap type Warning Logs None P0609330 3 0 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 205 UPS Uninterruptible power supply Event ID 301301 Event ID 301302 Event ID 301303 Event ID 301304 Event ID 301400 Event ID 301500 Event ID 301600 Return to table Message User action Alarm severity Trap
189. Usage Table The System CPU Usage Table displays real time statistical information on processing activity load The system samples CPU processing activity and presents the information in a table format The table displays the percentage of CPU processing resources consumed over a period of time The table updates the information in accordance with the polling interval selected The table also displays the minimum average and peak CPU usage percentage for each interval 1 On the Unified Manager navigation tree click the System heading 2 On the top menu click Performance and select System CPU Usage Table 3 Selecta polling interval The polling intervals are 200 500 1000 2000 or 5000 ms Accessing the Memory Usage Graph and Table The Memory Usage Graph displays real time statistical information on computing memory consumption or availability The system samples CPU memory availability and presents the information in a graph The x axis indicates the polling intervals The y axis indicates the amount of CPU memory consumed bytes used at a point in time The graph shows measurements over several intervals The graph displays either e percentage of CPU memory required over a period of time committed bytes or e percentage of CPU memory available over a period of time available bytes The system updates the information displayed in the graph according to the polling interval you select The graph also displays the last reported
190. User action No action required Alarm severity Warning Trap type Information Logs None Event ID 258 Message ToneSrvr Terminated User action No action required Alarm severity Warning Trap type Information Logs None Event ID 771 Message IP Music initialization failure Service shutting down User action Please disable the ToneSrvr by configuring your IP Music source as Audio Jack Contact Customer Support for more assistance Alarm severity Critical Trap type Error Logs None Event ID 772 Message IP Music Error IP Gateway unable to open the FUMP channel Service shutting down User action Please disable the ToneSrvr by configuring your IP Music source as Audio Jack Contact Customer Support for more assistance Alarm severity Critical Trap type Error Logs None UPS UP Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Uninterruptible power supply Return to table Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Service UPS APC Powerchute plus Event ID 1000 Message PowerChute PLUS Version 5 2 1 stopped User action No action required Alarm severity Warning Trap type Information Logs None Event ID 1001 Message PowerChute PLUS Version 5 2 1 started User action No action required Alarm severity Warning Trap type Information P0609330 3 0 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 193 UPS Uninterruptible power supply Event ID 1002 Event I
191. Using Unified Manager to monitor system hardware e Using the system status display to monitor system hardware e Using the Initialization menu to monitor system hardware Using Unified Manager to monitor system hardware With the System Status Monitor you can remotely view the status of the BCM LEDs on your PC Monitor the LEDs through the Unified Manager to help you make preliminary decisions about maintenance actions P0609330 3 0 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 467 To enter the System Status Monitor frm Unified Manager 1 On the Unified Manager navigation tree click the Diagnostics key and click the System Status Monitor heading For systems using BCM400 or BCM200 hardware the LED Display screen appears similar to the one shown in the below The labels change depending on which network cards are active loaded Figure 73 System Status Monitor LED Display screen for BCM400 BCM200 hardware LED Display SSM Settings LED Display B Power B HDD B ServicesMon On Flash On 2 Use this table to interpret the LEDs shown on the system status monitor display Table 44 System Status Monitor LED descriptions Power This indicator is green when all power components on your system are operating correcting If one or more components fails the LED turns red HDD Indicates that the Primary hard disk is operating correctly Watchdog This LED indicates the state of system status The LED blinks when the
192. Voice NNU diagnostics l E A t Media services manager 4 A Voice software alarm monitor Voice time synch Voice time synch The Voice time synch service is an industry standard NTP client for BCM which synchronizes time of core telephony with NT operating system Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name VoiceTimeSynch Default status Stopped Default startup Disabled Alarms VoiceTimeSynch Voice time synch service structure Parent None Voice WAN Voice WAN The Voice WAN service manages the ISDN interface to the core telephony Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name VoiceWAN Default status Stopped Default startup Automatic Alarms Service Control Manager P0609330 3 0 Chapter 3 Service Management System 311 Voice WAN service structure Parent VoiceMSCDriver t Voice MSC service i Voice Licensing services Voice NNU diagnostics A Media services manager L Voice WAN Voice watchdog Voice watchdog This service monitors the status of services that are based on the Media Services Card and can restart them if they shutdown inadvertently Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name voicewatchdog Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms VoiceWatchdog Voice watchdog service structure Parent None VoIP Gateway VoIP Gateway The Voice over IP Gateway service provides voice over a packet
193. VoiceCTI service terminated with service specific error 204 No action required Critical Error None VoiceCTI The Remote Access Connection Manager service terminated with service specific error 620 Please contact support Note for support Start the Plug and Play service and change the Startup mode from Manual or Disabled to Enabled Critical Error None Service Control Manager Service Comments Event ID 7024 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Service Event ID 7026 User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Service Comments Return to table Message Chapter 2 Fault Management System 175 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Plug and play Remote access connection manager See Microsoft Article Q170029 The Voice MSC Service service terminated with service specific error 85 If voice services i e voice mail IP calls etc are available then there is no action required Otherwise a restart of the BCM is required This is not only for BCM 3 0 Critical Error None Voice MSC service The following boot start or system start driver s failed to load intlfxsr kbdclass mouclass nullinp nullvga Contact Support Critical Error None None BCM FP1 Upgrades will fail to install no longersupported replace BCM hard drive Business Communications Manager Management Guide 176 Chapter 2 Fault Management System NMP Simple Return to
194. WOKS uuu saved ew RR ER RSS ERS RR NA ER CR SSS RP dd do 248 Events that cause a system restart 0 0000 adika eee 250 Chapter 3 Service Management System cece cece eee ee eee eee eens 251 SN OSTI ET addse dunia ey dede dp Rhee e aus ae em 251 Accessing Service Mandel amp udauucx wee PARSER be do RC E A des Meee aborsi 251 Accessing services and driver status reports 0 0 eee ee eee 255 sr Tau Ri 6 2508 corere teed Eee POH DRESS DOERR ow 257 Service definition properties 2 0 cece eee eee 258 System level service definitions 2c ijnssateadimagacadhyweeeded peng beens bes 258 PIRI comeu Roya ee ee eae dae aN d aa ydg qu d Ke E p d Aa E d gs 260 ipsus Kee C AR Rar Ok A a OA BBer ded Ped SA eee 261 COM Event SYSIOM tonciwrcterekeed teeeabedadene dvde ge des dwae dws 261 COMmpuler BIOWES 12 seam mde tq dE DEP ROEE GE ORS Hdd ORE T ERS 262 FS I E cens doa cio pts dall deabus Qi us Mdb e CR MA di E cuia 262 Firebird Guardian Servic cres teeta ua kou XGA Ra deed Pees Reo eRe be aes 263 Fileblit BOWED usc ERIS PROPRIE HE ete Ure dae ger du RR nets 263 License logging Service iss cea coh oe m RROREOOR inata KORR Y ORS Kel AS oR 264 irl cop M e 264 PRES araia li acta eub acadides dod doli ain iae dia ais Roce Cat a ira raa 265 DIOSDILSSIUBE lt i pag Ra qup pax R qp pma eq tp I de amber edd 265 MgoOLSenerDHelBSl ins ced edd on doe s endie iis ttd OR Eo 265 Mut dialup Manag ERR rare e
195. Warning Logs MSC event 262 Sev P7 Cat C Event ID 263 Message Invalid disconnect sequence The handshake which occurs between the analog trunk and the network when a line is released was not properly completed The analog trunk is unusable until the disconnect completes Port 961 Check the trunk interface with the network to determine if it operating correctly P0609330 3 0 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 231 Return to table User action Voice software Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 265 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 270 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 271 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 323 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Check the trunk interface with the network to determine if it operating correctly Minor Warning MSC event 263 Sev P8 Cat C When seizing a trunk to make an outgoing call a handshake must occur between the Call Server trunk and the network before digits can be dialled This event indicates that this handshake failed since the network did not acknowledge the Call Server request to seize the line The trunk is unusable until the handshake is properly completed Port 1 Check the trunk interface with the network to determine if it operating correctly Check the trunk inter
196. a command to execute Schedule a restart Telnet session Troubleshooting P network troubleshooting Services and driver troubleshooting DECT Time synchronization for more information see Backup firmware the DECT Installation and Restore firmware Maintenance Guide Eilmwarediplcad Restore default configuration A law Mu law companding scheme Security Upload certificate and private key Miscellaneous Reset Unified Manager server Business Communications Manager Management Guide 50 Chapter 1 Management Overview When you select a tool for any of the above applications the system displays an installation wizard to guide you through the installation To display the maintenance tools screen select Maintenance tools under the maintenance category The maintenance tools screen appears Figure 15 Maintenance page maintenance tools screen Business Communications Manager Your Location BOM Product Maintenance amp Suogori Mantenance Tools Brstem Infcemation Maintenance Tools Order amp Enable Optional Comporents hetal Optional Components pcc RM sent pu cp Beppor A Froblern e Attach to shared volume Wizard Shared Drive Detach a shared volume Aschlag Scheduler e Enable Disable ECM Dive Shares chlgg Viewer Aychiog Settings Execute a command Browse Logs Folder System Interaction Schede a S ommand to Execute Schedule a Restart Telnet Session e IP netwoeks troubleshoot
197. above Tolerance 100 C for more than one Minute SSM will shutdown the BCM if the CPU temperature doesn t recovered within two Minutes 961 reports some of its services are not functioning correctly Check the service that is reporting that some services are down Critical Error None A process has reported to the SSM that either it or its monitored services are not fully functional 1 reports that all of its services are down Check the service that is reporting services are down Critical Chapter 2 Fault Management System 187 System Status Monitor Event ID 3002 Event ID 3003 Event ID 3004 Event ID 3005 Event ID 3006 Return to table Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Error None A process has reported to the SSM that either it or its monitored services are all not functioning The time interval could not be set on the L E D S Board No immediate Action Required but If the condition persists contact Nortel Support Critical Error None Upon SSM initialization the time could not be set on the L E D S bo
198. ac desde dx ae isotta su EEG REOR EN AU QE ERE EES RE 276 cel M C L 277 POL c Dg ape ceed dae badd deh s ee eka eee ead acews 277 Son Secure Shall 2 sisraescezeer qeaeerd6O ave heeds seen dws Ed LES 277 Survivable remote galeWwsy 22e a bor ER Pese ge OCC es dae BRE dre AS 278 System event notification 0 0 eA 278 I4 M P Ger eedseeeu ead ees dan E A A E E wes 279 TORNPMGBIOS NAGS aud acob es dk iced Gb ewe sare did cgo diari 279 TONICSE a dose Laggan ts Rn uU ERE quadacdqq weedeat anaes 280 UPS APO Powerchute plUS eva DE e oe ERR o ble acd e ied 280 UPO Consolo Toggle sxc ccce MI a a E a 281 YNO 02 A L EEETUTTTMT 281 Voice Licensing SOIVIBOS vui ssa och ode I eee eee EEL ELE SEH SEES 281 WANCOWE Sae iugosadassdaspbixedu pP sad nda ead dosdy vais du 282 Windows internet name service llle 283 LL 81 30 1791 oc sede ee de tke REL Ae eh ee eed D 283 Wome NON cota Sud dedu bebe COPA te paiwe le oe eaeddsa aeeeaaw se 284 World wide web publishing service 2 0 c cece eee eens 284 Nortel Networks Configurable Services 000 0c eee eee eee 285 Blant se GS 2544 5S EOE EERE WERE M PRTC EES RESTS E Pru a 286 POUDIAS audae iid oce oo db E aci e aub on coil e RR eee eee 287 Gall Detall Bea uaauesesuos aub aea eque PEWAs UNdqqEemad ede dws 287 Bons d PrCP r r 288 P0609330 3 0 Contents 7 DIEGT Alain MOMO auis up EX C kesi neiu d EE ESSERE E V
199. age User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary MSC event 881 Sev Cat F Etiquette There is insufficient data to capture an RSSI signature Run a re evaluation with a suitable configuration that will provide an adequate RSSI signature Critical Error MSC event 664 Sev P9 Cat F The download of firmware to DTCM 1 has failed Check the logs for occurrences of Event 338 Record the message registered in the log and contact your local support group Power down the system and check the DTCM hardware and the link to the system Critical Error MSC event 339 Sev P6 Cat F A BRI has been selected as the primary clock source rather than a DTCM The slot containing the DTCM must be configured as the primary clock source Critical Error MSC event 351 Sev P6 Cat F Device firmware download started This event may occur more than once per device type No action required Warning Information MSC event 355 Sev P7 Cat E Device firmware download failure Reported by the data transfer server Event parameters 1 The device has not been brought on line by the system Check that the device is properly installed a
200. ager 4 l A Media path server i A r Media gateway server l 1 A UNISTIM Terminal proxy server A HotDesking Inventory service Inventory service The Inventory service performs an inventory of system functions and reports information back to Unified Manager Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name InventorySvc Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms Inventory Service Business Communications Manager Management Guide 292 Chapter 3 Service Management System Inventory service service structure Parent Child Voice MSC Driver None Voice MSC service Voice NNU diagnostics t Voice Licensing services i l l Za qM Media services manager a A Inventory service IpMusic BcmAmp IpMusic The IpMusic BcmAmp service provides an on board on hold music player Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name BcmAmp Default status Stopped Default startup Manual Alarms BcmAmp IpMusic BcmAmp service structure Parent Voice MSC Driver Voice MSC service Voice NNU diagnostics A A Voice Licensing services l r a Media services manager A IpMusic IpMusic Tone Server IpMusic Tone The IpMusic BcmAmp service provides an on board on hold music to the network or BCMAmp Server Type Nortel Ne
201. ager you can set different collection parameters for the Alarm Database You can use the Alarm Manager to enable or disable the sending of all or some types of SNMP traps The Alarm Manager provides the Alarm Backup Batch Job which backs up old alarm records to an archive folder at a scheduled time To configure Alarm Manager settings 1 On the navigation tree click the Management key and click the Alarm Manager heading P0609330 3 0 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 71 Figure 20 Alarm database screen Group View Help Comprehensive Alarm Database SNMP Trap Alarm Backup Batch Job r Alarm Database 9 GJ BCM System Max Number Record fo Resources o 9 Ver ee t Discard Timer seconds o 3 User Manager e Kept Timer days o Alarm Manager Diagnostics s Resync Timer seconds 300 Archive Location Absolute path 4 data files nortel networks unified manager archive 2 Use the information in this table to configure the Alarm Database Table 3 Alarm Database settings Maximum Number Set the maximum number of records that the alarm database stores The default is 0 no limit Record The range is from 0 to 5000 records If you enter 0 there is no limit to the number of records When the number of records reaches the maximum the earliest record is removed to make room for the new alarm record Kept Timer days Set the number of days that the records remain in
202. ain The VBMain service controls Multimedia Call Center on BCM For more information about Multimedia Call Center see the Multimedia Call Center Set Up and Operation Guide Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name VBMain Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms VBMain VBMain service structure Parent Child None None Voice CFS Voice CFS The Voice Component Feature Service processes the keycodes and licensing information for the BCM system Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name CfsServer Default status Running Business Communications Manager Management Guide 304 Chapter 3 Service Management System Default startup Automatic Alarms cfsServr Voice CFS service structure Parent VoiceMSCDriver A Voice MSC service Voice NNU diagnostics A l l g L a Media services manager Iaa A Voice CFS Voice Licensing services Voice CTE Voice CTE Computer Telephony Engine A middleware toolkit that provides interfaces for call control access to telephony devices on BCM Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name CTEngine Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms CTE Voice CTE Service Control Manager Voice CTE service structure Parent VoiceMSCDriver L Voice MSC service Voice NNU diagnostics A Voice Licensing services i A L 1
203. al Error MSC event 254 Sev P9 Cat C DSP message queue messages to be sent to DSP firmware is full Message not sent may cause application to timeout waiting for resource Users may experience call failures Customer should report event to installer to get tracebacks Minor Warning MSC event 254 Sev P9 Cat C Wireless re evaluation required Initiate data re evaluation Re Evaluation should be initiated by the system administrator Critical Error MSC event 665 Sev P8 Cat F Wireless re evaluation in progress No action required This ALARM only alerts the system administrator installer that mobility data re evaluation has started Warning Information MSC event 878 Sev Cat E Wireless re evaluation completed No action required This aALARM only alerts the system administrator installer that mobility data re evaluation has finished Warning Information MSC event 879 Sev Cat E Configured cell 1 cell number failed to come on line Determine which basestations belong to the failed cell Replace the basestations and invoke a data re evaluation or warm start the system Critical Error Business Communications Manager Management Guide 220 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Voice software Event ID 24 Event ID 31 Event ID 32 Event ID 34 Event ID 35 Event ID 36 P0609330 3 0 Return to table Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Mess
204. al to the number of zeros in the data received from the Receive data network and transmitted to the DTE The speed of the flashes is an indication of the speed of the data sent over the network RTS The LED lights when the DTE requests permission from the DDI Mux to send data Request to Send CTS The LED lights when the DDI Mux is signaling the DTE that it has permission to Clear to Send send data DCD The LED lights when Business Communications Manager is receiving a carrier Data Carrier Detect signal DSR The LED lights when the DDI Mux is ready to communicate Data Set Ready TM The LED lights when the DDI Mux is signaling to the DTE that it detects a test Test Mode condition i Power On indicates that the DTM is receiving 5 volts O Status On indicates there is data communication between the DDI Mux and the MSC card In Service Flashing indicates that the T1 trunks are out of service because a loopback test is running or the DDI Mux is initializing Loopback On indicates a continuity loopback test is running on the T1 link Receive Alarm On indicates a problem with the received digital transmission on the T1 link This half duplex link does not work Receive Error On indicates a small error as a result of degraded digital transmission on the T1 link Possible causes are an ohmic connection water ingress or too long a loop Transmit Alarm On indicates the DDI Mux cannot transmit on the T1 link The module sends an Alar
205. alling clients on page 38 e CallPilot on page 39 Documentation on page 40 e BRU on page 40 e Maintenance on page 40 Business Communications Manager Management Guide 36 Chapter 1 Management Overview Figure 6 Unified Manager main page Business Communications Manager Unified Manager System Administration amp Management Configure Premstalled Client Access Home Page Wizards Setup and Management Wizards Install Clients Download Desktop Applications CallPilot CallPilot Manager Documentation Documentation Product Overview amp Tips Backup Restore Utility Maintenance Product Maintenance and Support Configure Access the Unified Manager programming interface for all services except those controlled by the CallPilot and IVR services Wizards When you install your system you run the Quick Start Wizard to set up your system parameters This wizard is described in the Wizard help that can be accessed after you from the Wizards page of the Unified Manager Use the Wizards to perform Quick Start Add Users Edit DN Record Template DN Renumber Network Update See the Programming Operations Guide for more information The Wizards are self contained task applications that you can use to speed up some configuration tasks You access the Wizards from the Wizards button on the first page of the Unified Manager See the Programming Operations Guide for more information P0609330 3 0 Chapter 1 Mana
206. alup manager Remote access server Services Monitor Services Monitor Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms The Services monitors service monitors the services status and logs information System level services ServicesMon Running Automatic None Services Monitor service structure Parent P0609330 3 0 Chapter 3 Service Management System 277 Spooler Spooler The Spooler service is the NT printing subsystem and lets the local system spool jobs to a network printer The service accepts client print requests stores and sends print tasks one at a time to the specified print devices Nortel Networks recommends this service be set to automatic Type System level services Service name Spooler Default status Stopped Default startup Manual Alarms None Spooler service structure Parent None SQLServerAgent SQLServerAgent The SQLServerAgent service is a database used for Call Centre components Type System level services Service name SQLServerAgent Default status Stopped Default startup Manual Alarms None SQLServerAgent service structure Parent None SSH Secure Shell 2 SSH Secure Shell The SSH Secure Shell 2 service provides an SSH Shell into BCM 2 Type System level services Service name SSHSecureShell2Server Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms None Business Communications Manager Management Guide 278 Chapter
207. ame name Caller Domain domain Caller Logon ID id Privileges No action required a global group member added Warning Success Audit None Chapter 2 Fault Management System 169 Security Event ID 633 Event ID 636 Event ID 637 Event ID 642 Event ID 644 Return to table Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Global Group Member Removed Member member id Target Account Name name Target Domain domain Target Account ID id Caller User Name lt name gt Caller Domain domain Caller Logon ID id Privileges No action required a global group member removed Warning Success Audit None Local Group Member Added Member member id Target Account Name name Target Domain domain Target Account ID id Caller User Name name Caller Domain domain Caller Logon ID id Privileges No action required a local group member added Warning Success Audit None Local Group Member Removed Member member id Target Account Name name Target Domain domain Target Account ID id Caller User Name nam
208. an LOT D S aoa nr siren nt are ere arti 266 NetIQ AppManager client communication manager suis 266 Business Communications Manager Management Guide 6 Contents NetIQ AppManager client resource manager 000 002eeeeeee 267 Metesik DDE 2rssus x3 pepQpeeP9 i bheaa kaa qe PAR Ea e d ps 267 Neiwark DEBE DSDM uas add naceod dace ovir orcad her abo bee dois d 267 151 ION ssc boda tiene eds Quaque h te tess cudtia tenageot ase xxx dd 268 Network monitor agent bacco deer eae seca diea doe dda don MMe eod 268 NT LM Security s pp rt BIOVIBBE uua sacas dc arde eae doe 269 ed e E qud phen dees eee tee NE MNT ed qw RR eee Ed d Ms 269 Plin SEL 3 u2 cc E idk vo RR UR epi RR ket we eee 270 Protected SIDIBUE ioosseescce LR T ERACRNUM OE GO A ARR EE Pa XU GR UR ER Rd ans 270 CODE HE BUE carck ad e 3o ba bed ed d But euer ees Eee d ERE EMSA ond 271 gi f ge DUI TO p rm 271 Remote access autodial manager iussu rh dees RARE ORE a X 272 Remote access connection manager sssrsisssrersrersssrsssrerei 272 Romte ACCESS SEN uua ws eoxdrddck Mee ddl dA e RC dox d eie Cd dcc 273 Remote procedure calllocator lille 273 Remote procedure call service 2llllllllllllllllllllllllss 274 Routing and remote access service llli 275 bSenal port Manager issaasseskeadamda d xu Hes ad RR ud RR a ERR d EAR M RA 275 DEI Los d var scis QS BER ATA Ge DR a ae eI A Rata ak eat NN 276 Services MORHIOF 6c n
209. an existing record you will not be able to change this field Invisible menus Choose which menus you want to keep hidden from the user group The Configurable Menus box shows these fields covered by a grey box Configurable Select the settings users are able to change Headings that appear in white will appear on the menus menu but will be read only for this group 6 Click the Save button to save your settings The new user group information is added to the list on the User Group List window Figure 69 Default user groups ser Profile User Group List Domain User Group Profile Total access User Group List __UserGroupName _Invisible Menus onfiaurable Men j CDR requests only AdminUserGroup system resources services managen CDRUserGroup none Data setup access only DatallserGroup system resources LAN resources W DialUpUserGroup none Dial up access read only ReadOnlpUserGroup none none VYoiceUserGroup none spstem resources MSC resources KS Read only Telephony configurations access Deleting a group profile 1 On the navigation tree click the Management key and the User Manager heading The User Profile screen appears showing the current user profile information Click the User Group List tab to view the existing groups From the Configuration menu select Delete User Group A message appears that asks you to confirm the deletion 4 Click the Yes button to delete the user group pro
210. anagement System Provides access to items you can use to generate and access statistics on different system components Business Communications Manager provides statistics metrics and event logs on resources and services to help you carry out system maintenance activities System metrics information is contained in the programming section to which they apply See the Programming Operations Guide and the IP Telephony Guide Split DS30 configuration and double density configuration are located under the Configuration menu of the MSC heading These system features are discussed in the Programming Operations Guide Business Communications Manager Management Guide 42 Chapter 1 Management Overview Logging off Unified Manager When you have finished a session on the Unified Manager you need to log off correctly to protect the integrity of the information you entered 1 Choose BCM IP address gt at the top of the navigation tree The Logoff menu is enabled Click Logoff then select Logoff A message appears that asks you to confirm your request to log off Click Yes to continue A second message appears reminding you to close your browser window after the system has logged out Click Yes to continue A Logoff progress bar appears When it the logoff is complete the browser display will revert to the Login screen Click the Windows exit icon top right corner Click the Windows exit icon on the browser window displaying
211. ance activity Use the links shown in the Component ID Alarm eventSource Trap column to navigate e Click a Component ID name associated with the Event ID to display the Component ID alarm description e Use the table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary to search for the Component ID alarm description by the Component ID Table 13 Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Event ID Alarm eventID Trap Component ID Alarm eventSource Trap MEN 7 M SSH Secure Shell Server VBMain VoiceManagementSubsystem VoiceManagementSubsystem p MSS TPKE PS Mes Bg FWSSETSma p NaMIPSeMKE ET 31 37 IPSecIKE Voice software Business Communications Manager Management Guide 96 Chapter2 Fault Management System Table 13 Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Event ID Alarm eventID Trap Component ID Alarm eventSource Trap VoiceRecord VoiceRecord VolPSipGateway 257 BCMAmp CTE NetlQccm ToneSrvr Voice CTE VoiceCTl VoiceMSCService 300 BRU 301 BRU NCM VNetManager P0609330 3 0 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 97 Table 13 Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Event ID Alarm eventID Trap Component ID Alarm eventSource Trap 307 310 BRU ys ooo 1000 emsManager Nnu System Status Monitor TIntSvr UPS VoiceWatchdog Autochk emsManager MGS MPS Save Dump SNMP System Status Monitor UPS VoiceTimeSynch VoiceWatchdog 1018
212. and basic settings when you run the Quick Start Wizard See the Programming Operations Guide for more information Business Communications Manager Management Guide 40 Chapter 1 Management Overview Documentation Click the Documentation button to find the information you require to help you understand and configure your system to your specifications The entire Business Communications Manager documentation suite plus a number of training panels are included on your Business Communications Manager computer as well as on the CD that accompanied your system Provides access to Documentation on how to install hardware configure and operate various BCM specific applications Product overview Download Adobe Acrobat Reader BRU Click the BRU Backup and Restore Utility button to access BRU functionality BRU provides a way to back up your system data and configurations in the way that is most useful for your purposes Backed up data can be restored to the BCM if a system failure occurs such as a prolonged power outage See System Backup and Restore BRU on page 381 for more information Maintenance The Maintenance button accesses a number of maintenance tools that let you determine the current status of the various aspects of your Business Communications Manager system For more information see the description Unified Manager Maintenance Page Overview on page 43 Using Unified Manager Unified Manager is a web based n
213. and first line support you can enter ERC 338 Website http www nortelnetworks com support Presales Support CSAN Telephone 1 800 4NORTEL 1 800 466 7835 Use Express Routing Code ERC 1063 EMEA Europe Middle East Africa Technical Support Telephone 00800 800 89009 or 33 4 9296 1341 Fax 33 49296 1598 email emeahelp nortelnetworks com CALA Caribbean amp Latin America Technical Support Telephone 1 954 858 7777 email csrmgmt nortelnetworks com Business Communications Manager Management Guide 24 Preface APAC Asia Pacific Technical Support Telephone 61 388664627 Fax 61 388664644 email asia support nortelnetworks com Related publications These documents provide further information about the Business Communications Manager related media bay modules extension equipment and system applications and software Business Communications Manager Programming Operations Guide All optional Business Communications Manager applications have installation and user guides specific to that application Refer to the Programming Operations Guide and Telephone Features Programming Guide These guides describe core system operational configuration and how to program the Business Communications Manager equipment These guides provide programming for core telephony features and user features such as Voice telephony configuration for digital IP ISDN and radio based telephones a
214. and knowledge requirements of NOC network administrators These applications detect observe and report on the state of the network elements and the overall health of the network Business Communications Manager enterprise network model on page 30 shows a sample Business Communications Manager enterprise network that illustrates the various communications links to end devices and control consoles The diagram also shows that the physical enterprise network conceptually is segmented into domains e The Network Operations Center NOC domain represents the tools equipment and activities used to analyze and maintain the operation of the Business Communications Manager network Unified Manager and Network Configuration Manager provide the software interface to perform network control and maintenance functions The controller workstations can be located across different enterprise sites e The BCM network domain represents one or more Business Communications Managers networked through an enterprise LAN to one or more controller workstation The Business Communications Managers need not be co located at the same site The WAN represents an adjacent network external to the LAN e The VoIP and Wireless VoIP domains represent terminating IP devices Business Communications Manager Management Guide 30 Chapter 1 Management Overview Figure 3 Business Communications Manager enterprise network model NOC Domain BCM Network Domain Network Network
215. and private security keys in a secure place preferably offsite This provides you with a backup if your system ever requires data re entry 1 Log on to the Business Communications Manager main screen 2 Click the Maintenance icon You are prompted to enter a system user name and password 3 Click the OK button The Product Maintenance and Support page appears Figure 60 Main Product Maintenance and Support web page Alarms and Traps Your Location BCh Product Maintenance amp Support Welcome to the BCM Product Maintenance amp Maintenance Omer E Enshla This website was designed to provide easy to use tools for upgr Optional Components keycodes optional software etc as well as detailed system informati diagnose and resolve problems Install Optional Msintenarnsa Tanig n Click on the Maintenance Tools link Lo l 4 On the left frame under the Maintenance heading click the Maintenance Tools link A web page showing a list of Maintenance Tools appears Business Communications Manager Management Guide 412 Chapter 9 Security Management Figure 61 Maintenance Tools dialog web page Maintenance Tools Tool s e Attach to a shared volume e Detach a shared volume e Enable Disable BCM Drive Shares e Execute a command e Schedule a Command to Execute e Schedule a Restart e Telnet Session e IP network troubleshooting Troubleshooting e Services amp driver troubleshooting e Time Synchron
216. annot be parked since park prefix is set to None To resolve please configure the park prefix from Unified Manager Warning Information None Voice Mail is operational No action required Warning Information None Chapter 2 Fault Management System 239 VoiceManagementSubsystem Voice Management Subsystem Event ID 1 Event ID 2 Event ID 100 Event ID 100 Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Voice management subsystem Voice Management Subsystem Service started No action required Warning Information None Voice Management Subsystem Service stopped No action required Warning Information None The Restore of the System programming option has FAILED Reason internal error No action required Minor Warning None The Restore of the System programming option has FAILED Reason open session rejected auto admin re eval is occurring wireless No action required Minor Warning None VoiceMSCService VoiceMSCService Return to table Return to table Service Event ID 257 Message User action Alarm severity Trap
217. ap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID None Service started No action required Warning Information None Service stopped No action required Warning Information None Business Communications Manager Management Guide 122 Chapter 2 Fault Management System FIMSS Event ID 3 Event ID 4 Event ID 5 Event ID 6 Event ID 100 Event ID 304 Event ID 305 Event ID 320 P0609330 3 0 Return to table Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary The Service control request handler could not be registered No action required Critical Error None Received a bad service request No action required Critical Error None Couldn t open the Service Control Manager No action required Critical Error None Couldn t open the 961 service No action required Critical Error None dynamic No action required Critical Error None dynamic No action required Critical Error
218. appens to your private security certificate file you cannot access Unified Manager and you need to restore the default certificate Contact your technical support team for assistance See Contact on page 45 for Nortel Networks support contact numbers Suppressing the security alert message If you do not want to add a site specific security certificate but you want to suppress the security alert message you can use the Internet Explorer Security options to disable the warning 1 2 3 4 Open Internet Explorer On the Tools menu select Internet Options Click the Advanced tab Scroll to Warn about invalid site certificates and make sure the check box is cleard Note The location of this item can vary depending on your version of Internet Explorer Restart the browser Using the non secure http 6800 port If you choose not to use SSL on your system you can disable the system prompt that forces secure web access See Setting system security compatibility levels on page 416 On the Security screen described in that section choose Disabled for the Force Secure Web Access field Business Communications Manager Management Guide 414 Chapter 9 Security Management Security Management Tools This section provides information about how you can set up and maintain the access security to your system by users and client applications Security note This symbol is used throughout this section to indicate areas of possible security co
219. apshots can be specified or infinite logging Once enabled BCM Monitor dynamic logging writes the periodic snapshot information into a file on your workstation using the comma separated value csv file format Configuring the static snapshot settings 1 Onthe File menu click Snapshot Settings The Snapshot Settings screen appears Click the Static snapshot settings tab In the Output filename box enter the filename for the static snapshot You can also add additional information to the filename by selecting one or more of the options on the drop down list beside the Output filename box The additional information available is Auto increment Counter This option adds a series number to the filename This number starts at 0000 and is incremented every time you take a static snapshot of this Business Communications Manager system BCM name This option adds the System Name of the Business Communications Manager Business Communications Manager Management Guide 348 Chapter 5 BCM Monitor system to the filename Time This options adds the time that the static snapshot was saved Date This options adds the date that the static snapshot was saved When you select one of these options a marker is added to the filename at the spot where the cursor is located The actual information is not generated until you save the static snapshot In the Output folder box enter the path of the folder where you want to store the static
220. ard A default value will be used The number of time outs could not be set on the L E D S Board No immediate Action Required but If the condition persists contact Nortel Support Critical Error None Upon SSM initialization the time could not be set on the L E D S board A default value will be used BCM Reset could not be set on the L E D S Board No immediate Action Required but If the condition persists contact Nortel Support Critical Error None Upon SSM initialization the time could not be set on the L E D S board A default value will be used The SSM thread that responds to sanity checks from the L E D S board could not be created No immediate Action Required but If the condition persists contact Nortel Support Critical Error None Windows was not able to create a thread required for the SSM to perform sanity checking while initializing the SSM Sanity checking will be disabled Sanity Information could not be retrieved from the registry Using defaults There is a problem with the Windows registry The SSM service should be re started If the condition persists contact Nortel Support Critical Error Business Communications Manager Management Guide 188 Chapter 2 Fault Management System System Status Monitor Event ID 3007 Event ID 3008 Event ID 3009 Event ID 3010 Event ID 3011 P0609330 3 0 Return to table Logs Comments Message User action Alarm s
221. are release and it may be required by support staff if a software fault occurs Media Bay Module status With the Media Bay Modules selection you can view the status of all the modules and identify any device or lines connected to the system to isolate any malfunctioning part of the system You can also use the Media Bay Module selection to disable and enable modules and devices For more information see e Displaying the Media Bay Module status on page 454 e Disabling a module on page 455 Enabling a disabled module on page 455 e Identifying a device connected to the system on page 455 e Disabling a device on page 456 e To enablie a disabled device on page 457 Displaying the Media Bay Module status Use this procedure to display module type the number of sets connected to the module the number of busy sets and the module s state 1 On the navigation tree click the Resources key and click the Media Bay Modules key 2 Click heading of the Bus you want to view The Configuration menu is enabled and the status information of the module associated with the bus appears P0609330 3 0 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 455 Disabling a module You must disable a module before you replace it In addition you may be able to clear a hung line by disabling and enabling the affected module Warning Use Page feature on your system prior to disabling Use the Page feature to inform users
222. art Net Logon service Critical Error None Net logon Task scheduler The service has returned a service specific error code The UNISTIM Terminal Proxy Server service depends on the Media Gateway Server service which failed to start Start the Media Gateway Server Critical Error None UNISTIM Terminal proxy server Media gateway server The dependency service or group failed to start The Voice CFS service depends on the Media Services Manager service which failed to start Start the Media Services Manager service Critical Error None Voice CFS Media services manager The dependency service or group failed to start The Voice CTE service depends on the Media Services Manager service which failed to start Start the Media Services Manager service Critical Error None Voice CTE Media services manager The dependency service or group failed to start The Voice Mail service depends on the VoiceCTI service which failed to start Start VoiceCTI service Chapter 2 Fault Management System 173 Service Control Manager Event ID 7001 Event ID 7001 Event ID 7001 Event ID 7009 Event ID 7022 Return to table Alarm severity Trap type Logs Service Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Service Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Service Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Lo
223. ary Hebsot screen display Losada saa ar x REA OR Y RE RGc n cde ndad wa we 383 Backup and restore main page screen display lusus 399 BRU Volume administration screen display lille 400 BRU Report filename entry screen display llle 401 BRU Restore screen display 0 0 cece eee eee tenes 405 Main Product Maintenance and Support web page 000 411 Main Product Maintenance and Support web page 200 412 Unified Manager Timeout setting csseeuecuue ek xk Rm RR x mem 415 User Profile Add Modify screen iiieesk ke xk E Xu x uon Exe Os 420 User Group List add modity screen 22a cn ceded s RR ord RR nabs 424 Default user GNOUDS aasssaecue e ek kem de xou Heke Ree RR 425 Business Communications Manager Main Menu lisse 431 UTE LUSSO Veal apos que Ed deut devi Re Ru addet dq aa dde qd 445 System Status Monitor LED Display screen for BCM400 BCM200 hardware 467 System Status Monitor LED SSM Settings record screen 468 Business communication manager base function tray system status display LEDs 470 PuTTY system status monitor screen 0000 cc eee eee eee 471 Disk Mirroring Settings SCFGenm xeceesecsxuece eaedem eee eed eX 472 Disk Mirror Status SEEEN aaraa a i qup d obo dope oo Cb dace le Mosaic n 473 Tables Table 1 Table 2 Table 3 Table 4 Table 5 Table 6 Table 7 Table 8 Table 9 Table 10 Table 11 Table 12 Tab
224. asswords Business Communications Manager Management Guide 420 Chapter 9 Security Management yo Password Policy r Password Policy Adding or modifying a user profile To add or modify the profile for a single user follow these steps 1 On the navigation tree click the Management key and the User Manager heading The User Profile screen appears showing the current user profile information 2 To add a new user from the Configuration menu select Add User To edit a user select the user name on the list and from the Configuration menu select Modify User The User Profile dialog box appears Figure 65 User Profile Add Modify screen p User Name Usem R Password es Add Domain User nint ren xo Confirmed Password i Add User Group Modify User Group Member Of Delete User Group cho ier ae ReadOnlyUserGroup VoiceUserGroup Callback Number N A Status UnLocked v Save Cancel P0609330 3 0 Chapter 9 Security Management 421 3 Use this table to determine what information you need to add or change User Name a maximum of 20 Enter the user name The User Name is case sensitive and can be a characters maximum of 20 characters Note You cannot modify a user name You must delete the complete User Profile row from the User Profile window and add a profile with the new name ISDN note When you enter an ISDN dialup user interface the user name appears in this list If you plan to use
225. ation ALawirmiLag Compandng Scheme Security Upload Certificate and Private Key Miscellaneous Reset Unified Manager Server 5 From the Troubleshooting row select Services amp driver troubleshooting From the list box select from a list box the services and drivers you want a report on and click the Execute button P0609330 3 0 Chapter 3 Service Management System 257 Figure 33 Services and drivers list Business Communications Manager Your Location BCM Product Mairtaniance Support Mantenance Tools Serice amp Drvar Troubleshoater nformaticn Services eu Components Install Optional Componerits Mavtenance Toots Please select Display All Services Status Archlog Seraces Status Bapaort A Problem Mazar Norestarned Automatic Seraces Athiog Schedusr All Running Seraces Arzbiog Viewer Diseblad Servicas Arthog Settings Drivers Status Browse Logs Folder Autometic Drivers Status Norrstaried Automate Drivers All Prunning Drivers All Disebled Drivers AllOrvers end Senices Status Service Definitions The descriptions and definitions in this section provide essential information for you to understand the purpose and system dependencies for each service Each definition describes the service properties and corresponding event or alarm notifications Use the definitions to analyze and diagnose system alarms or events and perform appropriate corrective actions
226. ations Manager now uses SSL encryption for system security This includes the appearance of a security alert when you initiate a connection to the Unified Manager using SSL which indicates site validation of the default certificate This security alert does not appear if you e add a site specific certificate Uploading a certificate and a private security key on page 411 e suppress the message on your client browser Suppressing the security alert message on page 413 use the non SSL port http 6800 Using the non secure http 6800 port on page 413 P0609330 3 0 Chapter 9 Security Management 411 The self signed certificate that is included in BCM software enables SSL encryption functionality providing the necessary encryption keys However it does not address site authentication Site authentication requires system specific information such as an IP address company name Note Client applications do not need to install the certificate Business Communications Manager sends the certificate when it accesses the client application Uploading a certificate and a private security key Obtain a site certificate for your Business Communications Manager from a CA Certificate Authority vendor Certificate files must use the PEM format You will be provided with a certificate and a private security key These are what need to be installed on Unified Manager Security note Ensure that you maintain a copy of your certificate
227. ature on the BCMs under NetIQ management Note Enabling the NetIQ feature causes QoS Monitor Logging to be enabled If you are m using H 323 VoIP trunking and QoS Monitor is enabled in support of that service then having QoS Monitor Logging automatically enabled by the NetIQ feature ensures that MOS scores are automatically logged for use by the NetIQ Knowledge Scripts For more information about NetIQ Vivinet Manager support for BCM go to http www netiq com products vm modules nortel asp For details on how to use Vivinet Manager to support BCM performance monitoring see Working Smarter with Vivivnet Manager for Nortel Networks Business Communications Manager available from NetIQ Business Communications Manager Management Guide 376 Chapter 7 Performance Management Using NetIQ NetlQ feature overview For a centralized NetIQ Vivinet Manager server to monitor the BCM you must apply the NetIQ keycode on BCM and enable the feature This enables the NetIQ agent software on Business Communications Manager BCM can then be discovered by the NetIQ Vivinet Manager server which directs the NetIQ agent on BCM to execute the Knowledge Scripts and forward data from BCM back to the Vivinet Manager server The IP address of the NetIQ Vivinet Manager and the ports used for communication between Vivinet Manager and the BCM can be configured through the Unified Manager NetIQ screen Use the NetIQ Feature Use the NetIQ page found under t
228. atus display to monitor system hardware A line of 10 LEDs display on the face of the Business Communications Manager see Figure75 The LEDs show the current state of various hardware components The Unified Manager contains a monitoring tool that helps you etermine the current condition of the LEDs from your computer See the Business Communications Manager Installation Guide for more information P0609330 3 0 1 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 469 What system status LEDs indicate Power status LED 1 Indicates the status of all power components Green indicates normal status Red indicates an excessive voltage deficiency or a component failure such as a redundant power supply fan or module An LED that monitors a component will also show a fault in combination with the Power LED Hard disk activity LED 2 Green indicates hard disk access System status LED 3 Solid green indicates the system is normal and operational Green blink indicates one or more telephony services are not operational PCI device monitoring LED 4 8 These LEDs monitor the peripheral components 2 x NICs 1 x WAN 1 x Modem 1 x MSC A steady green LED indicates the device is detected and operationally normal A flashing green LED indicates that software detects the hardware but there is no device driver No color indicates the device is defective or missing LED 4 Monitors the MSC LED 5 Monitors the WAN if installed
229. ause is an irregularity with the PSTN connections The cable connecting the DTCM to the network termination point or external CSU has been disconnected or there is a problem with the signal from the network Check the logs and look for Events ranging from 315 336 If this alarm occurs more than once over a two week period contact your local support group Critical Error MSC event 315 Sev P8 Cat F The long term alarm threshold has been surpassed in DTCM 1 for the detection of Loss of Signal The most likely cause is an irregularity with the PSTN connections The cable connecting the DTCM to the network termination point or external CSU has been disconnected or there is a problem with the signal from the network Check the logs and look for Events ranging from 315 336 If this alarm occurs more than once over a two week period contact your local support group Critical Error MSC event 316 Sev P8 Cat F The long term alarm threshold has been surpassed in DTCM 1 for the detection of Loss of Signal The most likely cause is an irregularity with the PSTN connections The cable connecting the DTCM to the network termination point or external CSU has been disconnected or there is a problem with the signal from the network Check the logs and look for Events ranging from 315 336 If this alarm occurs more than once over a two week period contact your local support group Critical Error MSC event 317 Sev P8 Cat F Business
230. authorized access attempt Major Failure Audit None User Logoff User Name lt name gt Domain lt domain gt Logon ID lt id gt Logon Type 3 No action required Warning Success Audit None Privileged Service Called Server NT Local Security Authority Authentication Service Service LsaRegisterLogonProcess Primary User Name SYSTEM Primary Domain NT AUTHORITY Primary Logon ID 0x0 0x3E7 Client User Name lt User gt Client Domain lt Domain gt Client Logon ID 0x0 0x1234 Privileges SeTcbPrivilege No action required This event does not indicate a security breach you can safely ignore it Major Failure Audit None Business Communications Manager Management Guide Security Event ID 577 Event ID 624 Event ID 626 Event ID 628 Event ID 630 Event ID 632 P0609330 3 0 Return to table Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs 168 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Privileged Service Called Server NT Local Security Authority Authentication Service Service LsaRegisterLogonProcess Primary User Nam
231. average and peak CPU memory for each interval Business Communications Manager Management Guide 354 Chapter 6 Performance Management The Memory Usage Table displays real time statistical information on computing memory consumption or availability in a table The Memory Usage Table displays e percentage of CPU memory required over a period of time committed bytes e percentage of CPU memory available over a period of time available bytes The table updates the information according to the polling interval you select The table also displays the minimum average and peak CPU usage percentage for each interval To access the Memory Usage Graph 1 On the Unified Manager navigation tree click the System heading 2 Onthe top menu click Performance and select Memory Usage Graph e To pause the sampling click the Paused button To resume sampling click the Paused button again e To reset the memory values to zero click the Reset button The memory values are reset and the system continues to display statistics You can select a polling interval from the Polling Interval list box The polling intervals range from 200 10 000 ms To access the Memory Usage Table On the Unified Manager navigation tree click the System heading On the top menu click Performance and select Memory Usage Table Select a polling interval The polling intervals are 200 500 1000 2000 or 5000 ms Memory usage counter types The memory usage graph
232. avigation tool you use to view and change configurations for the Business Communications Manager system Most changes made with Unified Manager become part of current Business Communications Manager programming when you select an item from the menu options However some changes take effect after you exit the screen If a programming error occurs you must re enter the original programming For more information on how to use the Unified Manager interface see the Programming Operations Guide Understanding the navigation tree headings The Unified Manager navigation tree contains five main headings that you use to access specific areas of the Business Communications Manager system These headings are P0609330 3 0 Chapter 1 Management Overview 41 6 amp 3 BOM IP address gt System Resources Services Q Management Diagnostics Table2 Navigation tree menu functions Heading System Resources Services Management Diagnostics Programming Provides access to Licensing Identification and Security subheadings This includes a form to enter keycodes and a list of current supported services From the Security heading you can determine the level of security within and entering the system See Chapter 9 Security Management When you select the System heading you can view system information such as your System name and a description about which resources and services are available
233. backup version are different does not run the script that compares the BCM version with the backup version and if they are different the restore can cause serious and irreversible problems This action must be performed with caution Restore Components The Backup and Restore script makes most data required for Business Communications Manager applications available as a component This separation lets you back up or restore any combination of components at any time Restore components available e Apache Configuration e Archlog Settings e Backup and Restore Utility e DECT OAM IVR e Licensing Business Communications Manager Management Guide 392 Chapter 8 System Backup and Restore BRU e Multimedia Call Center e Registry e Unified Manager e Voice Applications e Telephony Apache The Apache restore restores the files related to Apache configuration The files are restored from the C ApacheConfigData bru file in the Backup folder See Apache Configuration on page 386 for details of the contents of the backup Archlog The Archlog Settings restore restores Archlog information The data is restored from the ArchlogData bru and ArchlogData E bru files in the Backup folder See Archlog Settings on page 386 for details of the backed up data BRU Selecting BRU in the component list saves all scheduled BRU jobs and Volume information located in the BRU Schedule and Volume Administration interfaces DECT OAM
234. base to a smaller size if required e Use the Alarm Manager batch archive function to archive the information in the alarm database Set the batch job parameters day of the week and time and file destination For how to configure and use the alarm manager see Configuring Alarm Manager settings on page 70 Alarm banner and alarm browser The Alarm Banner and the Alarm Browser item 8 Business Communications Manager events and alarms on page 61 provide real time information about events occurring in the Business Communications Manager system Alarm system interfaces e With the Alarm Banner window you can continually monitor the Business Communications Manager system for alarms For more information see Accessing the Alarm Banner to monitor alarm notification on page 68 e With the Alarm Browser window you can browse through a list of alarms and see detailed information for each one For more information see Accessing the Alarm Browser to analyze alarm detail on page 69 P0609330 3 0 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 65 e With Alarm Manager you can manage the collection and storage of alarm information Use the Alarm Manager to enable or disable sending of all or some types of SNMP traps The Alarm Backup Batch Job backs up old alarm records to an archive folder at scheduled time intervals For more information on how to use the Backup Batch Job see Configuring Alarm Manager settings on page 70 BCM alarm severity Alarm
235. ble the evaluation of the performance of the OSPF protocol in an operational environment Most of the remainder of the MIB variables parameterize the many features that OSPF provides the network administrator RIP v2 MIBs This MIB defines the management information for the Routing Information Protocol Version 2 RIP v2 MIB Global group global information and statistics for the RIP Information in this group is independent of the interfaces over which the protocol is enabled Interface group RIP configuration information and statistics specific to each interface statistics pertaining to RIP peers Bootp MIBs This MIB defines the management information for the BOOTP Protocol Global group global information and statistics for the RIP Information in this group is independent of the interfaces over which the protocol is enabled Interface group RIP configuration information and statistics specific to each interface MS Windows NT Performance MIBs The MS Windows NT Performance MIB defines these MIB groups Available Bytes Committed Bytes and Page Reads Per Sec group objects Processor cpuprocessTable and the Processor Time User Time and Interrupts Per Sec group objects Network interface network interfaceTable and the Current Bandwidth Bytes Received Per Sec and Packets Received Errors groups objects Physical disk pdiskphysicalDiskTable and the Current Disk Queue Length Avg Disk Queue Length ad Disk Sec Per Write gro
236. c Alarms VoiceRecord Service Control Manager Business Communications Manager Management Guide 288 Chapter 3 Service Management System Call detail recording service structure Parent VoiceMSCDriver Voice MSC service Voice Licensing services Voice NNU diagnostics PE Media services manager Call detail recording Doorphone Doorphone The Doorphone service provides doorphone functionality Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name CTEDP Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms None Doorphone service structure Parent VoiceMSCDriver A Voice MSC service Voice Licensing services Voice NNU diagnostics l A H Media services manager A Voice CTE Doorphone DECT Alarm monitor DECT Alarm The DECT alarm monitor service monitors DECT alarms from the DECT media bay module Any monitor significant events trigger an alarm to the management applications If you are not receiving alarms from the DECT module verify the status of this service Type Nortel Networks configurable services P0609330 3 0 Chapter 3 Service Management System 289 Service name DECTAlarms Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms DECTAlarms Service Control Manager DECT alarm monitor service structure Parent Child VoiceMSCDriver None Voice MSC service Voice NNU diagnostics A A
237. cally uses high power periodically such as laser printers and photocopiers If the condition persists contact APC Support for assistance http Awww apc com go direct index cfm tag support Minor Warning None UPS Uninterruptible power supply Event ID 300200 Event ID 300201 Event ID 300202 Event ID 300204 Event ID 300205 Event ID 300206 Return to table Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Chapter 2 Fault Management System 203 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary UPS self test failed Run another self test If the UPS fails the self test again contact APC Support for assistance http www apc com go direct index cfm tag support Minor Warning None Scheduled UPS self test failed Run an unscheduled self test If the UPS fails the second self test contact APC Support for assistance http www apc com go direct index cfm tag support Minor Warning None Scheduled UPS self test failed Invalid test Run another self test If the UPS fails the self test again contact APC Support for assistance http www apc com go direct index cfm tag sup
238. can configure the ports used in the agent and server communication by setting the bind management server port and NetIQ agent listening port fields Business Communications Manager Management Guide 380 Chapter 7 Performance Management Using NetIQ P0609330 3 0 381 Chapter 8 System Backup and Restore BRU This section has information about how to manage the Business Communications Manager Backup and Restore Utility BRU Backup and restore procedures e Accessing BRU on page 396 e Exiting from the backup and restore utility on page 396 e Resetting the BRU screen on page 397 e Adding a new volume on page 397 e Modifying a volume on page 398 e Deleting a volume on page 398 e Performing a backup using BRU on page 399 e Scheduling a backup on page 402 e Viewing scheduled backups on page 404 e Viewing a scheduled backup report on page 404 e Deleting a scheduled backup on page 404 e Performing a restore using BRU on page 404 BRU Overview BRU provides a way to preserve the integrity of your Business Communications Manager operating system software and configuration data With BRU you can perform a backup or restore via a web connection BRU is a single user application Before you perform any substantial maintenance on Business Communications Manager save your data to a safe storage module location elsewhere in the network After hardware maintenance is compl
239. cans 301 Telephony SSCS o Laccumaud pta is ud GU Aa RP E Ad EGER GGqhs pm Pda dd ds 301 jc p 302 UNIS FIM Terminal proxy SOE uiua ace paced deed edad action IR Rente 302 VERON ia que dee a P3 qi qa qivE Eq dau dd dup dut eed qid d wens 303 WO RS ostio ede dad Ph oO Ee idus m isis ipaa x atl neigt 303 VOCO GIE bx race inh Bae RR UE ee esa A ard ae AI A CER ORAT DA d ba dee Bin 304 pog err ETE 304 VRS ME o det ha eta atr eg CR do 9304 dE ROCHE ee Rob VC b S Ref 305 Voice management sUDSYSIBITI iusso egere dee RR aen RR RE a adag peau CR olm 306 Voice MSU SEFVIGE iocusesezuk Ru eee Rau RRaR pea era EE Rd Ee RWS RRS 306 Voice Mar OOG MONO careers cue sucre Va ERES AR ER Ede eM ra E E es NA 307 Voice NNU diagnostics oscke dada dedes dehedeseseede Feb ed xRTTQEi ed E 308 Voice software alarm MONO ius ede hx eh ER edo RR x en 309 voce TINS SQUID iaa ca added Ripa oda acad Ben Dal act ee dod adir ad daban 310 Voice WAN EEUU 310 TO WBIC ODE ioa eoo ien Shs kA a SRE an oe RO RR 311 VO OBI usada meque qnSeauuqdqexpevudidquaauededeasetedqsqdas 31 VoIP SIP DIGIBWEV acsecsee xus che idda Rhe RRS Rok ded Ro ch ae Romina Rn 312 Business Communications Manager Management Guide 8 Contents VISIO GOIVIGR qusquasd iens p pecsdqquedieeidesuuepastdeicedec E eee que 313 Using Watchdog with Service Manager 0 0s eee eee eee eee 314 Chapter 4 Log Management 2 046 6s ee ce ek ee snr Erir ee ee 315 Business Communications Manager Logs
240. cause and restart the system Critical Error None The Media Services Manager MSM has shut down unexpectedly This is not an MGS issue Mgs Shutting down due to MPS communication failure Investigate and correct the cause and restart the system Critical Error None The Media Path Server MPS has shut down unexpectedly This is not an MGS issue Mgs Shutting down due to resource limits query failure Look to previous log entries for error details Critical Error None A request to the Media Services Manager MSM failed This is not an MGS issue Mgs Shutting down due to configuration query failure Look to previous log entries for error details Critical Error None A request to the Media Services Manager MSM failed This is not an MGS issue entity Caught exception Submit a CR and attach ZIP ed log files archlog Critical Error None Software bug ScmProxy NnuServiceStartService returned error error Investigate and correct the cause and restart the system Critical Error Business Communications Manager Management Guide 142 Chapter 2 Fault Management System MGS Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Media gateway server Logs None Comments NNU failed to start the MGS as a service This is not an MGS issue Event ID 3092 Message ScmProxy NnuCallback returned error error User action Investigate and correct the cause and restart the sy
241. ce on page 67 Note The Alarm Service is disabled by default You must enable the Alarm Service to gt view alarms on the Alarm Banner See Enabling the alarm service on page 67 Note You must configure how the system handles SNMP trap notifications Events that m arrive in the alarm database trigger an SNMP trap message to be generated If you do not configure SNMP traps you will not obtain optimum alarm reporting capability P0609330 3 0 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 67 Enabling the alarm service Use this procedure to enable the Alarm Service and view alarms on the Alarm Banner 1 Access the correct Business Communications Manager in your network from the Unified Manager workstation browser 2 OntheUnified Manager navigation tree click the Services key and select the Alarm Service heading The Alarm Service Summary screen appears 3 From the Status list box change the status of the alarm service to Enabled Figure 17 Alarm service selection screen Group figura efor 1 View Help Comprehensive Summary Summary Q9 G BCM System Description Alam Service A Be ka P Alarm Service 9 Q Services Vernon Telephony Services ro IP Telephony Q Call Detail Recording Status Disabled vj LAN CTE Configuration Enabled Console Service X Voice Mail Multimedia Call Center Q IVR DHCP DNS IP Routing
242. ce trap summary Shutdown complete No action required Warning Information None IP Music Error Integrated MOH player malformated songs cfg file Unable to proceed ervice shutting down Disable the BcmAmp player by configuring your IP Music source as either Audio Jack or Network Audio Contact Customer Support for more assistance Critical Error None IP Music Error Integrated MOH player unable to initialize network connection Service shutting down Disable the BcmAmp player by configuring your IP Music source as either Audio Jack or Network Audio Contact Customer Support for more assistance Critical Error None IP Music Error Integrated MOH player initialization error Unable to proceed Service shutting down If stopping and starting the IP Music service via the Unified Manager fails to rectify the problem disable the IP Music service and contact Customer Support for more assistance Critical Error None IP Music Error Integrated MOH player initialization failure Service shutting down If stopping and starting the IP Music service via the Unified Manager fails to rectify the problem please disable the IP Music service and contact Customer Support for more assistance Critical Error None IP Music Error Integrated MOH player unable to allocate resources Service shutting down If stopping and starting the IP Music service via the Unified Manager fails to rectify the problem please
243. ce Recovered No action required Warning Information None PCI Devices and Drivers Information Chapter 2 Fault Management System 183 System Status Monitor Event ID 1005 Event ID 1006 Event ID 1007 Event ID 1008 Event ID 1009 Event ID 1010 Event ID 1011 Return to table Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary 1 Power Value Power Recovered 2 Power Supply Fan1 Recovered 3 Power Supply Fan2 Recovered No action required Warning Information None Power Supply Information 1 CPU Fan Recovered 2 Fan1 Recovered in Tolerance 3 Fan2 Recovered in Tolerance No Action Required Warning Information None CPU Fan Fan1 and Fan2 Recovery Information CPU Temperature Recovered No Action Required CPU Temperature recovered to less than 100 degrees C Warning Information None CPU Temperature Recovery Information HDD Recovered No Action Required Warning Information None Hard Drives Capacity Information
244. ce applications e Telephony Business Communications Manager Management Guide 386 Chapter 8 System Backup and Restore BRU Apache Configuration If you select Apache Configuration in the BCM Component list configuration changes in the Unified Manager under the Services Web Cache section are saved A reference to the primary LAN address is also saved in the Apache settings so we suggest that you back up this component with Unified Manager so that conflicting IP address information is not preserved The table below lists Apache configuration data that is saved Table 29 Apache configuration data Sub component Configuration location Unified Manager gt Resources gt LAN gt LAN IP Address Po Unified Manager gt Services gt Web Cache Po SSL Certificate file Source unknown Archlog Settings If you selecting Archlog Settings in the BCM Component list Archlog settings set in the Product Support and Maintenance Pages under Archlog Settings are saved Any scheduled Archlog executions in the Archlog Explorer are also saved The table below lists Archlog configuration data that is saved Table 30 Archlog configuration data Sub component Configuration location Maintenance gt Archlog Settings Maintenance gt Archlog Explorer gt Show Archlog Execution Backup and Restore Utility If you select Backup and Restore Utility in the BCM Component list scheduled BRU jobs and volume information in the BRU Schedule
245. ch trap message This name cannot be in the Community List Specify the IP addresses of the SNMP trap subscriber stations If you have too many IP addresses in the trap community list the SNMP service may degrade system performance The IP address must correspond to the PC where the trap collector software is installed Do not use the dynamic IP address that the PC receives when the dial up link activates as the BOM initiates dialing Using the dynamic IP address causes the removal of the required static route Specify the method to route SNMP traps to the SNMP trap collector If the trap collector is on the same subnet as one of the BCM LAN or WAN interfaces select RouterAssigned as the Interface value The RRAS decides how to route the packet to the trap collector according to its current routing table If you want to let the BCM send trap packets to the trap collector via the dialup interface select a demand dial interface as Interface The BCM automatically adds under IP routing a static route for the trap collector that points to the dial out V 90 modem or ISDN interface Configure a trap community entry with the trap collector IP address as the trap destination Select RouterAssigned or one of the dial out interfaces listed in the drop down list Types of communication links are Select RouterAssigned The route for the trap destination is automatically determined and handled by the RRAS Enter the IP address of the trap
246. channel setting If you need to isolate a problem or block access from the module you may need to turn off individual port channels rather than the entire module To turn off a channel 1 On the navigation tree click the Resources and Media Bay Modules keys and the bus number where the module is located Click the Ports on bus key and the key for the port that contains the channel you want to disable Click the Channels key and the B channel you want to disable B1 or B2 On the top menu click Configuration and select Disable or Enable If you are disabling the channel a message appears that asks you to confirm the deletion The State field shows the mode of operation for the port If the port is enabled this field is blank unless a device is physically connected P0609330 3 0 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 439 Testing DTM Modules You can run tests on Business Communications Manager to verify the integrity of the installation wiring to DTM modules t Warning Choose an appropriate time to run tests such as after office hours Table 42 Messages that can appear on the Alarm Telephone during Loopback tests Message Explanation EVT 210 YYYZ Loopback test Y Y Y on Trunk module Z has started EVT 211 YYYZ Loopback test Y Y Y on Trunk module Z has ended You can start and stop Loopback tests under the Diagnostics section of Unified Manager Run only one test at a time on a DTM You can do other progra
247. chlogs Shared drive tools p Attach to a shared volume Detach a shared volume Enable Disable BCM drive shares System interaction tools p gt Execute a command Telnet session Troubleshooting tools gt IP network troubleshooting Services amp driver troubleshooting DECT tools r DECT tools Security r Uploading a certificate and a private security key Miscellaneous Reset UM server Report a problem t gt Report a problem input screen wizard rr Report a problem application Advanced application selection screen Archlog scheduler Archlog schedule screen page 1 Archlog viewer gt Archlog viewer screen Archlog settings _ gt Archlog configuration screen Browse logs folder _ gt Archlog browse logs folder screen Business Communications Manager Management Guide 44 Chapter 1 Management Overview Maintenance page access Access the Maintenance page by clicking the Maintenance button on the Unified Manager main page see Figure6 on page36 Tools and applications on the Unified Manager maintenance page Support Maintenance Archlog Maintenance tools Figure 9 Unified Manager Maintenance page selections NORTEL NETWORKS li Support Contact Your Location BCM Product Maintenance amp Support Alarms and Traps Business Communications Manager h Welcome to the BCM
248. collector in the Manager IP Address field V 90 Dial out The interface is specified through Resources dialup V 90 Modemtrapdialout The BOM will automatically dial out to the SNMP trap collector telephone number Specify the dial out information under the V 90 Link Parameters tab The Modembackup is not used for the auto SNMP trap dial out feature ISDN BRI Europe North America The interface is specified through Resources dialup ISDN The BCM will automatically dial out to the SNMP trap collector phone number ISDN PRI Europe The interface is specified through Resources dialup ISDN The BOM will automatically dial out to the SNMP trap collector phone number Chapter 2 Fault Management System 87 Modifying an SNMP trap community 1 Access the correct Business Communications Manager in your network from the Unified Manager workstation browser 2 On the Unified Manager navigation tree click the Services key and click the SNMP heading The SNMP Summary screen appears 3 Click the Trap Community List tab The Community List screen appears Highlight the list you want to modify On the Configuration menu select Modify Trap The Trap Community List screen appears Figure 27 Modify trap community dialog box onfigt Performance Fault Report Tools coo View Help Add Community Modify Community Delete Community Add Manager me A System Modify Manager public READ ONLY Resources Delete Manager Private IREADAWRIT
249. com go direct index cfm tag support Critical Error None Base module bypass power supply needs repair An internal hardware failure exists Contact APC Support for assistance http www apc com go direct index cfm tag support Critical Error None UPS battery needs replacing Business Communications Manager Management Guide 206 Chapter 2 Fault Management System UPS Uninterruptible power supply Event ID 310001 Event ID 310002 Event ID 310101 Event ID 310102 Event ID 310700 P0609330 3 0 Return to table User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Replace all faulty batteries To order replacement batteries see the following Web page http www apc com go direct index cfm tag battery Critical Error None Below lower ambient temperature threshold Check heating and ventilation systems Minor Warning None Exceeded upper ambient temperature threshold Check air conditioning systems and make sure equipment is adequately spaced for proper ventilation Minor Warning None Below humidity threshold Check air conditioning an
250. component Configuration location CDR Unified Manager gt Services gt Call detail recording All CDR records Call pilot Unified Manager gt System gt ldentification Call pilot region only UTPS amp Hot Unified Manager gt Services gt IP Telephony gt Nortel IP terminals desking VoIP Gateway Unified Manager gt Services gt IP Telephony gt H 323 terminals Unified Manager gt Services gt IP Telephony gt IP Trunks gt H 323 Trunks Call Pilot external Doorphones Unified Manager gt Services gt Doorphones Business Communications Manager Management Guide 390 Chapter 8 System Backup and Restore BRU Table 38 Voice application sub components and configuration data Sub component Configuration location Unified Manager gt Services gt IP Music music source BcmAmp Unified Manager gt Services gt IP Music CTI None see Voicemail amp IVR All voicemail messages and all created mailboxes are backed up Telephony The Telephony Backup backs up Telephony Application files The data is saved to TelephonyData bru in the backup folder on the destination drive This file contains files from the folder defined in registry key HKLM SOFTWARE Nortel Networks W oice Solution FTMSS MSC 1 BackupDir This backup directory is defined and can be changed from the Unified Manager System directory We recommend you do not change this directory from its default location The table below lists the telephony
251. configurable services for a summary of the Nortel Networks configurable services Select a Display name from the table to display the full service description See System level services for a summary of the System level services Table 16 Nortel Networks configurable services Display name Default Display name Default startup Service name startup status Service name status Alarm service AlarmSvc Stopped Manual Policy service pep Running Automatic BCMUpgrade Running Automatic PPPoE service PPPoEService Stopped Disabled BCMUpgrade Call Detail Recording Running Automatic SNMP Simple network Running Automatic VoiceRecord messaging protocol Doorphone CTEDP Running Automatic SNMP Trap service SNMPTRAP Stopped Manual DECT Alarm monitor Running Automatic System status monitor SSM Running Automatic DECTAlarms DECT Maintenance console Running Automatic Telephony service T apiSrv Running Manual DECTMice DECT OAM DECTOAM Running Automatic TIntsvr tintsvr Running Automatic FTP Publishing service Stopped Manual UNISTIM Terminal proxy server Running Automatic MSFTPSVC UTPS Business Communications Manager Management Guide 286 Chapter 3 Service Management System Table 16 Nortel Networks configurable services Display name Default Display name Default startup Service name startup status Service name status HotDesking HotDesking Running Automatic VBMain VBMain Running Automatic Inventory serv
252. configuration data that is saved Table 39 Telephony components Sub component Configuration location Unified Manager gt Services Telephony services None Unified Manager gt Diagnostics gt MSC None Unified Manager gt Diagnostics Trunk modules None o Unified Manager gt Diagnostics gt Service metrics Telephony services Restore Mode To restore components to Business Communications Manager you must have a valid local ftp or network resource location to get the data from This source location must be shared and have the security set to full control for the user specified in the volume table and must contain the valid backed up data Business Communications Manager must be able to access this source location and be able to map to this resource After you ensure that Business Communications Manager has full access to the desired source location select the components to be restored Note BRU queries all the backup report files on the backup resource if local or network and highlights the components that have been successfully backed up Note Voice mail is unavailable during the restore Whether all components were successfully restored or not you must reboot Business Communications Manager when restore process is finished A reboot is required in order to use the restored data and re start stopped services P0609330 3 0 Chapter 8 System Backup and Restore BRU 391 Source Drive Local Drive
253. contains operations intended only for use by Nortel Networks technical support personnel WANExam The WANExam selection contains operations intended only for use by Nortel Networks technical support personnel Business Communications Manager Management Guide 476 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics ISDN Monitor The ISDN Monitor selection contains operations intended only for use by Nortel Networks technical support personnel QoS Debug The QoS Debug selection contains operations intended only for use by Nortel Networks technical support personnel SDL Debugging The SDL Debugging selection contains operations intended only for use by Nortel Networks technical support personnel WAN1 The WAN selection contains operations intended only for use by Nortel Networks technical support personnel WAN2 The WANG selection contains operations intended only for use by Nortel Networks technical support personnel P0609330 3 0 485 Appendix A Management Information Base MIB System MIB is a virtual information store containing a collection of objects that are managed using Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP The MIB is the software that defines the data reported by a computing or network device and the extent of control over that device MIB topics SNMP MIBs Third Party Fault Management Systems MIB File Descriptions MIB File Compilation and Installation Small Site Event MIBs OSP
254. ct Nortel Networks support team Alarm severity Critical Trap type Error Logs None Comments Autochk Autochk provides the file system check function for hard drives Autochk Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Return to table Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Service None Event ID 1001 Message Checking file system on drive The type of the file system is User action No action required Alarm severity Warning Trap type Information Logs None BCMAmp BCMAmp provides the music on hold player on the BCM BcmAmp Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Return to table Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Service IpMusic BcmAmp Event ID 257 Message BcmAmp version 96s has started User action No action required Alarm severity Warning Trap type Information Logs None P0609330 3 0 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 103 BcmAmp Event ID 258 Event ID 771 Event ID 772 Event ID 773 Event ID 774 Event ID 775 Return to table Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Component ID alarm eventSour
255. d dial out connections The service initiates the dial up procures the resources and parameters and completes the call System level services RasAuto Stopped Manual None Remote access autodial manager service structure Parent TDI A Telephony service Remote procedure call service Workstation Remote access connection manager A Remote access autodial manager Remote access connection manager Remote access The Remote access connection manager service manages dial in and dial out connections The connection service initiates the dial up procures the resources and parameters and performs the call manager Type System level services Service name RasMan Default status Running Default startup Manual Alarms Service Control Manager Remote access connection manager service structure Parent Child Telephony service TDI RasMan 1 Remote procedure call service Workstation Remote access autodial manager A _ Remot L 1 Remote access connection manager i MOMOE Gee SOVE l i i Routing and remote access service L Multi dialup manager l Net link manager P0609330 3 0 Chapter 3 Service Management System 273 Remote access server Remote access server Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms The Remote access server manages dial in and dial out connections System level services
256. d humidity control systems Minor Warning None Exceeded upper humidity threshold Check air conditioning and humidity control systems Minor Warning None Maximum internal UPS temperature exceeded Make sure that there is adequate clearance around the UPS and that the UPS ventilation ports are not blocked Allowing the UPS to continue to operate in this condition can damage the UPS If the condition persists contact APC Support for assistance http www apc com go direct index cfm tag support Minor Warning None UTPS Chapter 2 Fault Management System 207 UTPS Event ID 2000 Event ID 3000 Event ID 3000 Event ID 3000 Event ID 3000 Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID UNISTIM Terminal proxy server DN xyz is experiencing incoming voice packet loss while on a call It is receiving fewer voice packets than it is expecting If the message is persistent the BCM is experiencing network routing difficulties More quantitative information is available in the UTPS log Minor Warning None x
257. datagrams are not included in this rate Fragment re assembly Number of failures detected by the IP re assembly algorithm for whatever errors reason such as timed out errors etc Fragmentation failures Number of IP datagrams discarded because they needed to be fragmented at this entity but could not be for example because their Don t Fragment flag was set Fragmented datagrams Rate that datagrams were fragmented at this entity Fragments created Rate that IP datagram fragments were generated because of fragmentation at this entity Fragments re assembled Rate that IP fragments are re assembled Fragments received Rate that IP fragments that need to be re assembled at this entity are received Business Communications Manager Management Guide 358 Chapter 6 Performance Management Accessing the ICMP Packets graph and table ICMP is a message control and error reporting protocol between a host server and a gateway to the Internet ICMP uses IP datagrams and are processed by the TCP IP software To access the ICMP Packets Graph and Table 1 On the Unified Manager navigation tree click the Resources heading 2 On the top menu click Performance and select ICMP Packets Graph or ICMP Packets Table ICMP Packet counter types The ICMP Packets graph and table selections display ICMP related network traffic statistics When you display the ICMP Packets graph you can select one of these counter types Table 20 ICMP Packet coun
258. de 114 Chapter 2 Fault Management System TE Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Return to table Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Service Voice CTE Event ID 257 Message Changes have been detected in the KSU configuration User action Restart all TAPI applications to use with the new configuration Alarm severity Critical Trap type Error Logs None Event ID 258 Message A CTE application attempted to register with CTE before the Voice CTE service had fully initialized error lt error code gt If the application is not behaving correctly restart it after the Voice CTE service has started lt RTRO01 gt User action If the application is not behaving correctly restart it after the Voice CTE service has started Alarm severity Minor Trap type Warning Logs None Event ID 258 Message KSU connection is down all devices are disabled User action No action required Alarm severity Minor Trap type Warning Logs None DCOM Distributed Components Microsoft API provides the components needed for Unified manager DCOM Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Return to table Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Service None Event ID Message Unable to start a DCOM Server 963 as 964965 Wn The error 10001 9en amp quot 6969e2 amp quot enHappened while starting this command n 1 r n User action Contact Support Alarm severi
259. ding you can access another type of system status monitor by using PuTTY to access the Business Communications Manager Initialization menu 1 Install the PuTTY as described in Installing PuTTY on page 429 2 Access PuTTY as described in Using PuTTY on page 430 3 When prompted enter the user name default ee admin 4 When prompted enter the password default P1sChgMe P0609330 3 0 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 471 5 When the Initialization screen appears enter 6 on your keyboard The System Status Monitor screen appears Figure 76 PuTTY system status monitor screen Running Running carg Running Running Primary Master HDD 25 Mirror Mas J7 VirtMem 2097024 MB ab VirtMem MB dm 5 MB D lable Telephony E Menu 6 Type Mand press Enter to return to the main menu 7 Type X and press Enter to exit PuTTY Disk mirroring function If your system has a redundant hard disk RAID system installed you may need to monitor the performance of either drive Use the Disk Mirroring screens to view the current status of the drives as well as to reset modes if required 1 Click the Diagnostics key and click the Disk Mirroring heading The Disk Mirroring Settings screen appears Business Communications Manager Management Guide 472 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Figure 77 Disk Mirroring Settings screen Settings Status s r Settings Version 1 O
260. ding link shown in Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary on page 92 under Alarm name The alarm description is displayed Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary on page 92 also displays the service associated with the alarm P0609330 3 0 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 91 Select the associated service name link to display the service description see Service Definitions on page 257 Select the Return to table link to display the alarm summary table to select another alarm or service description Business Communications Manager Management Guide 92 Chapter2 Fault Management System Component ID alarm summary information Use the information displayed in this table to search for an alarm by the Component ID Use the table to display the Component ID alarm description and to determine the cause of an alarm trap and the appropriate maintenance activity Use the table to go to the descriptions you require e Click a link in the Component ID link alarm eventSource trap column to review the alarm trap description e Click a link in the Associated Service column to review the service associated with the Component ID alarm For example discontinuation of a service or dependant service can trigger an event notification or SNMP Trap for a specific Component For detailed descriptions of services see Chapter 3 Service Management System e Use Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID to
261. display Lockout Policy Lockout Policy Disabled Failed Logon Attempts digits Default 50 Before Lockout Enter the number of times the user can attempt to enter a password before the user is locked out Reset Failed Logon minutes Default 30 mm Count after The amount of time before the lockout counter is reset Note This does not necessarily mean the user was locked out Lockout Duration min Default 30 The amount of time that passes after the user is locked out and before they are allowed to try to log in again and the reset count is set back to zero Business Communications Manager Management Guide 428 Chapter 9 Security Management Setting password policy You can define the system parameters for the passwords that you assign to users by determining the length age and history that the passwords must meet 1 On the navigation tree click the Management key and the User Manager heading The User Profile screen appears showing the current user profile information Click the Password Policy tab Use the information in this table to determine the lockout policy for your system we ue emm Minimum Pas sword Length 1 to 8 Default 8 Determines the minimum number of characters that must be entered for a new password Passwords can be a maximum of 14 characters long Password Complexity Default 3 Define the level of complexity for the system user passwords 0 zero none of the Password policies a
262. dows NT 4 0 Service Pack 5 No action required Warning Information None The DNS Server has started No action required Warning Information None The DNS Server has shutdown No action required Warning Information None The DNS Server has no primary or secondary zones The DNS Server will run as a caching only server No action required Warning Information None The DNS Server has no primary or secondary zones The DNS Server will run as a caching only server but will not be authoritative for any zones No action required Business Communications Manager Management Guide 118 Chapter 2 Fault Management System DNS Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Alarm severity Warning Trap type Information Logs None P0609330 3 0 DrWatson Chapter 2 Fault Management System 119 DrWatson provides a debug utility which saves error files rWatson Application Dump Events Return to table Service Event ID 4097 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs emsManager alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID None The application application name gt generated an application error The error occurred on data 9 time The exception generated was exception code at address address symbol Contact your Nortel Networks support team Warning Information None Return to table
263. dule that you want to check 2 Click the Module CSU Statistics and Alarm statistics keys The bipolar violations that occurred in the last minute are displayed Check short term alarms 1 On the navigation tree click the Diagnostics and Trunk Modules keys and the key for the bus that has the module that you want to check 2 Click the Module CSU Statistics and Alarm statistics keys and click the ShortTerm alarms heading The short term alarms and the number of milliseconds not necessarily contiguous that were active in the last minute are displayed Business Communications Manager Management Guide 444 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Check Defects 1 On the navigation tree click the Diagnostics and Trunk Modules keys and the key for the bus that has the module that you want to check 2 Click the Module CSU Statistics and Alarm statistics keys and click the Defects heading The first type of defect and the number of milliseconds not necessarily contiguous the hardware reported in the last minute are displayed Reset all statistics 1 On the navigation tree click the Diagnostics and Trunk Modules keys and the key for the bus that has the module that you want to check 2 Click the Module key and the CSU Statistics heading 3 Onthe Configuration menu click Clear CSU statistics A message appears that says that this action will remove all of the statistics 4 Click the OK button to erase all the cu
264. e NT LM Security support provider Remote procedure call service Lo Hm Microsoft DHCP server Microsoft DNS server Microsoft DNS server Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms The Microsoft Domain Name System server is a BCM service that translates domain names into IP addresses Nortel Networks configurable services DNS Running Automatic DNS Business Communications Manager Management Guide 298 Chapter 3 Service Management System Microsoft DNS server service structure Parent NetBT Afd Net link manager Net link manager The Net link manager service manages the default route and backup dialup connections switch over process Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name NetLinkManager Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms NetLinkManager Net link manager service structure Parent Child NetBT TDI None Serer 1 l Telephony service I i I Workstation 4 Remote procedure call service A i i L 4 Remote access connection manager 1 l A A ee a ee a Routing and remote access service l Netlink manager 4 Nortel Networks IVR Nortel Networks The Nortel Networks IVR service starts the IVR service on Business Communications Manager IVR Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name Nortel Netwo
265. e Reset all statistics on page 444 Statistics collected by the system The system accumulates three performance parameters e errored seconds ES severely errored seconds SES e unavailable seconds UAS These parameters are defined as per TIA 547A Errored seconds are enhanced to include control slip CS events Only near end performance data is recorded The internal CSU continuously monitors the received signal and detects four types of transmission defects e active carrier failure alarms CFA loss of signal LOS out of frame OOF alarm indication signal AIS remote alarm indication RAT e bipolar violations that occurred in the last minute e defects loss of signal LOS out of frame OOF alarm indication signal AIS that occurred in the last minute e milliseconds of short term alarms loss of signal LOS out of frame OOF alarm indication signal AIS remote alarm indication RAI in the last minute A short term alarm is declared when the detected defects persist for tens of milliseconds Business Communications Manager Management Guide 442 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics A carrier failure alarm CFA is a duration of carrier system outage CFA types reported can be mapped to CFAs defined in TIA 547A and TR62411 Business Communications Manager TIA 547A TR62411 LOS CFA Red CFA Red CFA OOF CFA Red CFA Red CFA AIS CFA Red CFA AIS CFA RAI CFA Yellow CFA Yellow CFA You can select the c
266. e Caller Domain domain Caller Logon ID id Privileges No action required a local group member removed Warning Success Audit None User Account Changed Target Account Name name Target Domain domain Target Account ID id Caller User Name name Caller Domain domain Caller Logon ID id Privileges No action required a user account is changed Warning Success Audit None User Account Locked Out Target Account Name account name Target Account ID SID number Caller Machine Name localhost 127 0 0 1 Jintegra Caller User Name SYSTEM Caller Domain NT AUTHORITY Caller Logon ID xxxxxxx The user account will automatically be unlocked after 30 minutes default settings The administrator can unlock the account through the User Manager interface in Unified Manager If this activity persists this may be an indication that someone is attempting an unauthorized access to the BCM The organization s security prime should be notified Warning Success Audit None Business Communications Manager Management Guide 170 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Serial Serial provides the serial port driver on the BCM Serial Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Return to table Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Service None Event ID 8 Message Not enough resources were available for the driver User action This is not a proble
267. e User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Error None An alarm generated by a server application See application documentation for appropriate action Critical Error None An alarm generated by a server application See application documentation for appropriate action Critical Error None An alarm generated by a server application See application documentation for appropriate action Critical Error None An alarm generated by a server application See application documentation for appropriate action Critical Error None An alarm generated by a server application See application documentation for appropriate action Critical Error None An alarm generated by a server application See application documentation for appropriate action Critical Error None An alarm generated by a server application See application documentation for appropriate action Critical Error None An alarm generated by a server application See application documentation for appropr
268. e SYSTEM Primary Domain NT AUTHORITY Primary Logon ID id Client User Name ee admin Client Domain domain Client Logon ID id Privileges SeTcbPrivilege No action required Warning Success Audit None User Account Created Target Account Name name Target Domain domain Target Account ID id Caller User Name name Caller Domain domain Caller Logon ID id Privileges No action required Note that a user account is created Warning Success Audit None User Account Enabled Target Account Name name Target Domain domain Target Account ID id Caller User Name name Caller Domain domain Caller Logon ID id No action required Note that a user account is enabled Warning Success Audit None User Account password set Target Account Name name Target Domain domain Target Account ID id Caller User Name name Caller Domain domain Caller Logon ID id No action required a password set Warning Success Audit None User Account Deleted Target Account Name name Target Domain domain Target Account ID id Caller User Name name Caller Domain domain Caller Logon ID id Privileges No action required a user account is deleted Warning Success Audit None Global Group Member Added Member member id Target Account Name name Target Domain domain Target Account ID id Caller User N
269. e condition persists contact Nortel Support Critical Error None The SSM could not access COM2 The SSM will not be started 1 PCI Card Does not Exist 2 PCI Device Driver Driver Failed 3 PCI Device Name Device Failed 1 Check for existence of the PCI device or replace it 2 Check for PCI device driver 3 Check for existence of the PCI device and make sure its installed properly Critical Error Chapter 2 Fault Management System 189 Return to table System Status Monitor Logs Comments Event ID 3012 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Event ID 3013 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Event ID 3014 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Event ID 3015 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary None 1 SSM Failed to detect the device 2 PCI Device Driver failed or not working properly 3 The PCI Device failed while it s functioning 1 Power Value Power Failed 2 Power Supply Fani Value Failed 3 Power Supply Fan2 Value Failed 1 Check the Power Supply Module1 Module2 on redundant System 2 Check Power Supply Fan1 3 Check Power Supply Fan2 Critical Error None 1 SSM detects there is a failure in one of the power supply modules 2 SSM detects there is a failure in power supply Fan1 3 SSM detects there
270. e 71 RFC SNMP traps 100 RIP v2 MIBs 490 S sanity interval system status monitor 468 sanity reset system status monitor 468 sanity timeouts system status monitor 468 schedule day alarm backup 74 schedule time alarm backup 74 security add user profile 420 authentication compatibility 416 callback settings 422 change password 422 clear page file on shutdown 416 compatibility levels 416 domain secure channel 417 domain user group 426 failed logon attempts before lockout 427 force secure web access 417 lockout duration 427 lockout policy 427 logon certificate 410 minimum password length 428 minimum web encryption 417 NTLM authentication 431 operating system support 416 password complexity 428 password policy 428 private security key 411 reset failed logon attempts count after min 427 SMB client signing 416 SMB server signing 417 SSH client 429 system timeout 415 uploading a certificate 411 user groups 425 Index 481 user system parameters 414 Services 41 services activating Telnet 431 monitoring 466 setting up logging off of Business Communications Manager 42 logging on to Business Communications Manager 409 severity alarm banner 68 small site event MIBs 488 SMB client signing 416 SMB server signing 417 SNMP guidelines 77 manager list 81 85 trap settings 73 SNMP MIBs 485 SNMP perfomance management 372 MS Windows NT performance MIBs 373 srcexclusion list SNMP traps 73 SSH installing 429 SSM status 4
271. e LAN Graph and Table 1 On the Unified Manager navigation tree click the Resources and LAN keys and click the heading for the LAN resource you want to see the performance for for example LAN 1 The LAN summary page appears 2 On the top menu click Performance and select a LAN performance monitor selection LAN Graph LAN Table e QoS Graph see Accessing the QoS Graph and Table QoS Table see Accessing the QoS Graph and Table e QoS Queue 1 5 Graph see Accessing the QoS Queue 1 5 Graph and Table e QoS Queue 1 5 Table see Accessing the QoS Queue 1 5 Graph and Table e QoS Queue 6 9 Graph see Accessing the QoS Queue 6 9 Graph and Table e QoS Queue 6 9 Table see Accessing the QoS Queue 6 9 Graph and Table LAN counter types The LAN graph and table selections display LAN related network traffic statistics When you display the LAN graph you can select a counter type Table 23 LAN counter types Byte received sec Rate that bytes are received on the interface including framing characters Byte sent sec Rate that bytes are sent on the interface including framing characters P0609330 3 0 Chapter 6 Performance Management 363 Table 23 LAN counter types Byte total sec Rate that bytes are sent and received on the interface including framing characters Current bandwidth Output queue length Packets outbound discarded Packets outbound errors Packets received discarded Packets received
272. e Management Using NetlQ This section has information about the third party NetIQ performance management solution for Business Communications Manager Performance Management using NetIQ topics e NetIQ feature overview Use the NetIQ Feature The Vivinet Manager Suite from NetIQ is a robust platform and suite of modules that provides monitoring management and reporting for Nortel VoIP solutions With Vivinet Manager you can proactively manage BCM system health call quality and network performance from a single console Vivinet Manager ensures that service levels can be maintained through automated problem management and lowers support costs by identifying and resolving potential problems before end users are affected Knowledge Scripts KS are provided with the Vivinet Manager solution to manage availability and performance of IP Telephony systems and networks These scripts use business or system management rules to collect data monitor systems and or respond with one or more actions NetIQ Vivinet Manager support for BCM delivers Knowledge Scripts which monitor many aspects of BCM such as Voice over IP quality CPU use memory use interface metrics and others This information is reported back to a centralized Vivinet Manager Server for display and reporting The NetIQ BCM solution requires NetIQ Vivinet Manager software which is sold installed and supported by NetIQ and a no charge BCM NetIQ Agent Keycode to enable the fe
273. e Network DDE service requires this service to be started Nortel Networks recommends that you do not disable this service System level services Business Communications Manager Management Guide 268 Chapter 3 Service Management System Service name NetDDEdsdm Default status Stopped Default startup Manual Alarms None Network DDE DSDM service structure Parent Child Network DDE DSDM Network DDE A ClipBook server Net logon Net logon The Net Logon service is responsible for network authentication and is used by Server and Workstation to provide for user authentication Authentication processes include these sub components maintaining a synchronized domain directory database between the PDC and BDC s handling authentication of respective accounts on the domain controller processing authentication of domain accounts on networked machines If the Net Logon service is down you can t access the operating system Type System level services Service name Netlogon Default status Stopped Default startup Manual Alarms NetLogon Service Control Manager Net logon service structure Parent TCP IP NetBIOS helper Server A Net Logon Network monitor agent Network monitor The Network monitor agent service is a tool used by Nortel Networks support teams It captures agent data packets for analysis purposes and is not user accessible Type System level services
274. e Seconds appear in the summary P0609330 3 0 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 443 Check the CSU alarms 1 On the navigation tree click the Diagnostics and Trunk Modules keys and the key for the bus that has the module that you want to check 2 Click the Module CSU Statistics and Alarm statistics keys and click the Active alarms heading The display shows all the active alarms of the types LOS loss of signal OOF out of Frame RAI Remote alarm indicator or AIS Alarm indication signal For more information on these types of transmission defects see Statistics collected by the system on page 441 Check carrier failure alarms 1 On the navigation tree click the Diagnostics and Trunk Modules keys and the key for the bus that has the module that you want to check 2 Click the Module CSU Statistics and Alarm statistics keys and click the CFA alarms heading The display shows LOS loss of signal OOF out of Frame AIS Alarm indication signal RAI Remote alarm indicator Short term alarms and Defects For more information on these types of transmission defects see Statistics collected by the system on page 441 3 Choose the type of alarm you wish to view for example LOS Loss Of Signal 4 Click the Period The Start time of the period is displayed Check bipolar violations 1 On the navigation tree click the Diagnostics and Trunk Modules keys and the key for the bus that has the mo
275. e Unified Manager navigation frame click the Services key and click Telnet heading The Telnet Summary screen appears 2 From the Status list box change the status to Enabled Business Communications Manager Management Guide 432 Chapter 9 Security Management Accessing Unified Manager through the firewall The Business Communications Manager IP Firewall Filters feature is one of the security features Business Communications Manager offers to protect your network against intruders You can also use the security and firewall features to control what outside resources your users can access For more information about firewalls see Chapter 33 in the Programming Operations Guide Dial up access Through Business Communications Manager you can create and use dial up connections for Remote Access Service RAS or dial on demand network access With RAS you can access Business Communications Managers remotely by making an IP connection using PPPoE an ISDN BRI PRI line or the V 90 modem North America only After you connect to the Business Communications Manager system you can access all IP based system management operations Business Communications Manager also supports dial on demand for primary and backup WAN connections Primary and backup WAN connections can use an ISDN BRI PRI line or a V 90 modem North America For more information about dial up access see Chapter 21 in the Programming Operations Guide Using VPN Business C
276. e list boxes on the SNMP Trap screen to set the filters for SNMP traps SNMP guidelines The SNMP service in Business Communications Manager responds to requests from management stations generates SNMP traps corresponding to events and reports to trap subscriber stations Use these SNMP guidelines e Set read only and read write community names e Seta list of permitted managers When set the agent responds to SNMP managers requests from those IP hosts only e Anempty list of permitted managers implies that the agent responds to requests from anyone e Set trap communities Each trap entry identifies the community name that must be used and the manager addresses e Enable or disable sending authentication traps e Enable or disable the SNMP agent About defining SNMP trap destinations SNMP trap destinations can be acommunity list specifying community name and access privileges e amanager list specifying SNMP manager IP addresses that is SNMP managers allowed to make SNMP queries to the Business Communications Manager atrap community list that specifies destinations to which SNMP traps should be sent if SNMP traps are enabled Although no specific limit is set for the number of trap communities Nortel Networks recommends that you limit the number of trap communities to a maximum of 5 Limiting the number of trap communities ensures that system performance does not degrade Configuring an SNMP Community Use the proc
277. e selected e To clear highlighted components click anywhere on the list e To select more than one component hold the CTRL key and select from the list P0609330 3 0 Chapter 8 System Backup and Restore BRU 401 6 Onthe BRU Report filename entry screen click the Start Backup button from the to run the backup job If you chose to backup the DECT OAM component the DECT OAM Password screen appears If you are not performing a backup on the DECT OAM component continue to the next step in this procedure e Enter the DECT OAM installer password in the Password field and select Submit The default DECT OAM Installer password is insta 7 Enter your user name and password if prompted for remote backups only If you are backing up the file to a Local volume the User Name and Password screen does not appear Continue to the next step in this procedure Enter the user name in the Username box to access the remote volume Use a domain name qualifier if required e Enter the password in the Password box to access the remote volume e Select the Submit button 8 The BRU Report file name entry screen appears Figure 57 BRU Report filename entry screen display Rept Fle Name Weh Page Dialog j DCMI Backup and Restore Uy Backup report fle name Report fe am Components Backup Date E 9 Inthe Report filename box enter a name for the backup report The backup report contains the results of the backup process and is stored in
278. e the loopback test is running While the loopback test is running the green in Service LED on the DTM flashes If you administer the internal CSU on a line loopback and payload loopback the central office can also invoke and stop tests To be able to run a payload loopback test you must configure the DTM for extended superframe format Tests you can run on Business Communications Manager e Line loopback test on page 458 e Payload loopback test on page 458 e Card loopback test on page 458 e Continuity loopback test on page 458 Use the procedure Starting a loopback test on page 458 to run any of these tests Business Communications Manager Management Guide 458 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Line loopback test The line loopback test loops the full 1 544 Mbps signal received from the network back to the network The looped signal regenerates without any change in the framing format and without the removal of any bipolar violations The line loopback test can also be invoked and stopped remotely using the in band signal or via the facility data link FDL in extended super frame ESF format The line loopback test must be run in coordination with the T1 or PRI service provider Some test patterns can cause the DTM to reset To avoid this start the line loopback test from your system before the T1 or PRI service provider begins their test and stop the line loopback test from your sys
279. eMSCDriver Voice MSC Voice Licensing services I bee eke Parent DECT OAM service Voice NNU diagnostics t DECT Maintenance console l A DECT Alarm monitor l Media services manager DECT OAM FTP Publishing service FTP Publishing service Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms The FTP file transfer protocol publishing service provides FTP connectivity and administration through the Internet Information Service IIS snap in Features include bandwidth throttling security accounts and extensible logging This service is not critical to normal operation of BCM Nortel Networks recommends you do not change the default status and startup values Nortel Networks configurable services MSFTPSVC Stopped Manual None FTP publishing service service structure Parent NT LM Security support provider Remote procedure call service FTP Publishing service P0609330 3 0 Chapter 3 Service Management System 291 HotDesking HotDesking The Hotdesking service lets IP sets use the hot desking feature Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name HotDesking Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms HotDesking HotDesking service structure Parent Voice MSC Driver Voice MSC service Voice NNU diagnostics A Voice Licensing services I LA ooo Media services man
280. eader version 4 0 to optimize the illustrations e Increase display magnification e Print the document For Adobe Acrobat Reader version 5 0 to optimize the graphical display 1 Start the Adobe Acrobat Reader version 5 0 application 2 Onthe Edit menu click Preferences and then click General 3 On the Preferences menu click Display The Display setup page appears A Select these smoothing options e Smooth Text e Smooth Line Art e Smooth Images Business Communications Manager Management Guide 20 Preface Figure 1 Acrobat Reader display setup selections Preferences a Accessibility Display Color Management eraut Page Layout Continuous Comments z TDONEEEEEENND Digital Signatures Page Units Inches eri Application Language English M Extract Images Forms Use Greek Text Below e Pixels Full Screen Identity Display Page To Edge Display Transparency Grid JavaScript Layout Grid Smooth g Online Comments v Smooth Text V Smooth Line Art V Smooth Images Use CoolType Recommended for laptop LCD screens Self Sign Security Spelling Configure GoolType TouchUp Update Web Buy r Magnification Default Zoom Fit width Max Fit Visible Zoom 800 X Text conventions This guide uses these text conventions bold Courier text Indicates command names and options and text that you need to enter in a command line interface Example Use the dinfo
281. ections 325 IF Packet counter typos ouasseedas rue temen mee reas m mma ewe mee 356 ICMP Packet counter Cy es isoeesamceppr eX sade PeLEY OCA do ERA 358 UDP Packer GIUDIGI INBOR ucaquewstbeckiecbeW E EP unre EE TqUueq pd 360 TOP Packet counter Types xussuee dues Deeds EROR X dee RAW A RON aed en 361 LAN COURT TUBOS aspis exce 4 edu ERR ee ee d qe og 362 LIS COUMO DEDE acim stands ates ee doa tar pure d pira redd dam 368 Qos Queue 1 5 counter types 0 00 cc eee eee 369 Qus Queus 6 9 Counter TVBES uas aocs risa aaka aa Cede tede awe anes 371 MS Windows NT Performance MIBs 000 e eee eee ee eee 373 Volume administration information llle 382 Apache configuration data acexescennhearzhs ek RR iveae ow ea vie saa don 386 Archlog configuration dala usse ehm mem eee ee eee de me ke dc res 386 BRU coniguUraVon dat PPP 386 DECT COM IORN USI ranir a a aa 387 WR COGAN da ossi acide PASS ERE vor y OE be TRS EORR Ts 387 Licensing c nfiguration dall xeurcasukaexukdst E ux Ex REA een ceed bun 387 Multimedia Call Center configuration data 0 000 eee eee 388 Registry configuration data i rr ka Rn REA 388 Unified Manager subcomponents and configuration data 388 Voice application sub components and configuration data 389 Telephony componens usa caeca acte e OQ RR Ca D RR I Ca Roca i Ri BI Rec Moa RC CR 390 57 Business Communicat
282. ed Contact customer support Minor Warning None Failed to register an endpoint due to unknown endpoint type or duplication this may not be an MPS issue ERROR Unable to allocate memory MPS service aborted May need to reboot the system Critical Error None System is low on memory and cannot allocate resources in the driver this is not an MPS issue ERROR Unable to initialize MPSMI MPS service aborted Restart system contact customer support Critical Error None Cannot initialize MPSMI this is not an MPS issue ERROR Unable to connect to MSM rc d MPS service aborted Chapter 2 Fault Management System 145 MPS Media path server Event ID 3004 Event ID 3005 Event ID 3006 Event ID 3007 Event ID 3008 Return to table User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Restart system contact customer support Critical Error None Cannot connect to Media Service Manager this is not an MPS issue ERROR Unable to open FUMP channel MPS service aborted Restart s
283. ed on the Internet and TCP IP based networks Telnet allows a network administrator or user to use a local workstation to log onto a remote computer and run a program Telnet is part of the TCP IP protocol e FTP file transfer protocol FTP is a protocol used to transfer files over a TCP IP network Internet Unix With FTP you can log onto the network list directories and copy files from other workstations servers FTP operations are performed by typing commands at a command prompt or through an FTP utility running under a graphical user interface GUI SNMP network structure Network management objectives for the Business Communications Manager are based upon the FCAPS network management model fault configuration administration performance security To accomplish these objectives the Business Communications Manager must have the ability to provide appropriate feedback to the network administrator Network administrators use SNMP data do manage network performance find and solve network problems and plan for network expansion see Network Administration Objectives on page 27 The Business Communications Manager network management system is composed of SNMP network management stations NMS A console server workstation through which the network administrator performs network management activities upon managed objects The SNMP network manager server workstation is a physical control device equipped with network manageme
284. edures in this section to configure the Business Communications Manager to send SNMP messages to an SNMP workstation e Configuring SNMP summary attributes on page 78 Adding a community to an SNMP community list on page 79 e Modifying an SNMP community list on page 81 Business Communications Manager Management Guide 78 Chapter2 Fault Management System e Deleting an SNMP community on page 81 Configuring SNMP summary attributes 1 Access the correct Business Communications Manager in your network from the Unified Manager workstation browser 2 On the Unified Manager navigation tree click the Services key and the SNMP heading The SNMP Summary screen appears Figure 23 SNMP summary screen Group Configuration View Help opens Summary Community List Manager List Trap Community List Summary 9 G BCM oe acne Rosen Read Oriy Feld 9 Services econ Telephony Services so Doorphones IP Telephony Status Up j E z je weis cx eed Authentication Failure Traps Enabled Voice Mail j Multimedia Call Center Q IR IP Music DHCP DNS IP Routing SNMP QoS Monttor Web Cache Net Link Mar Alarm Service NAT VPN Policy Management NTP Client Settings UPS Telnet Management Diagnostics 3 Configure the SNMP summary attributes Table8 SN
285. eed to know of these events as they can indicate a hardware problem for example bad messages received on a signalling channel or a PSTN or private network related problem for example no battery feed no dial tone invalid disconnect sequence Events that are not of sufficient severity to be an alarm condition but where the problem is related to system limits affected by system usage patterns administration or lack of resource Examples are running out of autodialler speed dialer bins LHD nodes DTMF dial tone receivers These events may not be apparent to users but a degraded level of service will likely result Information events concerning a user action typically in ADMIN or CONFIG for example admin log cleared user attempted to enter ADMIN with wrong password Permanent service affecting events that an installer can fix Typically these are also alarms but that is not a prerequisite An example of the latter is the defaulting of a portion of administration without a cold start installer action readminister the data MSC core telephony logs Refer to Business Communications Manager events and alarms on page 61 when reviewing the descriptions MSC logs item 3 are maintained on the Media Services card MSC which is the telephony side of the Business Communications Manager system The MSC logs are a set of three logs the MSC System Test MSC System Administration and MSC Network Event log These logs captu
286. eeded Sede RA es XR TA Ade dS 178 Survivable Remote Gateway 0 00 cee eee ren 178 System talus MONTON 2 5 Ck nab oe Ea ae awk Macchia dk aaa ee wens edi 182 JODP essi ebur pe back eee deeee Ed Red ROG RRR EER Re eee Hebe ees 191 TUL i cdd oes Roe eRe OR Pee RUE SH CRS Ee RO de s 191 NONP OIC uess duas icu EEI EITS EETA 5 42 44 A DIES Aq aux WEE E 191 Bl m a ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 192 P0609330 3 0 Contents 5 ij pe P CETUR TERCEROS TEE 207 VEMA arde qeu tee pP tiaa ePeemz4EEp ree E REQasrSPau Ee 210 MISC SONCE 25555 Road cue a d Ed pad Raya epa URN ibd AGE RE A 210 MINGIMGNAGO a 104 a4 dose poten tesareciatesa erise shoes emian uae 210 Lj ucc T 212 pee 5 ose alee a ok rc 212 Voe C TE srbi Se dyes KOS eR RERO KORR T MESES RS UU RUE EEE HOS Oaa 215 WON BOMBE eu peg abdo woo e Babe Waldo Erica RU Poe Ip Rope ad way 219 MOLSON na ta ped tenes US saab os aoe ea Teese qu pude Pdqun mda e Rd 297 VoiceManagementSubsystem 0 e eee ree 239 Ep ec qq ee ee ee ee er ee ee ee re ee ee rr ee 239 Mal Sopa eed s qaqiqeueqqeueqebsqeexted ups qeeuedeesddedaqiEm 241 MVOIESPRIESDES actae dos dar Rear Visas eer ene cere qu a gr Dre dit DEDERE edita 243 MONITU DUDEN scrisque pedis Baw ER Ree SA acera Ware didus dU 243 Voice Wealchidog uus uu e sodes ee esce qned x ox desk anb RO ei eR tels 245 bU E E SA eh HE SE id DREAMS RS GoD SURES SO aM RE Ble 248 WINER S assise debe dese ERSTES poe tend bese seas REQUE Nd 248
287. eet those in TIA 547A or TR64211 Enabling the internal CSU Use this procedure to enable the internal CSU to gather performance statistics for your T1 lines or PRI with public interface 2 On the navigation tree click the Resources and Media Bay Modules keys 3 Click the key for the appropriate bus and click the Modules on Buskey The modules on this bus appear 4 Click the heading the appropriate module 5 Click the T1 Parameters heading 6 From the Internal CSU box select On The module is temporarily disabled while the internal CSU is enabled Checking the performance statistics 1 On the navigation tree click the Diagnostics and Trunk Modules keys Click the key for the bus that contains the module that you want to check Click Module CSU statistics Performance statistics keys kr oO N Click the Current interval heading to display the duration of the current 15 minute interval of the selected card the number of errored seconds ES the number of severely errored seconds SES and the number of unavailable time seconds UAS 5 Click the 15 min intervals heading to display statistics for 15 minute intervals in the last 24 hours numbered from the most recent 01 to the oldest 96 Click the most recent interval The window shows the start time of the interval Business Communications Manager Management Guide 462 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 6 Click the 24 hour summary heading f
288. en modified since the last time archlog was ran You can specify to check all logs or just bak log files Enable Log Checking No Check which files All log files z Upc Bosat Browse logs folder Use the Browse logs folder selection to display the log directories and log files stored on Business Communications Manager Browsing archlog files Use this procedure to display examine and select for viewing archlog directories and log files 1 On the Unified Manager main page click the Maintenance icon and log on with your user name and password The Product Maintenance amp Support Website appears Business Communications Manager Management Guide 332 Chapter 4 Log Management 2 Inthe left frame under the Archlog heading click the Browse Logs Folder link A new browser window opens that lists the archlog directories and log files stored on the BCM hard drive 3 Select a folder to display the directory file contents Log files use various file extensions depending on the log 4 Select a log file to display the log contents You can open the file in Notepad or save the log file to your PC 5 Close the browser window when you are done Figure 44 Archlog browse logs folder screen Zl Index of logsFolder Microsoft Internet Explorer ni x File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back gt amp 2 c QQsearch GyFavorites Emedia c4 Ey 3 8 Y Address https 47 65 138 69jlogsFolder j ose
289. er NT Event and SNMP trap severities or types Alarm priority NT Event SNMP Trap Type Information Information Refer to the table SNMP Trap Types to interpret the severity for each type of notification The mapping between alarm severity levels and SNMP trap types or specific trap code is summarized in the table Table 7 SNMP trap types Alarm Severity SNMP Trap Type specific trap code critical eventError 3 major eventWarning 2 minor eventWarning 2 eventlInfo 1 The BCM Alarm system denotes the source of a BCM alarm as Component ID whereas the SNMP system denotes the source of the same information as a trap of source eventSource The terminology used in this document of Component ID alarm eventSource trap is intended to show that these two systems call the same information by a different name SNMP trap filtering Trap filtering is done on Business Communications Manager using a source exclusion list and severity levels of Error Warning and Info In this way traps of type error or severity level critical are forwarded according to the trap community list The trap filters limit the volume and type of SNMP information and let you control essential information transferred on the network To set the filters 1 On the Unified Manager navigation tree click the Management key and the Alarm Manager P0609330 3 0 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 77 heading 2 Click the SNMP trap tab 3 Use th
290. er BIER ated doce ghost ein ideea do acme 356 Accessing the ICMP Packets graph and table luslsuss 358 IOMP Packet GoUDIOF T DOS sisssrecieis Ea o wai ee EORR Oe Rl doe ad 358 Accessing the UDP Packets graph and table slslselssss 360 UDP Packet counter TYPES isses exe x xxm eee mee 360 Accessing the TCP Packets graph and table lsllllslllsssns 361 TOP Pack CUNG TDIBOS pene eine PEPREGDCUSERSGUERS ERE Pd dUUR 361 Accessing the LAN performance monitor llle 362 Accessing the LAN graph and table 20 02002 c cee eeeeeeee 362 LAN counter DVDS coodasurerQsies Re4xii 4 4 ddesuaedq4qad 362 Accessing the WAN performance monitor 0 0 eee eee ee 364 Accessing the WAN graph and table 0 c00 0020 cca eee nens 364 WAN counter types iiie acie tree ea ieee oa ac ROR RR Uda eee Rm a 364 Accessing the Dial Up performance monitor 020 c eee eee eee 366 Accessing the UTWAN performance monitor 00220200ee ee eeee 367 Accessing the WAN graph and table 0000 eee ee eee eeee 367 Accessing the QoS Graph and Table cs 2cdscei ei wieadire ha wde ddd ew dace 368 Ga LOUIE TODOS o esas S Sa Rua qER YII cere Bes oe FERS Edda EM 368 Accessing the QoS Queue 1 5 Graph and Table 002 0 eee eee 369 Gos Queue 1 5 counter types ccs ckaw suarum awe kee em RR 369 Accessing the QoS Queue 6 9 Graph and Table 2220
291. er Sec DPC Time 96 Interrupt Time DPCs Queued Per Sec DPC Rate DPC Bypasses Per Sec APC Bypasses Per Sec network InterfaceTable Instance Name Bytes Total Per Sec Packets Per Sec Packets Received Per Sec Packets Sent Per Sec Current Bandwidth Bytes Received Per Sec Packets Received Unicast Per Sec Packets Received Non Unicast Per Sec Packets Received Discarded Packets Received Errors Packets Received Unknown Bytes Sent Per Sec Packets Sent Unicast Per Sec Packets Sent Non Unicast Per Sec Packets Outbound Discarded Packets Outbound Errors Output Queue Length pdiskphysicalDiskTable Instance Name Current Disk Queue Length Disk Time 96 Avg Disk Queue Length Disk Read Time 96 Avg Disk Read Queue Length Disk Write Time 96 Avg Disk Write Queue Length Avg Disk sec Per Transfer Avg Disk sec Per Read Avg Disk sec Per Write Disk Transfers Per sec Disk Reads Per Sec Disk Writes Per Sec Disk Bytes Per Sec Disk Read Bytes Per Sec Disk Write Bytes Per Sec IdisklogicalDiskTable Instance Name Free Space 96 Free Megabytes Current Disk Queue Length Disk Time 96 Avg Disk Queue Length Disk Read Time 96 Avg Disk Read Queue Length Disk Write Time 96 Avg Disk Write Queue Length Avg Disk sec Per Transfer Avg Disk sec Per Read Avg Disk sec Per Write Disk Transfers Per sec Disk Reads Per sec Disk Writes Per sec Disk Bytes Per sec Disk Read Bytes Per sec Disk Write Bytes Per sec pa
292. er action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Critical Error None Can t transfer file 1 err 2 Check if FTP configration or network goes wrong Critical Error None Can t delete CDR data file transferred 1 err 2 Check if you have permission to delete this file Critical Error None Can t A CDR data file transferred 1 err 2 Check if you have permission to change the attribute of this file Critical Error None Chapter 2 Fault Management System 111 cfsServr Return to table cfsServer Component feature service omponent ID alarm eventSource trap summary Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID 105 108 109 110 111 1138 Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Voice CFS Voice Licensing services The service was installed No action required Warning Information None The service was stopped No action required Warning Information None error string provided by CFS gt No actio
293. er packet mismatch details Submit a CR and attach ZIP ed log files archlog Minor Warning None There was a problem establishing a call MediaTransport OID lt oid gt Transport mismatch details Submit a CR and attach ZIP ed log files archlog Business Communications Manager Management Guide 140 Chapter 2 Fault Management System MGS Media gateway server Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID P0609330 3 0 2004 2090 3001 3002 3003 3004 Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Minor Warning None There was a problem establishing a call MsmProxy lt interface gt returned error lt error gt Submit a CR and attach ZIP ed log files archlog Minor Warning None There was a problem establishing a call entity interface returned error error Submit a CR and attach ZIP ed log files archlog Minor Warning None There was a problem establishing a call
294. erences between Business Communications Manager software loads contact Nortel Support Use the links in the Component ID alarm descriptions to navigate Click a Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary link to select an alarm by the Component ID alarm eventSource trap Click a Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID link to select a Component ID alarm by the Event ID The Event ID noted in the descriptions is a short form to indicate an Event ID Alarm eventId Trap The Event ID applies to the Component ID alarm eventSource trap Click the Service link to review the service description associated with the Component ID alarm eventSource trap Click the Logs link to review the log description associated with the Component ID alarm eventSource trap Business Communications Manager Management Guide 102 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Atapi Atapi provides the disk controller IDE standard driver for hard drives installed in the BCM atapi Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Return to table Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Service None Event ID 9 Message The device Device ScsiPort0 did not respond within the timeout period User action For the drives in question these timeout message are not serious if they occur at system boot However if several of these messages appear in the system log during normal system operation conta
295. errors Packets received non unicast sec Packets received unicast sec Estimate of the interface s current bandwidth in bits per second bps For interfaces that do not vary in bandwidth or for those where no accurate estimation can be made this value is the nominal bandwidth Length of the output packet queue in packets If this is longer than 2 delays are being experienced and the bottleneck should be found and eliminated if possible Since the requests are queued by NDIS in this implementations this will always be 0 Outbound packets discarded even though no errors were detected to prevent their being transmitted A possible reason for discarding a packet is to free up buffer space Outbound packets that could not be transmitted because of errors Inbound packets chosen to be discarded even though no errors had been detected to prevent their being deliverable to a higher layer protocol A possible reason for discarding a packet is to free up buffer space Inbound packets that contained errors preventing them from being deliverable to a higher layer protocol Rate that non unicast that is subnet broadcast or subnet multicast packets are delivered to a higher layer protocol Rate that subnet unicast packets are delivered to a higher layer protocol Packets received unknown Packets received via the interface that were discarded because of an Packets received sec Packets sent non unicast sec Packets sent unicas
296. ervice name NnuDiagLogger Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms Nnu P0609330 3 0 Chapter 3 Service Management System 309 Voice NNU diagnostics service structure None Parent Media services manager Voice WAN DECT OAM A DECT Maintenance console l DECT Alarm monitor Voice software alarm monitor Message trace tool Call Detail Recording Media path server A Media gateway server __4 _ UNISTIM Terminal proxy server A HotDesking Voice management subsystem nae Inventory service VoiceCTI A Voice mail Nortel Networks IVR L Voice CFS IpMusic BcmAmp IpMusic Tone Server Voice CTE VoIP Gateway Line monitor server Voice software alarm monitor Voice software alarm monitor Type Service name Default status Default startup The Voice software alarm monitor service monitors the telephony component for alarms that are set or cleared and records them in the Windows NT Event Log The service also does time synchronization between Windows NT and the MSC Telephony Nortel Networks configurable services VoiceSW Running Automatic Business Communications Manager Management Guide 310 Chapter 3 Service Management System Alarms Voice software Service Control Manager Voice software alarm monitor service structure Parent Child VoiceMSCDriver None Voice MSC service Voice Licensing services
297. es Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3 Figure 4 Figure 5 Figure 6 Figure 7 Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10 Figure 11 Figure 12 Figure 13 Figure 14 Figure 15 Figure 16 Figure 17 Figure 18 Figure 19 Figure 20 Figure 21 Figure 22 Figure 23 Figure 24 Figure 25 Figure 26 Figure 27 Figure 28 Figure 29 Figure 30 Figure 31 Figure 32 Figure 33 Figure 34 Figure 35 Figure 36 Figure 37 Figure 38 Figure 39 Figure 40 Acrobat Reader display setup selections 00000 2 eeee 20 Business Communications Manager network model 5 28 Business Communications Manager enterprise network model 30 Business Communications Manager physical interfaces 31 Managed objects and agents 2 200 e eee eens 33 Unified Manager main page 00 eee te eee 36 Programming WIZAIIS cic ecesarceoe ceeds ERE UH YE RR RUE eR Re da Unified Manager maintenance page paths 00 e eee eee 43 Unified Manager Maintenance page selections 0 200 ee 44 Technical support contact Screen isesese duke EE HE Pe ER RR oe 45 Alarms and trans screen wk c cies suu cee ea ddan ees Cane ORTA n 46 System MMOMMANGH SOSEM uou suos aces UR UR aE a E A Ge e Ree wee 47 Keycode retrieval SOKBO uius pasos Xa oe dk ann an eee de ROGA A 48 Install optional components screen 00 000 eee 49 Maintenance page maintenance tools screen 2 0 20e000es 50 Busin
298. es Media Bay Modules Bus headings that the device is wired to For how to perform a DN to port conversion test see DN to port conversion on page 459 Identify a device connected to the system You can check a device version number for compatibility with the system Use this procedure to display status information for any device connected to the system 1 2 On the navigation tree click the Resources and Media Bay Modules keys Click the key for the Bus for the station module the device is wired to Click the key for the Port that you found when you ran the DN to port conversion Click the Channels key Click the B1 heading to display the device connected to the B1 channel If your system is a Partial Double Density system PDD there will also be B2 headings for modules installed on Buses 06 and 07 The device its type the version number of the device and its state is displayed P0609330 3 0 6 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 449 If there is an add on device attached to the telephone such as a central answering position module or a Busy Lamp Field click the B1 or B2 key and click the Addons heading to display the add on device This table lists some of the device types that can appear on the Business Communications Manager device identification display Display Explanation T7100 T7100 telephone T7310 T7310 telephone M7324 M7324 telephone 1 CAP1 First CAP module attached to an
299. es of attached peripherals initialize and function Remove any unsupported device types Chapter 2 Fault Management System 235 Voice software Event ID 617 Event ID 639 Event ID 799 Event ID 894 Event ID 901 Event ID 949 Return to table User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Verify that all types of attached peripherals initialize and function Remove any unsupported device types Minor Warning MSC event 608 Sev P6 Cat F Cannot acquire a session This happens only on Companion devices Contact the installer to get the traceback data Contact the installer to get the traceback data Minor Warning MSC event 617 Sev P4 Cat A A bad message has been received by a CAP while getting key information Contact the installer to get the event traceback data Contact the installer to get the event traceback data Minor Warning MSC event 639 Sev P4 Cat A A call processing error has occurred on an ISDN line No action required No action required Minor Warning MSC event 799 Sev P7 Cat B An attempt was made t
300. es to a unique directory cancel the download operation Click the Delete Archlog Package button to delete the archlog file package from the BCM hard drive P0609330 3 0 Chapter 4 Log Management 329 Figure 42 Archlog viewer screen NORTEL NETWORKS Support Contact Alarms and Traps Business Communications Manager Your Location BCM Product Maintenance amp Support Archlog Viewer Maintenance System Information Archlog Viewer Order amp Enable Optional Components Install Optional Comp t z 1 TNR STE Archlog Viewer will enable you to download and delete Archlog Packages Archlog Beso APRES Archlog Packages Download Archlog Package Delete Archlog Package msp cgy doc LOGS 2003 09 06 7 40 O00 zip Download Archlog Package Delete Archlog Package gA Viewer Archlog Setting Browse Logs Folder Archlog settings You can use Archlog settings to configure archlog batch file process to e Send Archlog Package to FTP Server After the archlog package compiles you can send your archlog package to an FTP server e Archlog Package Cleanup When cleanup is enabled Archlog automatically deletes any archlog packages that are older than the specified number of days Cleanup is done each time Archlog is executed This feature only deletes local archlog packages and not the ones stored on FTP Servers e Log Checking When log checking is enabled Archlog archives on
301. eset Number of times TCP connections made a direct transition to the closed state from either the established state or the close wait state Segments received Rate that segments are received including those received in error and segments received on currently established connections Segments retransmitted Rate that segments are retransmitted that is segments transmitted containing one or more previously transmitted bytes Segments sent Rate that segments are sent including those on current connections but excluding those containing only retransmitted bytes Segments Rate that TCP segments are sent or received using the TCP protocol Business Communications Manager Management Guide 362 Chapter 6 Performance Management Accessing the LAN performance monitor This section describes how to access and use the LAN performance monitor to analyze LAN traffic characteristics e Accessing the QoS Graph and Table on page 368 e Accessing the QoS Queue 1 5 Graph and Table on page 369 e Accessing the QoS Queue 6 9 Graph and Table on page 370 Accessing the LAN graph and table The statistics compiled by the system indicate packet traffic over the LAN A packet is the unit of data that is routed between an origin and a destination over the LAN Each packet is separately numbered and includes the LAN IP address of the destination When the packets have all arrived they are reassembled into the original file To access th
302. esources Testing troubleshooting and diagnostics topics Module Diagnostics on page 433 Problems with trunk or station modules on page 436 Media Bay Module status on page 437 Testing DTM Modules on page 439 DTM CSU statistics on page 441 Testing the DDI Mux on page 444 Troubleshooting Telephone Connections on page 448 Performing a system startup and warm reset on page 450 Changing system identification parameters on page 451 Maintenance programming for telephony resources on page 453 General Diagnostic Activities on page 466 Emergency telephone does not function on page 473 ATA 2 does not function on page 474 Unified Manager Diagnostics on page 475 Driver Debug diagnostics on page 475 Module Diagnostics To perform troubleshooting diagnostics on your Business Communications Managers you must know the system version and the status of each of the Media Bay Modules For procedures on how to access this information see System version on page 434 Problems with module service on page 434 Problems with trunk or station modules on page 436 Media Bay Module status on page 437 Disabling enabling a bus on page 437 Disabling or enabling a single module on page 438 Disabling enabling a port channel setting on page 438 To troubleshoot specific modules and lines there are a number of tests you can perform For DTM modules Business Communications Manager Management Guide
303. ess Communications Manager Management Guide 154 Chapter 2 Fault Management System networks NetBT Event ID 4319 NetlQccm Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID None A duplicate name has been detected on the TCP network The IP address of the machine that sent the message is in the data Use nbtstat n in a command window to see which name is in the Conflict state The most likely reason for this is that a duplicate name has been detected on the network Use the NBTSTAT N command to see the name of the computer in the conflict state The IP address of the node that sent the message is in the data returned by this command offset by 28 bytes Critical Error None NetIQccm provides the NetIQ connection manager Event ID 0 Event ID 257 Event ID 261 Event ID 264 P0609330 3 0 Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID NetlQ AppManager client communication manager From NetIQ AppManager SERVICE STOPPED No action required Warning Informati
304. ess Communications Manager events and alarms 61 Alarm service selection screen 2200 cece eee eee 67 Alarm BAHPIBP ue dads ob deb debo OME Rp Eo PC CR dew 68 Alarm browser and detail screen 000 00 cece eee eee 70 Alarm database Screen 1 2 ies6s beau be or eee eee eee eRe RR Re aa 71 SNMP LEAD SOOO ik emcee eee A dA ere eh ew ee AER aba Ra anes 73 Alarm Backup Batch Job screen ullllllllllllllllleees 74 SNMP summary SOCON uius dede pon do inttr RH Se RREA 78 Community WET oodi PPP 79 Manager list SCIGBIT es prrriscrsrerru pered dasa ORE Are idean RR CR E d 82 Trap Community WSU SOPSED uu ucc uL Ce RO I RO ne RC SD e Ec 85 Modify trap community dialog box lssseeee II 87 Alam Cleaning TIG CHG asic cored me gre eere RE Ne he ere RR Ede eRe dees 89 BE HCBS LIBE uiua acta spo es nh ctos Qj did ah das didi draco c penc ca qu 252 Modify services selection 2 cccdiacnan kam rar REOR RU eR UR RR a RE owe 253 Sernices El MIO DOK lt 0 vhs WER de MASS WARS HARM REE wee dg ees 253 Product maintenance and support page Maintenance tools 256 Services and drivers lie uuu ses medo em RERO RR Ret ded wan 257 Select Watchdog from the Unified Manager essel 314 sre wsl log BOR cp suey ge arg Rete Aah Up quee EE 318 Delete the log dialog DOX 205 0600 iul na RR onm xxx mox 319 Report a problem input screen 0000 cee eee eee 321 Report a problem application select
305. ess Communications Manager events and alarms on page 61 when reviewing the description e All core telephony MSC events including telephony alarms are recorded in a set of core system telephony logs items 2 amp 3 e All core telephony MSC events designated as alarms are also written into the NT Event log item 4 In most cases the MSC alarm ID assigned by the core telephony MSC service is reused as the NT Event ID e Some of the core telephony MSC events which are not alarms are also written into the NT Event log primarily MSC events of priority P5 and higher item 4 MSC events of priority P4 and lower can be seen only in the MSC logs see MSC core telephony logs on page 63 MSC events that are visible to the alarm service can also generate SNMP traps Due to the interaction between the MSC system and the BCM alarm system an event in the NT event database that originates from the core telephony services MSC will have an NT event ID An event will also have an associated core telephony MSC services event ID and possibly also an MSC alarm ID MSC event and alarm conditions e Software errors that do not affect system operation e Software errors that affect system operation feature failure dropped calls or system resets P0609330 3 0 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 63 Events caused by hardware related problems but are not of sufficient severity as to be an alarm condition Installers however may n
306. ess is based on user privileges defined through user group membership There are two default administrator accounts ee admin and supervisor both of which have default dial in access privileges See Managing access passwords on page 417 This section also contains information about password policy The figure below displays the Unified Manager headings under which security and user information is configured The SSH client access application is installed on your desktop The Install Clients button on the first Unified Manager page provides a download path P0609330 3 0 Chapter 9 Security Management 415 Figure 63 Security and user access headings o System o System Licensing Resources p Identification Services Security Management User Manager Setting the Interface Timeout Set the amount of time the Unified Manager stays open if there is no input activity When the timeout period completes the program automatically returns to the log on window This prevents unauthorized users from accessing the system Security note This is especially important if a password protected screen saver is not installed on the client PC To set the Interface Timeout 1 On the navigation tree click the Management heading and click the Unified Manager Management tab Figure 64 Unified Manager Timeout setting 2 Sad T Management Unified Manager Management Q Services Unified Manager Management 9 Management
307. essage User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID HotDesking HotDesking Unable to create registry entry No action required Critical Error None The service will shut down and be re started by the watchdog HotDesking Unable to open registry data No action required Critical Error None The service will shut down and be re started by the watchdog UTPS Services table is full No action required Critical Error None The service will shut down and be re started by the watchdog Hot desking being terminated by UTPS No action required Critical Error None The service will shut down and be re started by the watchdog Hot Desking server is unable to connect to the UTPS No action required Critical Error None The service will shut down and be re started by the watchdog Unable to get a timer from the OS No action required Critical Error None The service will shut down and be re started by the watchdog Hot Desking is unable to initiate the registry Chapter 2 Fault Management System 125 HotDesking Return to table User action Alar
308. essages sent unreachable ee peoo Sent timestamp Rate of ICMP Timestamp request messages sent Business Communications Manager Management Guide 360 Chapter 6 Performance Management Accessing the UDP Packets graph and table User Datagram Protocol UDP is a transport layer protocol designed to improve performance of message transfer between a host server and a gateway to the Internet UDP uses IP for data transfer and as a result relies on a best effort delivery strategy UDP establishes a host to host communication channel to deliver packets between processes running on two different Business Communications Manager systems The MSC for example uses the UDP protocol to enable the T 38 fax feature To access the UDP Packets Graph and Table 1 On the Unified Manager navigation tree click the Resources heading 2 On the top menu click Performance and select UDP Packets Graph or UDP Packets Table UDP Packet counter types The UDP Packets graph and table selections display UDP related network traffic statistics When you display the UDP Packets graph you can select a counter type Table 21 UDP Packet counter types Datagrams no port Rate of received UDP datagrams for which there was no application at the destination port Datagrams received errors Received UDP datagrams that could not be delivered for reasons other than the lack of an application at the destination port Datagrams sent Rate that UDP datagrams are sent f
309. est hop count between source and destination RIP is a distance vector protocol that routinely broadcasts routing information to its neighboring routers Event ID 30052 P0609330 3 0 Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID None IPRIPv2 could not join the multicast group 224 0 0 9 on the local interface with IP address x x x x The data is the error code Make sure that IP RIP v2 is properly configured on the local interface from which the event is received If the problem persists even after configuring the interface to RIP v2 please contact tech support Critical Chapter 2 Fault Management System 127 IPRIP2 Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Trap type Error Logs None Business Communications Manager Management Guide IPSecIKE IPSecIKE Internet protocol security Internet key exchange Event ID 2 Event ID 3 Event ID 4 Event ID 5 Event ID 6 Event ID 7 P0609330 3 0 Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User actio
310. et QoS Monitor exited fallback No action required Minor Warning None Indication VoIP gw has taken action Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID VoIP Gateway Service VoIP Gateway started No action required Warning Information None Service VoIP Gateway stopped omponent ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Chapter 2 Fault Management System 213 VNetVolIPGtw Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID 113 114 120 122 123 124 130 Return to table User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary No action required Warning Information None Syntax error in configuration file D Data Files Nortel Networks VoIP GatewayNocalgateway cfg Check Local Gateway IP interface for correct information Critical Error None Invalid Configuration file parameter Check
311. ete restore the data to your Business Communications Manager You access BRU through the Unified Manager main page When you run or schedule a backup or restore make sure there are no conflicts between BRU processes If a conflict occurs the processes terminate and result in a failure The conflict error is not written to the event log Error Messages Most errors originate with the mapping of a network resource for the purpose of the backup and restore scripts Errors are usually about permissions and security settings of the network resource Ensure the username you provide has full control sharing access to the network resource and full control security permissions Other errors can originate from the XML file function In this case the exact error is stored in a log file on the destination of the backup data Business Communications Manager Management Guide 382 Chapter 8 System Backup and Restore BRU Volume Administration With BRU you can save information about the most used network targets called Volumes You do not need to type the remote path and user name every time you want to run a script requiring access to a remote resource Note This feature can not be accessed during a process execution You must complete all the information to be able to save a volume Table 28 Volume administration information pu epe User name User name that allows the connection into the UNC path ADD Lets the user add a new volume with param
312. eters in the five fields described above Modify Lets the user make changes on the corresponding volume Delete Lets the user delete the corresponding volume BCM Reboot With the reboot feature you can restart the BCM server from the client machine BRU sends the reboot command to BCM and the system displays the reboot screen gt Note Reboot can not be accessed during a process execution P0609330 3 0 Chapter 8 System Backup and Restore BRU Figure 54 Reboot screen display 4 BCM Wait for the BCM to restart Microsoft Internet Explorer provided by Nortel Networks BCM 3 5 Backup and Restore Utility The BCM is now attempting to reboot You should wait five to six minutes and then attempt to connect If the BCM does not reboot remotely you may have to manually reset the system REBOOTING WILL TAKE APPROXIMATELY FIVE TO SIX MINUTES TO COMPLETE Time 00 09 IMPORTANT The BRU Application must be restarted after rebooting to ensure version integrity Attemptto connect About button Use this to verify the BRU version installed on Business Communications Manager Information about the connection and the XML files in the XMLFolder are also displayed Note You cannot access this feature during a process execution Backup Mode To back up Business Communications Manager you must have a shared resource prepared to 383 store the data See Destination Drive on page 384 for details The
313. eued octets packets and packets dropped range 1 5 To access the QoS Queue 1 5 Graph and Table 1 On the Unified Manager navigation tree click the Resources and LAN keys and click the heading of the LAN resource you want to see 2 On the top menu click Performance and select QoS Queue 1 5 Graph or QoS Queue 1 5 Table QoS Queue 1 5 counter types The QoS 1 5 graph and table selections display quality of service related network traffic statistics Table 25 Qos Queue 1 5 counter types Total queue 1 octets Queue 1 octets since system reboot Total queue 1 packets Queue 1 packets since system reboot Total queue 1 packets Queue 1 packets dropped since system reboot dropped Total queue 2 octets Queue 2 octets since system reboot Total queue 2 packets Queue 2 packets since system reboot Business Communications Manager Management Guide 370 Chapter 6 Performance Management Table 25 Qos Queue 1 5 counter types Total queue 2 packets Queue 2 packets dropped since system reboot dropped Total queue 3 octets Queue 3 octets since system reboot Total queue 3 packets Queue 3 packets since system reboot Total queue 3 packets Queue 3 packets dropped since system reboot dropped Total queue 4 octets Queue 4 octets since system reboot Total queue 4 packets Queue 4 packets since system reboot Total queue 4 packets Queue 4 packets dropped since system reboot dropped Total queue 5 octets Queue 5 octets since system
314. event can be caused by poor power quality i e power fluctuation Decrease the sensitivity of the UPS If the condition persists contact an electrician to analyze your utility power Minor Warning None UPS on battery Simulated power failure Wait for this test to complete Minor Warning None Business Communications Manager Management Guide 200 Chapter 2 Fault Management System UPS Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Uninterruptible power supply Event ID 200200 Message UPS enabling SmartBoost Event ID 200301 Event ID 200400 Event ID 200401 Event ID 200402 Event ID 200403 Event ID 200700 P0609330 3 0 User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message If this event occurs frequently decrease the Low Transfer Voltage of your UPS If the condition persists contact an electrician to analyze your utility power Warning Information None Low battery condition The UPS cannot continue to use its battery power to support its equipment load The remaining runtime equals or is less than the runtime defined by its Low Battery setting Consider up
315. everity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary None Upon SSM initialization the sanity Information could not be retrieved from the registry Default values will be used The SSM received a bad service request The SSM service should be re started If the condition persists contact Nortel Support Critical Error None The SSM received a bad service request from Service Control Manager SOM The Service Request handler is not installed the SSM will not be started The SSM service should be re started If the condition persists contact Nortel Support Critical Error None Upon SSM initialization the Service Request handler was not correctly loaded A problem occurred initializing the SSM Sanity checking is being turned off The SSM service should be re started If the condition persists contact Nortel Support Critical Error None Windows was not able to create Events required to perform sanity checking Sanity checking will be disabled the board is being switched to quiet mode Unable to access COM2 The SSM cannot be started End the process that is using COM2 and restart SSM Service If th
316. execute a system Backup and Restore using the BRU Information about diagnosing module line performance issues and device line issues The chapter also provides instructions on how to perform a system startup set identification parameters and maintain telephony resources BCM management information bases MIB Symbols used in this guide This guide uses these symbols to draw your attention to important information Caution Alerts you to conditions where you can damage the equipment Danger Alerts you to conditions where you can get an electrical shock P0609330 3 0 Preface 19 Warning Alerts you to conditions where you can cause the system to work improperly or to fail Note Alerts you to important information Am Tip Alerts you to additional information that can help you perform a task EJ Warning Alerts you to ground yourself with an antistatic grounding strap before performing the maintenance procedure Warning Alerts you to remove the Business Communications Manager and Business p Communications Manager expansion unit power cords from the AC outlet before performing any maintenance procedure Display Tips You can best use and read this publication from your computer monitor Use your computer to identify and access the numerous links throughout Alternatively you can print a hard copy For best on screen display results use Adobe Acrobat Reader version 4 0 or 5 0 If you use Adobe Acrobat R
317. f loss of signal The module is in a no new calls state DTCM 961 Intervention is required to find out why the Digital Trunk Interface module is alarmed Intervention is required to find out why the Digital Trunk Interface module is alarmed Minor Warning MSC event 329 Sev P5 Cat C This event is generated when the short term alarm threshold has been surpassed in the Digital Trunk Interface module for the detection of loss of frame The module is in a no new calls state DTCM 961 Intervention is required to find out why the Digital Trunk Interface module is alarmed Intervention is required to find out why the Digital Trunk Interface module is alarmed Minor Warning MSC event 330 Sev P5 Cat C This event is generated when the short term alarm threshold has been surpassed in the Digital Trunk Interface module for the detection of controlled slip overflow The module is in a no new calls state DTCM 961 Intervention is required to find out why the Digital Trunk Interface module is alarmed Minor Warning MSC event 331 Sev P5 Cat C This event is generated when the short term alarm threshold has been surpassed in the Digital Trunk Interface module for the detection of remote alarm indication The module is in a no new calls state DTCM 1 Intervention is required to find out why the Digital Trunk Interface module is alarmed Intervention is required to find out why the Digital Trunk Interface module is alarmed
318. face with the network to determine if it operating correctly Minor Warning MSC event 265 Sev P7 Cat C Invalid Message The Call Server is dealing with a multi byte message that it does not understand while trying to initialize a set TN 1 If the event occurs many times unplug the set wait for 3 minutes then replug the set May be caused by a noisy line If the event occurs many times unplug the set wait for 3 minutes then replug the set Minor Warning MSC event 270 Sev P8 Cat A A set has firmware that is incompatible with the current Call Server load Customer should contact installer to change Call Server load or the set Customer should contact installer to change Call Server load or the set Minor Warning MSC event 271 Sev P8 Cat A This event is generated when the short term alarm threshold has been surpassed in the Digital Trunk Interface module for the detection of a degraded minute The module is in a no new calls state DTCM 1 Intervention is required to find out why the Digital Trunk Interface module is alarmed Intervention is required to find out why the Digital Trunk Interface module is alarmed Minor Warning MSC event 323 Sev P5 Cat C Business Communications Manager Management Guide 232 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Voice software Event ID 324 Event ID 325 Event ID 326 Event ID 327 Event ID 328 P0609330 3 0 Return to table Message User action
319. figuration data Sub component Configuration location None o Unified Manager gt System Licensing gt Apply Keycodes Po Unified Manager gt System Licensing gt Keycode Flles Business Communications Manager Management Guide 388 Chapter 8 System Backup and Restore BRU Multimedia Call Center If you select Multimedia Call Center in the BCM Component list configuration entered through the Multimedia Call Center Admin web tool is saved The table below lists the Multimedia Call Center configuration data that is saved Table 35 Multimedia Call Center configuration data Sub component Configuration location Unified Manager gt Services Multimedia Call Center gt Tools on menu bar gt MMCC Admin Registry A Registry backup backs up the Business Communications Manager registry files The files are be saved into the file Backup SysReg folder compressed to a bru file and transferred to the backup location The table below lists the Registry configuration data that is saved Table 36 Registry configuration data Sub component Configuration location None HKEY LOCAL MACHINE and HKEY USERS Unified Manager The Unified Manager component in the BCM Component list encompasses a number of BCM components that have interdependencies and interrelated data The table below lists the Unified Manager configuration data that is saved Table 37 Unified Manager subcomponents and configuration data Sub com
320. file Business Communications Manager Management Guide 426 Chapter 9 Security Management Adding a Domain User Group profile The Domain User Group Profile screen displays a table of members of the Windows NT CDR User group This screen is used to add external domain users into a CDR User group Members of CDR user group have the sole ability to download CDR files from this Business Communications Manager system For details about Call Detail Report processes see the CDR documentation You can add only valid users currently assigned to CDR user groups See Adding or modifying a user profile on page 420 When you add local users the user name is automatically added to this list If you are entering an external user they must be members of a domain that recognizes this Business Communications Manager and you add their user name 1 On the navigation tree click the Management key and the User Manager heading The User Profile screen appears showing the current user profile information Click the Domain User Group Profile tab to view the existing groups From the Configuration menu select Add Domain User The Domain User Group Profile dialog box appears Use this table to add the new Domain user Group profile name Attribute Description O Domain User Name Enter the user name Click the Save button to save your settings The new user group information is added to the list on the Domain User Group Profile screen Dele
321. for dial tone Replace the MSC If the emergency telephone is connected to the CTM 1 2 3 Check that the system has a CTM installed Check that there is no dial tone at the emergency telephone Replace the CTM Business Communications Manager Management Guide 474 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics ATA 2 does not function If the Business Communications Manager ATA 2 does not function follow these steps to troubleshoot the problem 1 Make sure there is ac power connected to the ATA 2 2 Make sure the ATA 2 is in the Tones OFF mode for data applications only 3 Correctly configure the ATA 2 telephone port for data communication 4 Allow sufficient start up time Assign the prime line o c Assign a ringing line if required for example auto answer modems FAX Checking the wiring Check these connections e ATA 2 to terminal The resistance must be 200 ohms or less for data applications and 1 300 ohms or less for voice applications e Business Communications Manager hardware to ATA 2 The wiring must be equivalent to 800 m of 0 5 mm wire 2 600 ft of 24 AWG or less Do not use bridge taps and loading coils between the Business Communications Manager hardware and the ATA 2 e External line to Business Communications Manager Ensure the external line is correctly connected to the BCM1000 and make sure there is dial tone Checking for dial tone at the ATA 2 Check to ensure there is d
322. g Automatic Service Control Manager Task scheduler service structure Parent Remote procedure call service A Task scheduler TCP IP NetBIOS helper TCP IP NetBIOS helper Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms The TCP IP NetBIOS helper service enhances NetBT and the Net Logon service This service is an alternative to the DNS lookup The service performs a lookup of the LMHosts file and matches an alias NetBios name to an IP address This service is not critical to normal operation of BCM Nortel Networks recommends you do not change the default status and startup values System level services LmHosts Running Automatic None Business Communications Manager Management Guide 280 Chapter 3 Service Management System TCP IP NetBIOS Helper service structure Parent Child NetworkProvider TCP IP NetBIOS helper L TCP IP NetBIOS helper Tomcat Tomcat Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms Net logon l Computer Browser The Tomcat service provides Java servlet capabilities on the BCM System level services Tomcat Stopped Automatic None Tomcat service structure Parent UPS APC Powerchute plus UPS APC Powerchute Plus Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms The UPS service provides for the support and management of the Uninterruptable Power Supply UPS
323. g a module 455 encryption logon security certificate 410 minimum web encryption 417 security levels 416 event log archiving 332 event messages system restarts 250 eventerror enabled SNMP traps 73 eventerror alarm severity 76 eventinfo enabled SNMP traps 73 eventinfo alarm severity 76 eventwarning enabled SNMP traps 73 eventwarning alarm severity 76 F F W version system status monitor 468 Failed logon attempts before lockout 427 Force secure web access 417 G group adding user group 424 domain user group 426 group profile adding 424 H hardware LED monitoring 466 monitoring system hardware 466 Hunt Groups usage metrics 464 12050 soft phone overview 25 IETF RFC SNMP traps 100 Install Clients 429 install clients 38 interface timeout 415 intranet telephony 25 invisible menus user group profile 425 IP telephone 12050 soft phone 25 overview 25 VoIP Gateway application 25 ISDN dial up user 419 K kept timer alarm database 71 key private security key 411 keycode DPNSS networking 24 MCDN 24 NetIQ 377 Q SIG Voice Messaging 24 VoIP Gateway 25 Index 479 L LEDs digital trunk module 435 System Status Monitor 466 LM settings 416 locating wizards 36 lockout user 419 Lockout duration 427 lockout policy 427 failed logon attempts before lockout 427 lockout duration 427 reset failed logon attempts count after min 427 log system test 316 logging off of Business C
324. g or modifying a group profile on page 424 e Setting password lockout policy on page 427 e Setting password policy on page 428 D Security note Callback security If a user is connecting to the system using a V 90 modem you can enhance your access security by assigning the person a specific user account that prompts the system to acknowledge the user then hang up and dial back the user at a designated telephone number before givng the person access to the system The information in this section is found under the Management User Manager heading System Resources Services 9 Management 3 Alarm Manager Diagnostics Viewing User Manager information On the User Manager screens you can define user and group profiles and the parameters that define security levels for user accounts P0609330 3 0 Chapter 9 Security Management 419 nn s ae gaien aree click the Management Key and the User Manager heading User Profile User Group List Domain User Group Profile Lockout Policy Password Policy r User Profile __UserName Password Confirmed Password Member Of Callback Callback Number Status ee admin fee ponen AdminUserGrou Disabled N A Unlocked supervisor pare wes AdminUserGrou Disabled N A Unlocked Security note Change the default passwords on the ee_admin and supervisor m account after you initialize your system The ee_admin acco
325. g pr a ib can sh PI 46 Business Communications Manager Management Guide 2 Contents SVS VIDEA BE acd dened ne pq ed Tae eldepRGXachs pee qd ted 46 Order and enable optional components ssaa saaa caaan 47 Install optional components sce ese deeded RR duca ade ewe 48 Maintenance TOON lsreadske adden ded S440 RAO DEPORRE URN ra RR Rd Eques 49 Management Guide Overview llllleeleeee nn 51 Fault management OVE VieW vic ache dada chew ta CR ao dos qo aoa aaiae 51 Service management overview llle lee 51 Lag management averVigW ssssoesadueevakkebidd es ORE ERG de XR ETAGE 52 BOM Monitor OVelIVIEW rcuiceaxmaxa Gadde ORRORE A EG RSOXURORGR CREE REO ENEN ce ee 52 Performance management overview 2 00000 cece eee llle 53 Security management overview 00 002 cee eee 53 Backup and restore OVEIVIEW cccdadeaaiedadcdnas x ERG tee ke vee de denen 54 Troubleshooting and diagnostics activities overview Ls 55 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 00 cece eee eee 59 BGM Faull Management FOO S cia teat cok eddie ane hake Bie 59 Alarm Management System 2 ccs ccansieseecekeed dom e RR su Red EAR a raw 60 Platt REPO Ta VEDO uud acea espa ador Ge wr oc Eee or B wc bati i du 61 EVER SONGES coasossadqXefasisQSueC4UsqsX su bp kq qb Eqeqaqebd ies 62 WSC CVG PPP ECROMIETUTUITTIPT 62 MSC event and alarm conditions 2 0 52 2 04 0 decane dere ewe awn 62 MOG more telephony Ide sse dump edes
326. ge User action Alarm severity Trap type Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID None BRU Backup Starting No action required Warning Information None Backup finished successfully No action required Warning Information None Backup finished with warnings Warnings were logged in DESTINATION_NAME rep on the destination No action required Minor Warning Business Communications Manager Management Guide BRU Backup amp restore utility Event ID 303 Event ID 304 Event ID 305 Event ID 306 Event ID 307 Event ID 308 Event ID 309 P0609330 3 0 Return to table Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type 106 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary None Backup finished with errors Errors were logged in DESTINATION_NAME rep on the destination Review log files to determine FAILED component Take corrective action if necessary and retry backup Critical Error None BRU Restore S
327. ge User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Error None Keycode applied for unknown feature Keycode applied for more recent feature than software knows of Minor Warning None Quality of Service monitor connection not established Report error to Nortel Networks support Minor Warning None Call setup rejected because of insufficient QoS bandwidth Confirm engineering traffic guidelines for network configuration Minor Warning None Dropped connected call from DN X to DN Y Incompatible Codecs or insufficient media gateway resources Change or make available the correct Codec to match the Codec supported by the software at the far end of the call Minor Warning None Generic system error A wide assortment of problems See event text for details Report error to Nortel Networks support Major Error None Generic system error A wide assortment of problems See event text for details Report error to Nortel Networks support Major Error None VoiceRecord Chapter 2 Fault Management System 243 VoiceHecord Event ID 105 Event ID 106 Event ID 108 Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Tra
328. ge appears that says whether the restore is a success or failure e Ifthe restore is successful click the OK button and continue to the next step in this procedure fthere is an error click the OK button and check the log file for errors Correct the cause of the errors and retry the restore A message appears that prompts you to reboot Business Communications Manager Click the OK button to reboot your system P0609330 3 0 407 Chapter 9 Security Management This section contains information on how to manage security for the Business Communications Manager network Security Management topics Understanding BCM SSL certificate properties on page 410 Security Management Tools on page 414 Setting the Interface Timeout on page 415 Setting system security compatibility levels on page 416 Managing access passwords on page 417 Using the SSH client to access the text based interface on page 429 Manually activating Telnet on page 431 Accessing Unified Manager through the firewall on page 432 Computer requirements To run the Unified Manager you require a 133 MHz Pentium CPU or higher or compatible 64 MB RAM a minimum of 10 MB of available disk space a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768 a web browser Browser requirements To use Unified Manager you require Java Virtual Machine JVM 5 0 build 5 00 3805 or greater or Sun Java JRE 1 4 1 02 or greater for Windows versions that do n
329. ge your web browser settings so you can bypass the Proxy Server when connecting to Business Communications Manager Bypassing the HTTP Proxy on Microsoft Internet Explorer 5 0 This procedure is based on the user interface for Microsoft Internet Explorer 5 0 If you have a newer version some steps may be different 1 On the menu bar click the Tools menu and click Internet Options Click the Connections tab and click the LAN Settings button Click the Advanced button In the Exceptions box type the IP address of the Business Communications Manager system a 5 O N Click the OK button until the main browser page appears Bypassing the HTTP Proxy on Netscape Communicator 4 5 This procedure is based on the user interface for Netscape Communicator 4 5 If you have a newer version some steps may be different 1 On the menu bar click the Edit menu and click Preferences 2 Click the symbol beside Advanced 3 Click the Proxies heading 4 Click the View button P0609330 3 0 Chapter 9 Security Management 409 5 In the Exceptions box type the IP address of the Business Communications Manager system 6 Click the OK button until the main browser page appears Note If the Business Communications Manager system is located outside of your network or you have to use a proxy as a gateway proxy to communicate with Business Communications Manager the procedures above may not work For these procedure to work the gateway proxy
330. gefilepaging FileTable Instance Name Usage 96 Usage Peak 95 Business Communications Manager Management Guide 374 Chapter 6 Performance Management Table 27 MS Windows NT Performance MIBs MIB group name Group objects process processprocessTable Instance Name Processor Time 96 User Time 96 Privileged Time 96 Virtual Bytes Peak Virtual Bytes Page Faults Per sec Working Set Peak Working Set Page File Bytes Peak Page File Bytes Private Bytes Thread Count Priority Base Elapsed Time ID Process Pool Paged Bytes Pool Nonpaged Bytes Handle Count Segments Per sec Connections Established Connections Active Connections Passive Connection Failures Connections Reset Segments Received Per sec Segments Sent Per sec Segments Retransmitted Per sec Datagrams Per sec Datagrams Received Per sec Datagrams Received Header Errors Datagrams Received Address Errors Datagrams Forwarded Per sec Datagrams Received Unknown Protocol Datagrams Received Discarded Datagrams Received Delivered Per sec Datagrams Sent Per sec Datagrams Outbound Discarded Datagrams Outbound No Route Fragments Received Per sec Fragments Re assembled Per sec Fragment Re assembly Failures Fragmented Datagrams Per sec Fragmentation Failures Fragments Created Per sec uDP Datagrams Per sec Datagrams Received Per sec Datagrams No Port Per sec Datagrams Received Errors Datagrams Sent Per sec P0609330 3 0 375 Chapter 7 Performanc
331. gement Overview 37 Figure 7 Programming Wizards NORTEL E uum Sons Lm Business Communications Manager Unified Manager System Administration amp Management Pingar Preinstalled Client Access Home P Wizards Setup and Management Wizards Install Clients Download Desktop Applications CallPi Business Communications Manager B Quick Start Configure an un initialized system Help Mainte Add Users 2 Add newusers Help Edit DN Record Template Edit a DN record template Help FI DN Renumber 6j Remumber DNs Help Network Update Update the network settings Help Back to Main Page Setup and M ment Wizards Hel Disable Quick Start Initializes the system and sets up your basic system information This wizard is only run once when your system is first set up Add Users Changes the telephony settings for a set of DNs or for a single DN You can define the settings in this Wizard or you can use a pre defined template from a local site or from a remote site created with the Edit DN Record Template wizard Edit DN Record Template Selects Telephony User Templates and change and define the user settings for telephones The Telephony Template is stored in a file for use with the Add Users Wizard DN Renumber Renumbers a range of DNs Network Update Updates your system data network settings any time after the Quick Start Wizard which does the initial network setup Business Communications Manager Manage
332. gement System SAM SAM secure access module provides managed user file security eturn to table Component TD alarm eventSource trap summary Secure access module Return to table Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Service None Event ID Message SAM failed to write changes to the database This is most likely due to 12288 a memory or disk space shortage The SAM database will be restored to an earlier state Recent changes will be lost Check the disk space available and maximum pagefile size setting User action Contact Support Alarm severity Critical Trap type Error Logs None Save Dump Save dump is a debug utility that saves memory dump files on the BCM ave Dump Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Return to table Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Service None Event ID 1001 Message The computer has rebooted from a bugcheck The bugcheck was 0x0000000a 0x000002d8 0x00000002 0x00000001 Oxf3e9f7c1 Microsoft Windows NT v15 1381 A dump was saved in E MEMORY DMP User action Contact Nortel Network s support team Please forward the message for to the support team Please do not remove the dump file Alarm severity Warning Trap type Information Logs None Security Security Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Return to table Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Service EventLog
333. ger NCM applications to implement monitor and administer the network level operations Use this guide to perform equivalent network level operations using an SNMP based network management system In brief the information in this guide explains e Network structure and concepts e Network management tools e Fault management amp monitoring e Performance management e Security administration Audience The Business Communications Manager Management Guide is directed to network administrators responsible for maintaining BCM networks This guide is also useful for network operations center NOC personnel supporting a Business Communications Manager managed services solution To use this guide you must e be an authorized Business Communications Manager administrator within your organization e know basic Nortel Networks Business Communications Manager terminology e be knowledgeable about telephony and IP networking technology Organization This guide is organized for easy access to information that explains the concepts operations and procedures associated with using the Business Communications Manager network management applications Business Communications Manager Management User Guide organization provides a summary description of the contents of this document Business Communications Manager Management Guide Preface Chapter 1 Preface 2 Fault Management System 3 Service Management System 4 Log Management
334. grading to a UPS that provides more runtime You can use the APC UPS Selector page to identify the UPS that best meets your system s requirements http www apc com go direct index cfm tag selectors Minor Warning None UPS runtime calibration cancelled No action required Warning Information None UPS runtime calibration cancelled by user No action required Warning Information None UPS runtime calibration aborted by power failure Retry the calibration when power is restored Warning Information None UPS unable to perform runtime calibration Capacity 10096 The UPS battery capacity is less than 10096 probably because of recent battery operation of the UPS Wait for the batteries to recharge and then retry the runtime calibration Minor Warning None UPS enabling SmartTrim Chapter 2 Fault Management System 201 UPS Uninterruptible power supply Event ID 201301 Event ID 201302 Event ID 203100 Event ID 203200 Event ID 203300 Event ID 203400 Return to table User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Component ID ala
335. gs Service Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Service Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Critical Error None VoiceCTI Voice mail The dependency service or group failed to start The Voice Software Alarm Monitor service depends on the Media Services Manager service Start the Media Services Manager service Critical Error None Voice software alarm monitor Media services manager The dependency service or group failed to start The VoIP Gateway service depends on the Media Path Server service which failed to start Start the Media Path Server service Critical Error None VoIP Gateway Media path server The dependency service or group failed to start The Remote Access Connection manager service depends on the workstation service which failed to start because of the following error A duplicate name exists on the network The BCM name should be unique in the network Critical Error None Remote access connection manager The dependency service or group failed to start Timeout 120000 milliseconds waiting for service to connect No action required Critical Error None See event descriptions The Voice MSC Service service hung on starting Contact your local support group Critical Error None Voice MSC service Business Communications Manager Management Guide 1
336. gt Keycode Files in Unified Manager and use the Keycode File Location Information screen For more information about using keycodes with the BCM see the Software Keycode Installation Guide Field descriptions This section provides detailed description of individual fields with their possible values Read only name of the NetIQ agent Description Read only description of the NetIQ agent this is a read only field NetIQ Agent Version Read only version of the NetIQ agent you are using Business Communications Manager Management Guide 378 Chapter 7 Performance Management Using NetIQ Authorized Management IP addresses of the NetIQ management servers that the NetIQ agent Server s comma running on BCM can communicate with separated Valid values are comma separated IP addresses or an asterisk IP addresses identify the specific management servers to which the NetlQ agent allows communication An asterisk means the NetIQ agent allows communication with all NetlQ management servers A blank field means the agent does not allow communication with any NetlQ management servers and is not permitted on BCM if the NetIQ feature is enabled Bind Management Server RPC port number on the NetIQ management server that the NetIQ agent Port running on BCM uses to communicate with the server Valid port range is 1 to 65535 Default port is 9999 If you change the port number you must change the corresponding NetlQ management server por
337. he Resources key and the Dial Up heading 2 On the top menu click Performance and select a performance monitor selection e Qos Graph see Accessing the QoS Graph and Table QoS Table see Accessing the QoS Graph and Table e QoS Queue 1 5 Graph see Accessing the QoS Queue 1 5 Graph and Table e QoS Queue 1 5 Table see Accessing the QoS Queue 1 5 Graph and Table e QoS Queue 6 9 Graph see Accessing the QoS Queue 6 9 Graph and Table e QoS Queue 6 9 Table see Accessing the QoS Queue 6 9 Graph and Table P0609330 3 0 Chapter 6 Performance Management 367 Accessing the UTWAN performance monitor This section describes how to access and use the UTW AN performance monitor to analyze dialup traffic characteristics The statistics compiled by the system indicate packet traffic over the UTWAN A packet is the unit of data that is routed between an origin and a destination over the UTWAN Each packet is separately numbered and includes the IP address of the destination over the UTWAN When the packets have all arrived they are reassembled into the original file Accessing the WAN graph and table The statistics compiled by the system show packet traffic over the WAN A packet is the unit of data that is routed between an origin and a destination over the WAN Each packet is separately numbered and includes the WAN IP address of the destination When the packets have all arrived they are reassembled into the original file
338. he SSH client to access the text based interface lilii 429 Manually activating Telnet iiusscaieuoke me km 9 Rake mk ox kh Rx hx RR cR 431 Accessing Unified Manager through the firewall 0055 432 Bis c o T 432 LH VP ad paquas Xp dee ER ORDRE Ed bp dq PE PEE SER eed e E 432 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics ee eee 433 Mod le ENSGOSDOE ack aca eh ee d pec RR d Re eh eA dicc a Wes dea caa 433 System pl PET 434 Problems with module service ccc eee eee eee tees 434 Digital irunk module probleme sra pea pER Gu S peso ewan SUSE ROBE ROS 435 Monitoring the T1 or PRI signal iwsccdere ie uer zx ke umma 436 Problems with trunk or station modules 2 00 04 isa cer xm ERR a E baw eda be 436 Media Bay Module stalus nccccacnedcneeasne acne tne a dee ainaka d PUR OR 437 Disabling enabling a DUS uus doter X oh ted obe xh aegis 437 Disabling or enabling single module issus ese cde coches kd boa 438 Disabling enabling a port channel setting llle 438 Testing DTM MOUS ug do ded oe V n d COINS Rad OR oic ode Ro dc 439 Line loopback IGS Luna ase ARE eke desided reada ke ha poe eee ee 439 Payload loopback Test iuda ssa sett ica ttd eS e 440 Lose Ip BBC TEST de quot acceda buda qo4 a cid Aces abel oed do kde cen 440 Cabo loopback JUS iud stems rest ea psePpeteqqQKedm edP ied du 440 syq pec d eic ci We PPP CPU 441 Statistics collected by the system
339. he Services heading in the Unified Manager see Figure 53 to enable and configure the NetIQ feature P0609330 3 0 Chapter 7 Performance Management Using NetlQ 377 Figure 53 NetIQ summary tab d Business Communications Manager Unified Manager Microsoft Internet Explorer 127 0 0 1 Comprehensive Delete Del All Summary 9 GJ BCM 127 0 0 1 e rei pad waa 1 HD A Read Only Field Resources Net Age O Q Agent Read Only Fie 9 Q Services Q Telephony Services Description Performance Monitoring Agent Software Doorphones IP Telephony NetlQ Agent Version 4o Q Call Detail Recording LAN CTE Configuration Authorized Management Server s Comma Separated F voice Mail Multimedia Call Center 9 IR Bind Management Server Port s398 IP Music DHCP Netl Agent Listening Port 3588 DNS Q IP Routing A SNMP Status Disabled QoS Monitor Web Cache Net Link Mgr Alarm Service NAT VPN Policy Management NTP Client Settings UPS Telnet Netla Q Management Diagnostics a E Logged in Unified Manager ready for use Applying the NetIQ keycode Before you configure the NetIQ feature to enable management of BCM by the NetIQ Vivinet Manager server obtain and apply the NetIQ agent software authorization keycode Go to System Licensing
340. he correct interoperation of the current releases BCM and ONMS Unified Manager Unified Manager a web based navigation tool provides access to all operations and maintenance programming functions on the Business Communications Manager system Unified Manager allows authorized administration personnel to monitor and control BCM functions from a single site P0609330 3 0 Chapter 1 Management Overview 35 Unified Manager is the single point for managing all programming for individual BCM systems You can access Unified Manager locally via the LAN or WAN Remote access is available via a V 90 modem dialup You can also access Unified Manager through a browser from across a WAN or Internet connection Use Unified Manager to configure data and voice services on Business Communications Manager Unified Manager gives you data entry and performance tracking charts and tables for network monitoring access to alarm and event notifications and diagnostic information This section includes information about e Using the Unified Manager main page buttons on page 35 e Using Unified Manager on page 40 Logging off Unified Manager on page 42 Using the Unified Manager main page buttons When you access the Unified Manager main page see Unified Manager main page on page 36 several selections provide access to operations grouped under these functional categories e Configure on page 36 e Wizards on page 36 e Inst
341. his value is the nominal bandwidth Output queue length Length of the output packet queue in packets If this is longer than 2 delays are being experienced and the bottleneck should be found and eliminated if possible Since the requests are queued by NDIS in this implementations this will always be O Packets outbound Outbound packets discarded even though no errors were detected to prevent discarded their being transmitted A reason for discarding a packet is to free up buffer space Packets outbound errors Outbound packets that could not be transmitted because of errors Packets received Inbound packets discarded even though no errors were detected to prevent discarded their being deliverable to a higher layer protocol A reason for discarding a packet is to free up buffer space Packets received errors Inbound packets that contained errors preventing them from being deliverable to a higher layer protocol Packets received Rate that non unicast that is subnet broadcast or subnet multicast packets non unicast sec are delivered to a higher layer protocol Packets received unicast Rate that subnet unicast packets are delivered to a higher layer protocol sec Packets received unknown Packets received via the interface that were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol Packets received sec Rate that packets are received on the network interface Packets sent non unicast Rate that packets are requested
342. ial tone from the set and from the ATA 2 1 If there is no dial tone replace a single line telephone for the data communication device 2 If there is no dial tone at the ATA 2 a Disconnect the line side of ATA 2 Connect a Business Communications Manager telephone to the ATA 2 port b Check that the connection from the ATA 2 to the Business Communications Manager hardware is functioning correctly that is that the telephone has dial tone P0609330 3 0 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 475 Checking for trunk line dial tone to the ATA 2 1 Disconnect ATA 2 external line from the Business Communications Manager hardware and connect the data device directly to this external line Make a call 2 3 If the problem continues the device or the external line is possibly at fault 4 Plug the device into a different line 5 If the problem continues the device is possibly at fault For more information about ATA 2 contact your customer service representative Unified Manager Diagnostics The Unified Manager selection contains operations intended only for use by Nortel Networks technical support personnel Recording The Recording selection contains operations intended only for use by Nortel Networks technical support personnel Playback The Playback selection contains operations intended only for use by Nortel Networks technical support personnel Driver Debug diagnostics The Driver Debug selection
343. iate action Business Communications Manager Management Guide 228 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Voice software Event ID 96 Event ID 97 Event ID 98 Event ID 99 Event ID 102 Event ID 103 Event ID 194 P0609330 3 0 Return to table Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Critical Error None An alarm generated by a server application See application documentation for appropriate action Critical Error None An alarm generated by a server application See application documentation for appropriate action Critical Error None An alarm generated by a server application See application documentation for appropriate action Critical Error None An alarm generated by a server application See application documentation for appropriate action Critical Error None Two modules have been configured to use the same DS30 but cannot co exist at the configured offsets Correct the DS30 assignments using the dip switches on the modules Warning Informa
344. ice InventorySvc IpMusic BcmAmp BcmAmp Running Automatic Voice CFS CfsServer Running Automatic Stopped Manual Voice CTE CTEngine Running Automatic IpMusic Tone Server Tone Stopped Manual VoiceCTI VoiceCTI Running Manual Srvr IPSecIKE service IPSecIKE Running Automatic Voice mail VoiceMail Running Automatic Line monitor server LMS Running Automatic Voice management subsystem Running Automatic VoiceManagementSubsystem Media gateway server Running Automatic Voice MSC service Running Automatic MGS VoiceMSCService Media path server MPS Running Automatic Voice Net QoS monitor Running Automatic VoiceNetQoSMonitor Media services manager Running Manual Voice NNU diagnostics Running Automatic EmsManager Message trace tool Microsoft DHCP se DhcpServer NnuDiagLogger MTT Running Automatic Voice software alarm monitor Running Automatic VoiceSW rver Stopped Manual Voice time synch Stopped Manual VoiceTimeSynch Microsoft DNS server DNS Running Automatic Voice WAN VoiceWAN Stopped Automatic Net link manager NetLinkManager Voice watchdog voicewatchdog Running Automatic Running Automatic VoIP Gateway Running Automatic VoiceNetVolPGateway Nortel Networks IVR Nortel Stopped Manual VoIP SIP Gateway Running Automatic Networks startup service VoIPSIPGateway Nortel Networks license Running Automatic service Nortel Networks license service Ala
345. ie Service Metrics boss D Service Manager System Status Monitor SSM Status p Watchdog Disk Mirroring Unified Manager Driver Debug Table 45 LED Display screen settings mum mme eniin o F W Version Read only The current version of the LED monitoring application Sanity Reset Enable Determine whether the system resets if communication between Disable the System Status Monitor and the System Status Monitor Service is lost Sanity Interval 60 255 The time in seconds between sanity checks before a timeout Default 240 ouo Sanity Timeout 0 254 The number of timeouts before the system status monitor sends Default 10 a reset signal to the computing platform SSM status Read only This field indicates the current status of the System Services Monitor itself This field must be set to Up to show the current status of the equipment gt Note If your Power or Fan LEDs are red If you have a BCM400 or BCM200 that does not have redundant power supplies or fans you may notice that the Power and Fan LEDs are red even though the power module and fan appear to be working Check to see if the jumper was installed across pins 2 amp 3 on the PSU Status header which is located on the interface card near the power supply connector For Redundant systems this header is populated with a cable from the power supply See the Installation and Maintenance Guide for details Using the system st
346. ied e Select Daily to perform the backup every day at the time specified e Select Weekly to perform the backup on the same day and time every week for example Monday at 4 00 am e Select Monthly to perform the backup on the same date and time every month for example the 15th of the month at 4 00 am Select the day on which to perform the backup e If you selected Once from the previous step select Today or select Specific Day and enter the date when you want the backup to run e If you selected Daily from the previous step you do not need to enter a date If you selected Weekly from the previous step select the day of the week you want the backup to run e If you selected Monthly from the previous step enter the date you want the backup to run Enter the hours and minutes when you want the backup to run e Enter the information in the two Time fields in 24 hour format HH MM e Select the AM or PM option e If you chose Daily Weekly or Monthly for the frequency this is the time when all subsequent backups will run Click the Execute button The User Name and Password prompt appears If you are backing up the file to a local volume the User Name and Password screen does not appear and continue to the next step in this procedure Enter the user name in the Username box to access the remote volume Use a domain name qualifier if required e Enter the password in the Password box to access the remote vol
347. ind out why the Digital Trunk Interface module is alarmed Minor Warning MSC event 326 Sev P5 Cat C This event is generated when the short term alarm threshold has been surpassed in the Digital Trunk Interface module for the detection of controlled slip overflow The module is in a no new calls state DTCM 961 Intervention is required to find out why the Digital Trunk Interface module is alarmed Minor Warning MSC event 327 Sev P5 Cat C This event is generated when the short term alarm threshold has been surpassed in the Digital Trunk Interface module for the detection of controlled slip overflow The module is in a no new calls state DTCM l Intervention is required to find out why the Digital Trunk Interface module is alarmed Minor Warning MSC event 328 Sev P5 Cat C Chapter 2 Fault Management System 233 Return to table Message Voice software Event ID 329 User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 330 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 331 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 332 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 333 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary This event is generated when the short term alarm threshold has been surpassed in the Digital Trunk Interface module for the detection o
348. indow on exit g C Always C Never Only on clean exit About Help 2 Selectthe SSH option 3 Inthe Host Name or IP address box enter the IP address or the Fully Qualified Domain Name for the Business Communications Manager you want to connect with and click the Open button The first time you start PuTTY you can receive a security notice 4 Click the OK button The PuTTY text screen appears Cancel c At the login prompt enter an administrator level user name and press Enter o At the next prompt enter the corresponding password and press Enter 7 The Business Communications Manager Main Menu appears P0609330 3 0 Chapter 9 Security Management 431 Figure 71 Business Communications Manager Main Menu tions Man in Menu Platform Initialization Menu tem Configuration Configuration Wizard jervices Card Sys Status Monitor WAN Modem MSC LAN Empty MSCVersion 8 Refer to the specific tasks that require this menu for details about using this it Manually activating Telnet If you choose to operate text based menus with Telnet rather than using PuTTY you can manually activate the service from the Unified Manager Security note Using the Telnet interface poses a security risk because the Telnet protocol is not encrypted Note If you are using a cross over cable to make a direct connection Hyperterminal is still enabled regardless of the status of Telnet on the system 1 Inth
349. ing Troutiiesho ES E cow mec esee e Tzne Synchronisation w Backup Fimreare Restoce Furmware Restore Default Confgurabon ALam Law Compandne Scheme Security Upload Certificate and Private Key Miscellaneous Reset Unified Manager Server P0609330 3 0 Chapter 1 Management Overview 51 Management Guide Overview This section summarizes the content of the Management Guide e Fault management overview on page 51 e Service management overview on page 51 e Log management overview on page 52 e BCM Monitor overview on page 52 e Performance management overview on page 53 e Security management overview on page 53 e Backup and restore overview on page 54 e Troubleshooting and diagnostics activities overview on page 55 Fault management overview This section describes the alarm management system system events and SNMP traps Administrators access alarms and perform fault analysis through the Unified Manager interface Use Unified Manager to configure the fault system For more information on how to manage system faults see Chapter 2 Fault Management System on page 59 This section also provides a correlation between the event source SNMP traps components logs and services For more information see Component ID alarm summary information on page 92 e Component ID SNMP Trap Error interpretation on page 100 Service management overview This section describe
350. ing of the bus you want to view The information of the module associated with the bus appears Disabling enabling a bus This procedure describes the process for enabling or disabling a bus This means that if there is more than one module assigned to the DS30 bus all modules are disabled 1 On the navigation tree click the Resources and Media Bay Modules keys and the bus number of the module you want to enable or disable 2 Onthe top menu click Configuration and then click Enable or Disable A message appears that asks you to confirm your request 3 Click the OK button r Tips If your system has a 3 5 DS30 split bus 07 does not have a module assigned to it Business Communications Manager Management Guide 438 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Disabling or enabling a single module This procedure describes the process for enabling or disabling a single module if there is more than one module assigned to a DS30 bus 1 4 On the navigation tree click the Resources and Media Bay Modules keys and the bus number of the module you want to enable or disable Click the module number of the media bay module you want to enable disable On the top menu click Configuration and then click Enable or Disable A message appears that asks you to confirm your request Click the OK button I Tips If your system has a 3 5 DS30 split Bus 07 does not have a module assigned to it Disabling enabling a port
351. initial troubleshooting of the problem Monitor link status and view provision edit and audit connections Log into network elements Monitor inventory Monitor network performance performance threshold provisioning Network management model The Business Communications Manager network management model defines the management functions into layers that show the flow of management information between communicating entities The Business Communications Manager network mode figure illustrates the management layers Figure 2 Business Communications Manager network model Business amp Policy Management Layer Policy assessment definition amp evolution Network Management Layer System amp Config Management Layer e Multi site configuration Asset inventory mgmt Bulk MACs Event amp Alarm Mgmt Infrastructure access Performance amp optimization Communications QoS Monitoring Element Management Tools Troubleshoot events amp alarms Enable disable software keys Backup amp restore e Configuration amp administration Manageable Systems amp Endpoints User applications amp capabilities User access Event alarm generation Threshold settings e System data traffic Software keys P0609330 3 0 Chapter 1 Management Overview 29 Network Topology and Management Interfaces Business Communications Manager Unified Manager Network Configuration Manager and SNMP Network manager support the objectives
352. ion Base MIB System 487 Table 2 Nortel MIBs files descriptions Small Site Events MIB Smallsiteevents mib This MIB defines the events traps that can be used by the Small Site product or component This MIB describes the events generated by the BCM This MIB contains fields such as eventld eventSource eventTime and EventDescr SYNOPTICS ROOT MIB Synroxxx mib This MIB is the SynOptics root MIB The policy object identifier is added for policy MIBs This MIB is the root policy MIB in the BCM and is required by the PolicyFrameWorkPlb QosPolicyIPPIb and CopClient MIBs For OPS support POLICY FRAMEWORK PI PibFramework mib This MIB is a policy information base PIB module B that contains the base set of policy rule classes that are required to support all policies This MIB falls under the Synoptics branch For OPS support QOS POLICY IP PIB Piblp mib This PIB module contains an initial set of policy rule classes that describe the quality of service policies This MIB includes the general classes that can be extended by other PIB specification and an initial set of PIC classes related to IP processing This MIB falls under the Synoptics branch For OPS support COPS CLIENT MIB Copsclientmib mib The COPS Client MIB module is found under the Synoptics branch For OPS support Table 3 Microsoft MIBs files descriptions Comments OSPF MIBS Wfospf mib This MIB defines the open shortest path first OSPF MIBs from Wellflee
353. ion screen step 2 322 Basic application selection screen llle 323 Advanced application selection screen 2 02020e eee eeeees 324 15 Business Communications Manager Management Guide 16 Figure 41 Figure 42 Figure 43 Figure 44 Figure 45 Figure 46 Figure 47 Figure 48 Figure 49 Figure 50 Figure 51 Figure 52 Figure 53 Figure 54 Figure 55 Figure 56 Figure 57 Figure 58 Figure 60 Figure 62 Figure 64 Figure 65 Figure 68 Figure 69 Figure 71 Figure 72 Figure 73 Figure 74 Figure 75 Figure 76 Figure 77 Figure 78 P0609330 3 0 Archlog schedule screen page 1 iiscssasee ea or RR RR Xs 327 Archlog viewer Screen isssoaeonud a RR desea GUERRE RR X GA ROG RE OE sadam 329 Archlog configuration Screen uisa s senex mex x eR x mace xke Rn s 331 Archlog browse logs folder screen 20000 00 eee eee eee 332 BGM Monhor MOSEON to uusdeg deed nerit ee aane peau eww a 338 BOM Monitor MSG Semel gi iis 5 wih eo ORE I HRS VOHRA vor REY HRA EES 339 BCM Monitor voice ports screen 0 0 cee nes 340 BCM Monitor IP devices screen 0 cee eee eee ees 341 BCM Monitor RTP session screen 0 eee eee ees 342 BOM Montor UIF Sse cascade RRRER3U TE ATERSTIQGE ers REPRE A4 EY qi 343 BCM Monitor line monitor screen lille 344 BCM Monitor usage indicator tab screen display llle 345 piercr summary tab cuu sao exa e ERR EX RR ODER RR AO UA E aa ado
354. ions on page 257 e System level service definitions on page 258 e Nortel Networks Configurable Services on page 285 e Watchdog Service on page 313 Service Manager Use the Service Manager to access assess or modify the services running on Business Communications Managers in your network Use Unified Manager to configure services individually on each Business Communications Manager in your network Services running on a single Business Communications Manager in a network are independent of other Business Communications Managers in the same network Services do not interact between Business Communications Managers Services control the fundamental functionality of Business Communications Manager A service is a software process that controls interaction with Business Communications Manager hardware devices computing environment telephony or your browser interface Modification of any service has far reaching effects on communications or event reporting capability Nortel Networks strongly recommends that you consult with your support group before you use the service manager interface There are two categories of services System level services Software processes that are critical to essential system level features See System level service definitions on page 258 Nortel Networks configurable services Software processes that are critical to Business Communications Manager software See Nortel Networks Configurable Se
355. ions Manager Management Guide 58 Table 40 Table 41 Table 42 Table 43 Table 44 Table 45 Table 46 Table 1 Table 2 Table 3 P0609330 3 0 Scheduled backup job information ccc 4 dhe Choos XX FR XR CRX ORE 394 User Manager Screens os sccsa cos aacue RO sewed oon eee XGA ORUCROR GO cues 419 Messages that can appear on the Alarm Telephone during Loopback tests 439 DDI Mix LED BESRFIDUGN aci us acted baba qed uade dead iy iol dd 446 System Status Monitor LED descriptions is soe or kx xke eee 467 LED Display Screen settings jc chun oper iS whe PEE a e V XR XXe Rs 468 LED Display screen settings snus ccd seaweed uo Rara CR Ka GRE UR IR ween eas 472 Standard MIBs files descriptions llle 486 Nortel MIBs files descriptions 00 cee eee eee tenes 486 Microsoft MIBs files descriptions i204 ea cee en em RE RERO RR 487 17 Preface The Business Communications Manager Management Guide describes how to manage maintain and sustain Business Communications Manager network services Purpose The concepts operations and tasks described in the guide relate to the FCAPS fault configuration administration performance and security management strategy for the Business Communications Manager BCM and BCM network This guide provides task based information on how to detect and correct faults through the interfaces and reporting system Use the Nortel Networks Unified Manager UM and Network Configuration Mana
356. ire Disabled Allow Sign Allow Sign amp Encrypt Require Sign or Encrypt Enabled Disabled Low Medium High Default Allow Determine what level of signing you require from SMB client servers Disabled None required Allow Tries to perform the digital signature whenever a compatible client platform is detected This setting also supports clients running with Windows 95 98 Me Require Always secures the connection with a digital signature However this setting prevents access from clients running with Windows 95 98 Me unless you install the directory services client on the client computer Applicable applications BCM monitor Default Allow Sign amp Encrypt Define what level of channel security you require Disabled No special security Allow Sign or Allow Sign amp Encrypt Tries to perform the digital signature and or encryption whenever a compatible client platform is detected This level needs to be aligned with your Domain controller setting Require Sign amp Encrypt Always secures the connection with a digital signature and or encryption Clients running with Windows 95 98 Me are not supported Applicable applications CDR and TAPI Default Enabled If enabled SSL is used for all web access to the Business Communications Manager In that case the https lt P address gt must be used As well old bookmarks will be rerouted to that interface If disabled the http URL references will not au
357. irm or cancel the deletion 6 Click the Yes button The SNMP trap community list is deleted from the database P0609330 3 0 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 89 Alarm Analysis and Clearing Procedures Use the information in this section to identify analyze and clear alarm events This section describes alarm messages and appropriate associated maintenance activities see the Alarm clearing flow chart below Use the information in this section as a reference to interpret and act upon event notifications from your alarm interface Unified Manager tools for detecting events that affect system performance or function e The Alarm Banner and Alarm Browser These are the primary Unified Manager alarm detectiontools e The phone alarm if configured provides both a visual and audible indication of an MSC alarm event e The event logs displayed through the SNMP trap watcher provide supporting information or as an alternative event reporting tool e The system test log provides supporting alarm information for MSC events only Figure 28 Alarm clearing flow chart Alarm event Examine Alarm Examine Alarm Examine Alarm Examine Examine Banner Browser Phone MSC SNMP trap System test Event logs MSC events only gt Locate alarm event in Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary on page 92 Follow recommended action indicated in alarm description aan Other alarm gt e gt E Routine monitoring process _ Alte
358. is a failure in power supply Fan2 1 CPU Fan Stopped 2 Fan1 Value Below Tolerance 3 Fan2 Value Below Tolerance 1 Check CPU Fan 2 Check Fan 1 3 Check Fan 2 Critical Error None 1 CPU Fan stopped or failed 2 Fan 1 speed below tolerance level 9oit o 3 Fan 2 speed below tolerance level 1 DupliDisk Mirroring Kit not found 2 DupliDisk Mirroring failed 3 Mirror Software shut down 4 Mirror Master HDD failed reading Writin 5 Pama Master HDD Failed Reading Writing 6 Replacement HDD Smaller than Active Drive 7 Mirror HDD Smaller than Active Drive 8 Check Mirror Master HDD 9 Check Primary Master HDD 1 Check DupliDisk Mirroring KIT 2 Check DupliDisk Mirroring KIT 3 Check SSM status 4 Check Mirror Master HDD power Data cable 5 Check Mirror Master HDD power Data cable 6 7 Replacement HDD size should be equal or Larger that the Active HDD 8 Check Mirror Master HDD 9 Check Primary Master HDD Critical Error None 1 SSM failed to detect the RAID CARD Disk Mirroring 2 SSM detects there is a failure in Disk Mirroring HW or DLL 3 SSM Detects the Mirror software shuts it self down 4 SSM detects there is a failure in Primary Master HDD 5 SSM detects there is a failure in Mirror Master HDD 6 7 Replacement HDD size should be equal or Larger that the Active HDD 8 Mirror Master HDD not working properly 9 Primary Master HDD not working properly CPU Temperature Above Tolerance 10
359. isabled service cannot be started even by the system without user intervention Warning ty Ensure you understand the implications of any modifications before you change service settings on your system Call Nortel Networks Support before you modify any service 5 Modify the service Status if required Choose the current operational status of the service Status attribute values are Start Stop or Stopped e Start service status activates the service immediately e Stop service status discontinues the service immediately e Stopped service status 6 Click the Save button to save your changes P0609330 3 0 Chapter 3 Service Management System 255 Accessing services and driver status reports You generate reports of the system services status from the Unified Manager Maintenance page The reports can be created for all services or filtered by whether the service or driver is running or disabled Access the Maintenance page to obtain more information on the status of the services and drivers currently running on Business Communications Manager Use the procedure in this section to access the Maintenance page and produce a report on the status of the services and drivers from Unified Manager Report options All services status Automatic services status Non started automatic services All running services All disabled services All drivers status Automatic drivers status Non started automatic drivers All running drivers Al
360. isation e Backup Firmware e Restore Firmware e Firmware Upload e Restore Default Configuration e ALaw muLaw Companding Scheme Security e Upload Certificate and Private Key Miscellaneous e Reset Unified Manager Server 5 Inthe Security row click the Upload Certificate and Private Key link The Certificate and Private Key page appears Shared Drive System Interaction DECT Figure 62 Main Product Maintenance and Support web page Certificate and Private Key Upload Certificate Browse Private Key Browse Upload 6 Use the Browse button beside each field to locate the certificate and private key files Both files must be uploaded at the same time P0609330 3 0 Chapter 9 Security Management 413 Click the Upload button Upload messages e If the upload is successful Certificate and Private Key Upload Was Successful You must restart the Apache Service or Restart the BCM before the Settings will take Effect e Ifthe upload is unsuccessful Certificate and Private Key Upload Was NOT Successful The Certificate and Private Key do not match Please upload a VALID Certificate and Private Key Combination Beside Your Location click the BCM link to exit the maintenance pages To replace the default certificate with the new certificate and private key exit Unified Manager and then log back on Troubleshooting Restoring the default certificate If something h
361. isplayed 5 If there is an add on device attached to the telephone such as a central answering position module or a Busy Lamp Field click the B1 or B2 key and click the Addons heading to display the add on device Business Communications Manager Management Guide 456 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics This table lists some of the device types that can appear in the Business Communications Manager device identification display Display Explanation T7100 T7100 telephone T7310 T7310 telephone M7324 M7324 telephone 1 CAP1 First CAP module attached to an M7324 telephone 2 CAP2 Second CAP module attached to an M7324 telephone Nortel Networks ATA 2 Analog Terminal Adapter Disabling a device Warning Give notice that you are disabling equipment Inform people that you are going to disable their devices Warning Pick a suitable time to disable devices Disabling a port will disconnect users from their calls Do not disable devices when many people are using the Business Communications Manager system Wait until after regular office hours Warning Do not enable or disable ports during the first two minutes after plugging in A your system If you enable or disable ports in the first two minutes after powering up incorrect ports may be enabled or disabled To recover from this disable then enable the affected modules using the Media Bay Modules selection To disable a device 1 Identify the device yo
362. ite MIBs e SmallSite mib e SmallSiteEvents mib For other MIBs e rfcl1354 mib e rfc2261 mib e rfc2851 mib e Synroll23 mib e PibFramework mib e Piblp mib e Copsclientmib mib e Wfospf mib e Msiprip2 mib e Msipbtp mib e PERFMIB mib Possible problems during compilation and installation e BCM files are created and released in a MicroSoft Windows environment so that when these files are copied or transferred to a UNIX environment the last carriage return can be deleted In this case you can get an END is not found error message during the compilation Open the MIB file with a UNIX text editor and add a carriage return at the end of the word END e Ifyou have already installed the SYNOPTICS ROOT MIB for other MIBs you must add the policy OBJECT IDENTIFIER synoptics 4 in the synroxxx mib Recompile and reload the MIB for policy MIBs Small Site Event MIBs The trap format is specified in the BCM Small Site Event MIB BCM traps can be captured and viewed through any standard SNMP fault monitoring framework or trap watcher See SNMP Trap Agent on page 176 for information on how to enable SNMP traps P0609330 3 0 Management Information Base MIB System 489 BCM specific SNMP trap fields for Small Site Event MIBs Enterprise OID identifies the product iso org dod internet private enterprises nortel smallsite common events 1 3 6 1 4 1 562 37 3 1 Agent address IP address of one of
363. itor Automatic Disk Mirroring DECTMtce _ DECT MaintenanceCo Automatic Unified Manager DECTOAM DECT QAM Automatic Figure 31 Services list dialog box BCM Dialog Box EE xi Services List Service Name falamSve DisplayName aamSvc oo Statup Manual 7 Status Stopped otl LogOn As LocalSystem Save Cancel Ready Warning Applet Window 4 Modify the service Startup if required Choose how you want the system software to activate the service Startup attribute values are Automatic Manual or Disabled Automatic service activation lets the system start the service during system boot up or restart and does not require user intervention If a service fails due to a problem event the system automatically attempts to restart the service A child service set to automatic forces activation for any associated parent service set to manual A parent service set to automatic cannot force activation for any associated child service set to manual Business Communications Manager Management Guide 254 Chapter 3 Service Management System e Manual service activation normally requires user intervention to start the service after system boot up or restart If the service experiences a failure due to a problem event the system automatically attempts to restart the service The service starts only in a time of need if it s a dependency service for example e D
364. kets received discarded e packets received errors e packets received non unicast e packets received unicast e packets received unknown e packets received e packets sent non unicast e packets sent unicast e packets sent e packets P0609330 3 0 Chapter 6 Performance Management 373 MS Windows NT Performance MIBs Use the MS Windows NT Performancs MIB to monitor some BCM performance statistics including Memory Processor Network Interface Physical Disk Locgical Disk Paging Flle Process TCP IP and UDP The MS Windows NT Performancs MIB defines these perfomance counters Table 27 MS Windows NT Performance MIBs MIB group name Group objects memory processor network interface physicalDisk logicalDisk pagingFile Available Bytes Committed Bytes Commit Limit Page Faults Per Sec Write Copies Per Sec Transition Faults Per Sec Cache Faults Per Sec Demand Zero Faults Per Sec Pages Per sec Pages Input Per Sec Page Reads Per Sec Pages Output Per Sec Page Writes Per Sec Pool Paged Bytes Pool Nonpaged Bytes Pool Paged Allocs Pool Nonpaged Allocs Free System Page Table Entries Cache Bytes Cache Bytes Peak Pool Paged Resident Bytes System Code Total Bytes System Code Resident Bytes System Driver Total Bytes System Driver Resident Bytes System Cache Resident Bytes Committed Bytes In Use 96 cpuprocessTable Instance Name Processor Time 96 User Time 96 Privileged Time 96 Interrupts P
365. king Translation Interactive System Status Networking Voice Response Monitor LAN WAN etc Business Communications Manager Management Guide 324 Chapter 4 Log Management Table 17 Report a problem wizard application selections Logs System Digital Applications Services Data IP Telephony Telephony Admin amp Setup Personal Call Uninterruptable Policy Services Manager Power Source TAPI Voice Watchdog v 90 Modem Applications Unified Services Web Caching Messaging Monitor Web Access Voice Mail Call Pilot 6 Ifyou select Advanced Log File Selection the Advanced application selection screen appears Select the applications or log files that require support Figure 40 Advanced application selection screen NORTEL NETWORKS Business Communications Manager Mm Support Contact Your Location BCM Product Maintenance amp Support Report a Problem Wizard Alarms and Traps Maintenance System Information Report a Problem Wizard Order amp Enable Optional Components Install Optional Components Maintenance Tools Step 3 Archlog lei t A Problem Archlog T Back Finish Cancel Archlog Viewer I E Archlog Settings CANA lication Lo Files Browse Logs Folder Application exception handler log EANoertel Netwarks Logs drwtsn32 lag I BRULogs FAProgram FilesWortel Network BRU Working Call Center Logs EANorte
366. l Networks Logs CallPiot CallCenter DASt Acdagent out DASt Acdeall out DAStlacdedn out DASHPMPORTUSAGE out Please select the applications you are experiencing problems with P0609330 3 0 Chapter 4 Log Management 325 The table Report a problem wizard advanced application selections provides information on the report a problem wizard advanced application selections application files logs and filepaths Table 18 Report a problem wizard advanced application selections Application Log File Filepath Application exception handler log EANortel Networks Ww ogs drwtsn32 log BRU Logs FAProgram Files Nortel Networks BRU Working Call Center Logs EANortel Networks Logs CallPilot CallCenter D St Acdagent out D St Acdcall out D St acdcdn out D St PMPORTUSAGE out D St Vbsm out C Winnt System32 Dhep DhcpSrvLog C Winnt System32 Dns dns log Drive C D E F amp l Content Listings None FAProgram Files Nortel Networks Unified Manager log Report txt E Nortel Networks Log NNU EmsManager log E Nortel Networks Log NNU EmsManager bak F Program Files Nortel Networks Voice Solution upload log F Program Files Nortel Networks Voice CTI untime log E Nortel Networks Logs MTT Logs E Nortel Networks Logs NNU log ENNortel Networks Logs NNU bak SEKUR keycode information file D Data Files Nortel Networks Voice CTNSEKUR System Inventory FAProgram Files Nortel Networks Woice Platfor
367. l disabled drivers All drivers and services status To access the Unified Manager maintenance page 1 Access the correct Business Communications Manager in your network from the Unified Manager workstation browser On the Unified Manager main page click the Maintenance icon In the Enter Network Password dialog box type your network administrator user ID and password and click the OK button The Product Maintenance and Support page appears Under the Maintenance heading click the Maintenance Tools link The Maintenance Tools page appears Business Communications Manager Management Guide 256 Chapter 3 Service Management System Figure 32 Product maintenance and support page Maintenance tools M Business Communications Manager j Suppor Cont 5 Your Location BOM Product Maintanance amp Support Maintenanca Tools aims anc 2L Maintenance System lnformabon Order amp Enable Optiorial Components elnstal Optional Carponents foal Roport A Problom e Altech to a shared volume Wizard Shared Drive e Detach a shared volume Auching Scheduler Enable Disable BCM Drive Share Achias Saians Execute a command Browse Logs Folder Schedule a Command to Execute Schedule a Restart Tebet Sesaon IP notwesk troubleshooting e Semces driver troubleshoo Maintenance Tools System Interaction Tronbleshootinz Time Synchzonration Backup Firmware testo ware Pormware Upload Restore Defiant Configur
368. l to each subnet and enable WINS or Imhosts on the network for netbios name resolution Critical Error None Router Event ID 20013 User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 20015 User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 20031 User action Alarm severity Trap type Return to table Return to table Service Message Message Message Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Routing and remote access service The communication device attached to port COM2 is not functioning Contact Nortel Network s support team Critical Error None The authentication is successful No action required Warning Information None Remote Access Connection Manager failed to start because it could not locate port information from media DLLs Restart the computer if the problem persists Contact Nortel Network s support team Critical Error Business Communications Manager Management Guide 164 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Router Event ID 20048 Event ID 20049 Event ID 20064 Event ID 20089 Event ID 20101 Event ID 20103 Event ID 20105 P0609330 3 0 Return to table Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap
369. l up 419 lockout duration 427 management overview 417 minimum password length 428 password complexity 428 password policy 428 reset failed logon attempts count after min 427 user group list 424 user groups 419 user name modifying 421 user profile 421 user profile add 420 adding domain 426 adding group profile 424 allowing or blocking access 424 callback 422 callback number 422 domain user group 419 interface timeout 415 lockout policy 419 password policy 419 status 422 Usergroupname 425 users lockout policy 427 user groups 425 using NetIQ 376 V version SNMP summary 78 voice over IP 25 VoiceUserGroup 419 VoIP Gateway 25 12050 soft phone 25 IP telephone 25 W wiring loopback test 439 457 wizards locating 36 Index 483 navigating 38 Business Communications Manager Management Guide 484 Index P0609330 3 0
370. larm Backup Batch Job uses the Kept Timer value from the Alarm Database screen to determine when to archive an alarm record Schedule Day Setthe day for the backup Schedule Time Set the time for the backup Tips Before you change the day or time or both you must first stop the batch job make your changes and then start the batch job again 9 Press the TAB key to save your settings P0609330 3 0 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 75 SNMP Traps A trap is a signal that tells a program that an event occurred in the system When a program receives a signal a specific set of activities take place The SNMP system enables SNMPv1 traps to be generated based on all or a subset of NT Events generated on the Business Communications Manager Any information sent to the BCM Windows NT event log and shown in the Alarm Banner and Alarm Browser can generate an SNMP trap SNMP traps received from Business Communications Manager contain descriptions of the alarms that occur in the system Additionally SNMP generic traps such as coldStart linkDown linkup authenticationFailure are also generated from the Business Communications Manager depending on the user s configuration For the BCM to generate SNMP traps you must configure how the system handles SNMP trap notifications When SNMP is enabled events arriving in the alarm database trigger an SNMP trap message to be generated Use the alarm manager to enable or disable sending of all
371. le 13 Table 14 Table 15 Table 16 Table 17 Table 18 Table 19 Table 20 Table 21 Table 22 Table 23 Table 24 Table 25 Table 26 Table 27 Table 28 Table 29 Table 30 Table 31 Table 32 Table 33 Table 34 Table 35 Table 36 Table 37 Table 38 Table 39 Business Communications Manager Management User Guide organization 18 Navigation tree menu functions aiicusae uad eben xx RR ERA Dee 41 Alarm Database Settings 4cccacdenivetend exem kn eae x RR ek da 71 SNMP TESD SEDUBCIB 22 rode deos ede de ERES eE a Weg e DE Sex o d 73 Alarm Backup Batch Job settings iuge adu RR ea GERI ban RE RUE ad 74 Alarm banner NT Event and SNMP trap severities or types 76 SNMP ESTIS Gui ected eee dd Loe eee 76 SNMP Summary SUFIDUIOS uses ea oe ndu ke kA RR EROR CY OREN RAW Red Da OS 78 SNMP Community List attributes 0 0 000222 eee 80 SNMP Manager List attributes goiter dea aad a ace eat 82 SNMP Trap List attributes c00h0 peed deiaw deed ok Rma Rex RR RI RR ca 86 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary llsssss 92 Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID 95 Events that cause a system restart 0 0200s 250 Bystom Jovel SSIVICRS oua naa ac ree bast puke ace aac taka 259 Nortel Networks configurable services 00000 cece eeeeeee 285 Report a problem wizard application selections Lus 323 Report a problem wizard advanced application sel
372. least one Information Element can be expanded to show the information element which can be expanded to show the data portion of the Information Element Figure 50 BCM Monitor UIP screen BCM Monitor Msp cgy doc File Statistics Help BCM Info MSC Voice Ports IP Devices ATP Sessions UIP Line Monitor Usage Indicators UIP Modules gt r Universal ISDN Protocol Messages MCDN over IP PRI Module Bus 2 PRI Module Bus 3 PRI Module Bus 4 PRI Module Bus 5 PRI Module Bus 6 PRI Module Bus Z X XI SI XI SI SI 4 m Logain 4 r Timeout Settings UIP monitoring timeout 14 52 Disable timeout Business Communications Manager Management Guide 344 Chapter 5 BCM Monitor Line monitor screen The Line Monitor screen shows the status of the lines on Business Communications Manager Figure 51 BCM Monitor line monitor screen BCM Monitor Bcmbl60 1 LINEO01 Incoming 09 11 03 12 1 20234 20234 Idle 2 Line002 Incoming 03 11 03 10 0 80305 Line251 Idle i P0609330 3 0 Chapter 5 BCM Monitor 345 Usage indicators screen This screen displays real time information about the BCM system s CPU and memory use use of MSC resources and active IP telephony devices This information can be statically captured for an on demand view of the system or can be dynamically logged e System status includes absolute and statistical view of CPU usage and memory u
373. link is 963 Send NT event log and stlog to development ITAS Warning Information None If WAN link is down check the cable and make sure the configuration on both ends matches 2 Could not allocate the resources necessary for operation System is low on memory Reboot system Critical Error None 962 Has encountered an internal error and has failed QoS driver has failed to load Reboot system If this error persists contact Customer Support Critical Error None Catastrophic driver failure 962 A required parameter is missing from the Registry Possible problem with LAN or WAN drivers Critical Error Business Communications Manager Management Guide 152 Chapter 2 Fault Management System mspQoSMP Event ID 9001 User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 9004 Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Return to table Logs Comments Message Message User action Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary None Could not get Information from one of the network interface drivers 962 could not allocate a resource of type 3 due to system resource problems System is low on memory Reboot system Minor Warning None 2 failed to register itself with the NDIS wrapper QoS driver has failed to load Reboot system If this error persists contact Customer Support Critical Error None Catastrophic driver failure P0609330 3 0 Chapter 2
374. log on location to access the keycode retrieval system from e select the product family for the keycodes you need to access e search for keywords Business Communications Manager Management Guide 48 Chapter 1 Management Overview Figure 13 Keycode retrieval screen NORTEL NETWORKS Customer 5 Support Home You can call us North America 1 800 4 NORTEL 1 800 466 7835 Europe Middle East amp Africa 00800 8008 9009 44 0870 907 9009 Additional International Numbers Navigate Our Site bl Go Contact Us Site Map Help Your Location Home Customer Support Keycode Retrieval Keycode Retrieval You may need to be registered in order to obtain keycodes for same products After the Online Registration is complete it will take approximately 5 business days to validate your registration information and provide access to restricted keycodes Step 1 Choose the login location you would like to use for access to the Keycode Retrieval System Location If you are a Nortel Networks employee you can access selected product keycodes using quest as both the userid and password Step 2 Choose the product family whose keycodes you would like to access Product Family Go Install optional components On the install optional components screen you can e install the IPX routing protocol and services on the BCM e install PPPoE to enable Point to Point over Ethernet capability on the BCM re
375. logging Can t read an NDIS OID value Possible network interface card failure Critical Error None Cannot read the MAC address from one of the network interfaces Can t start logging for device mspQoSMP d System may be low on resources Try rebooting the system to see if problem goes away If not contact Customer Support Minor Warning None Driver could not start the worker thread that logs packets Possible infinite loop 962 Possible link list corruption in driver Reboot system and contact Customer Support Critical Error None Detected possible linked list corruption Attempts to repair list Linked List has unexpected number of entries 962 Reboot system Minor Warning None Count of entries in linked list is out of sync with the actual number 962 H225 setup message exceeds message fragment buffer 3 Need to reduce the number of codec choices This will reduce the size of the setup message Minor Warning None H 225 setup message is larger than internal storage buffer Call may not go through properly i e one way speech Business Communications Manager Management Guide 150 Chapter 2 Fault Management System mspQoSMP Event ID 4046 Event ID 4047 Event ID 4048 Event ID 4049 Event ID 4050 Event ID 4051 P0609330 3 0 Return to table Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type
376. luctuation Decrease the sensitivity of the UPS If the condition persists contact an electrician to analyze your utility power Minor Warning None Chapter 2 Fault Management System 195 UPS Uninterruptible power supply Event ID 1253 Event ID 2001 Event ID 2030 Event ID 2036 Event ID 2037 Event ID 100401 Event ID 100402 Return to table Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Self test at UPS passed No action required Warning Information None System shutdown Complete For an administrative shutdown or a shutdown because of input power failure wait for the UPS to reboot and to start the supported equipment If you specified a shutdown without a reboot sequence you must restart the UPS Warning Information None Minimum redundancy lost The UPS has too great a load or too few operational power modules to support the configured redundancy Check that all modules are functioning properly and that the redundancy configuration is correct If the condition persists contact APC Support for
377. lve events with a severity level of P5 and above For more information about alarms see Chapter2 Fault Management System For specific information about the voice software component alarms see Voice software on page 219 Information in the logs e Description MSC event or alarm number Severity 1 9 e Repeats number of occurrences for this event e Time format yyyymmddhhmmss e g 20030627135318 e Parameters report this information to Nortel Network support for debugging purposes the field displays information on port numbers internal software variables buffer numbers MSC System test log The System Test log keeps a record of events that occurr in the system related to diagnostic test results telephony events and alarms audits Use the System Test log to check the frequency of log events and the number of consecutive occurrences of an event or an alarm Note The System test log holds a maximum of 20 items Check and record these items at regular intervals Erase the log after you correct all faults or ensure that the log items do not indicate a problem with system operation For more information about how to display the system test log see Displaying the MSC log information on page 317 MSC System administration log The System Administration log keeps a record of administrative events such as sessions in which a change was made invalid password attempts and password changes You can check the items in
378. ly those logs that have been modified since the last time archlog was ran You can specify to check all logs or just bak log files To configure the Archlog process 1 Onthe Unified Manager main page click the Maintenance icon and log on with your user name and password The Product Maintenance amp Support Website appears 2 Intheleft frame under the Archlog heading click the Archlog Settings link category on the maintenance page The system displays the Archlog configuration screen The Archlog configuration screen lists of all Archlog files stored on the BCM hard drive 3 Enable the system to send Archlog Package to FTP Server a From the list box select Yes to enable the archlog FTP process b Enter the FTP address without the ftp directory remote path username and password For anonymous log in enter anonymous in the password field Business Communications Manager Management Guide 330 Chapter 4 Log Management 4 Enable the Archlog Package cleanup process a From the list box select Yes to enable the archlog cleanup process b Enter the number of days The system automatically deletes any archlog packages that are older than the specified number of days 5 Enable the log checking process a From the list box select Yes to enable the log checking process b From the list box select All log files or bak files only The system archives only the logs that have been modified since the last time archlog ran
379. m This message can be ignored Alarm severity Minor Trap type Warning Logs None Service Control Manager Service Control Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Manager Return to table Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Service See event descriptions Event ID 7000 Message The Voice MSC Service service failed to start User action If voice services i e voice mail IP calls etc are available then there is no action required Otherwise a restart of the BCM is required This is not only for BCM 3 0 Alarm severity Critical Trap type Error Logs None Service Voice MSC service Comments The service did not respond to the start or control request in a timely fashion Event ID 7000 Message The WANic 500 Driver service failed to start User action Contact your technical support representative Alarm severity Critical Trap type Error Logs None Service Voice WAN Comments A device attached to the system is not functioning Event ID 7000 Message The Isecdrv service failed to start User action Contact Support Alarm severity Critical Trap type Error Logs None Service None Comments BCM FP1 Upgrades will fail to install no longersupported replace BCM hard drive P0609330 3 0 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 171 Service Control Manager Event ID 7000 Event ID 7001 Event ID 7001 Event ID 7001 Event ID 7001 Return to table Message
380. m indication signal AIS to the terminating switch This half duplex link does not work Transmit Error On indicates the DDI Mux is sending a remote alarm indication RAI carrier failure alarm CFA to the terminating switch If the Transmit Alarm is not on this error indicates a far end or cable problem P0609330 3 0 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 447 DS30 Loopback test The DS30 Loopback test forwards data transmitted to the DTE RxD back to the MSC in Business Communications Manager The DS30 Loopback establishes a data path from the MSC through internal DS256 bus and the internal DDI Mux circuit and back to the MSC You must generate a test pattern and provide a means to monitor the data path at the network connection You can use a T1 Tester to generate and monitor data traffic Connect the T1 Tester to the RJ48C connector on the module In a system where a T1 connects to a CSU DSUS the far end CSU DSU can generate and monitor the network traffic while the local DDI Mux is in DS30 loopback tests To begin a DS30 Loopback test 1 On the Unified Manager navigation tree click the Resources and Media Bay Modules keys Click the keys for the Bus number assigned to the Data Module and Data Module Click the Loopback status heading A oO N From the Loopback listbox select Manual DS30 The DDI Mux enters loopback mode with the MSC The module takes any data it receives from the MSC loops it back to the
381. m severity Trap type Logs Comments Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary No action required Critical Error None The service will shut down and be re started by the watchdog Business Communications Manager Management Guide 126 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Inventory Service Inventory Service Event ID 3300 Event ID 3301 Event ID 3302 IPRIP2 Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs omponent ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Inventory service Inventory Service may have generated an incomplete or incorrect report Exception caught while loading DLLs missing s dll Contact customer support Critical Error None Inventory Service may have generated an incomplete or incorrect report s GetInventoryDocument returned error Contact customer support Critical Error None Inventory Service may have generated an incomplete or incorrect report Failed to open Software resource s Contact customer support Critical Error None IPRIP2 provides the routing information protocol RIP v2 component for BCM router RIP is a simple routing protocol that is part of the TCP IP protocol suite It determines a route based on the small
382. m wwwroot inventory xml Telephony OAM interface logs D Data Files Nortel Networks Voice Solution logs log Unified Manager logs E Nortel Networks Logs Unified Manager Business Communications Manager Management Guide 326 Chapter 4 Log Management Table 18 Report a problem wizard advanced application selections Application Log File Filepath V 90 Modem FAProgram Files Nortel Networks Voice Platform logs mdetect log F Program Files Nortel Networks Voice Platform logs modbackup log F Program Files Nortel Networks Voice Platform logs modemInst log F Program Files Nortel Networks Voice Platform logs ras config log FAProgram Files Nortel Networks Woice CTI untime Servutil log Voice Mail logs D st Stlog out D st Stdbg out D st sysdir wlt D st vmsffax log D st f982wui log Archlog scheduler Use the Archlog scheduler to enter the time to run an archlog batch file job The scheduling information that you enter instructs the system when to compile and save archlog files to the BCM hard drive An archlog batch job demands CPU processing time so schedule the archlog to run during hours of low call traffic Scheduling an archlog batch job Use this procedure to instruct the BCM system on the time and frequency to record and store log information into archlog file This procedure also prompts you to select the applications on which to record and store the log information Note An archlog batch job affects CP
383. mance and select IP Packets Graph or IP Packets Table IP Packet counter types The IP Packets graph and table selections display IP related network traffic statistics When you display the IP Packets graph you can select and display statistics for one of these counter types Table 19 IP Packet counter types IP Packets Forwarded Rate of input datagrams for this entity that was not their final IP destination as a result of which an attempt was made to find a route to forward them to the final destination In entities that do not act as IP Gateways this rate includes only packets that were source routed via this entity and the Source route option processing was successful Outbound discarded Output IP datagrams for which no problems were encountered to prevent their transmission to their destination but which were discarded for example for lack of buffer space This counter includes datagrams counted in datagrams forwarded if any packets met this discretionary discard criterion Outbound no route IP datagrams discarded because no route could be found to transmit them to their destination This counter includes any packets counted in datagrams forwarded that meet this no route criterion Received address errors Input datagrams discarded because the IP address in their IP header s destination field was not a valid address to be received at this entity This count includes invalid addresses e g 0 0 0 0 and addresses of unsuppo
384. me kind of an error the registry was not properly updated Use the Unified Manager to select the Published IP Address again Recommended method is to change it to another NIC and then back to the desired NIC Critical Error None BCM switch reset disconnecting all applications No action required Critical Error None P0609330 3 0 eventLog Chapter 2 Fault Management System 121 eventLog Event ID 6005 Event ID 6006 Event ID 6009 FTMSS Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs omponent ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID EventLog The Event log service was started No action required Warning Information None The Event log service was stopped No action required Warning Information None Microsoft R Windows NT R 4 0 1381 Service Pack 5 Uniprocessor Free No action required Warning Information None FTMSS provides the core telephony services under the Unified Manager telephony navigation tree component FIMSS Event ID 1 Event ID 2 Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource tr
385. ment Guide 38 Chapter 1 Management Overview Initializes the system and sets up your basic system information This wizard is only run once when your system is first set up DECT Mobile Recording Enables and disables mobile recording for one of the base station ports DECT Configuration Configures a DECT module It also turns on one of the base station ports to allow mobile recording handset registration The DECT Wizards appear on the Wizards page only if there is a DECT module installed and identified to the system These wizards are discussed in the DECT Installation and Maintenance Guide Navigating the wizards These are some helpful hints about how the wizards work and how to use them e To open the online help from the Programming Wizards screen click the Programming Wizards Help link e You can move back and forth between screens in the wizards by clicking the Back and Next buttons Youcan revise your choices and entries on any of the wizard pages until you click the Apply button Once you click the Apply button the system applies the selected configurations The user is presented with a confirmation box that provides the approximate timing of the process To check the status of the configuration press the Refresh button When the process is complete the title of the page has the word completed as part of the title Installing clients After you set up the system and it is operating you can add keycodes for any
386. ment system is enabled all BCM alarms are recorded in the NT Event Log Use the Unified Manager Alarm Banner to view alarms for each Business Communications Manager A subset of the alarm information pertaining to BCM core telephony can also appear at the Alarm telephone and in the MSC logs Managing alarms within Unified Manager is described in Alarm Analysis and Clearing Procedures on page 89 Note Assign the Alarm telephone in Feature settings under System programming m Alarms have a higher severity than events Attend to alarm codes before event messages Alarm code information that is specific to Companion components is included in the Windows NT Event Log Any information sent to the Windows NT event log can generate an SNMP trap All BCM alarms can also be sent to a remote management system through an SNMP trap For how to perform remote fault management of BCM SNMP traps see Configuring an SNMP Community on page 77 An alarm may not appear until two minutes after it is triggered If the system is powered off when the alarm is triggered the alarm does not appear until two minutes after the system is powered on BCM alarms Alarm Analysis and Clearing Procedures on page 89 Media service card core telephony logs on page 315 P0609330 3 0 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 61 Alarm Reporting System This figure illustrates how Business Communications Manager manages system events Figure 16 Business Communications Ma
387. message appears that asks you to confirm the deletion Figure 36 Delete the log dialog box Group 10 10 10 1 Comprehensive Del All 9 GP BCM 10 10 10 1 System Resources Services Q Management 9 Diagnostics 9 msc 9 Item 01 S Item 02 Question dialog Item 03 ra 4 Are you sure you want to delete the sub node s of the node Item 06 Item 07 Item 08 Item 09 Item 10 Item 11 Item 12 Item 13 Item 14 Item 15 Item 16 Item 17 Item 18 Item 19 Item 20 System admin log Network event log 5 Select Yes to continue If new items have been added since the log items were displayed the new items are not erased Business Communications Manager Management Guide 320 Chapter 4 Log Management Archlogs Access the archlog management system from the Maintenance page Archlog selections are Report a problem wizard on page 320 Archlog scheduler on page 326 Archlog viewer on page 328 Archlog settings on page 329 Browse logs folder on page 331 Report a problem wizard The Report a problem wizard selection displays a form for you to write a description of the problem you are experiencing The form is recorded and stored in the archlog package Using the Report a problem wizard Use this procedure to complete a support request form 1 On the Unified Manager main page click the Maintenance icon and log on with your user name and password The Product Maintena
388. mming task while the loopback test is running While the loopback test is running the green in Service LED on the DTM flashes If you administer the internal CSU on a line loopback and payload loopback the central office can also invoke and stop tests To be able to run a payload loopback test you must configure the DTM for extended superframe format Tests you can run on Business Communications Manager e Line loopback test on page 439 e Payload loopback test on page 440 e Card loopback test on page 440 e Continuity loopback test on page 440 Use the procedure Start a loopback test on page 440 to run any of these tests Line loopback test The line loopback test loops the full 1 544 Mbps signal received from the network back to the network The looped signal regenerates without any change in the framing format and without the removal of any bipolar violations The line loopback test can also be invoked and stopped remotely using the in band signal or via the facility data link FDL in extended super frame ESF format The line loopback test must be run in coordination with the T1 or PRI service provider Some test patterns can cause the DTM to reset To avoid this start the line loopback test from your system before the T1 or PRI service provider begins their test and stop the line loopback test from your system after the T1 or PRI service provider ends their test Business Communications Manager Manageme
389. mmunication manager service structure Parent None P0609330 3 0 Chapter 3 Service Management System 267 NetlQ AppManager client resource manager NetlQ AppManager client resource manager Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms The NetIQ AppManager client resource manager service is an optionally enabled system monitoring component System level services NetlQmc Stopped Disabled None NetlQ AppManager client resource manager service structure None Parent Network DDE Network DDE Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms The Network DDE Dynamic Data Exchange service supports network transport of DDE connections The service provides network transport and security functionality for DDE by applications running on the same computer or on remote computers This service is not critical to normal operation of BCM Nortel Networks recommends you do not change the default status and startup values System level services NetDDE Stopped Manual None Network DDE service structure Parent Child Network DDE DSDM Network DDE A Network DDE L ClipBook server Network DDE DSDM Network DDE DSDM Type The Network DDE DSDM Dynamic Data Exchange Share Database Manager service provides dynamic data exchange DDE is used for applications such as chat and is not essential for Business Communications Manager functionality Th
390. must be able to understand and pass distributed component object model DCOM calls between Business Communications Manager and the computer you are using to run Unified Manager Logging on to Unified Manager Use the following procedure to log on to Business Communications Manager using the web browser D Security note Multiple users logging on to the Business Communications Manager with the administrator account from different client stations can cause inconsistent or wrong configuration Therefore it is advisable to limit the number and distribution of administrator accounts Security note The configuration section in the Unified Manager is not secured through SSL encryption To provide security for this section establish a VPN client tunnel Refer to IPSec Remote User configuration on page 751 1 Launch your web browser 2 BCM 3 5 software provides secure server access to the Business Communications Manager If you updated from a previous version of software and you have the Business Communications Manager address http IP address gt 6800 bookmarked you will find that the login is redirected to an https entry If you have a new system enter https lt IP Address Note You must include https with the address to access Unified Manager when you are using Internet Explorer as your browser Note If your Business Communications Manager has a network Fully Qualified Domain Name FQDN you can acces
391. n Alarm severity Trap type Logs 128 Chapter 2 Fault Management System omponent ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID IPSecIKE service ISAKMP SA established on local IP Addr gt with remote IP Addr gt No action required Warning Information None Could not initiate ISAKMP SA local IP Addr gt to remote IP Addr gt Check settings and Connection Critical Error None Deleting ISAKMP SA from local IPAddr to remote IP Addr gt No action required Warning Information None No response on local IP Addr gt from remote IP Addr gt logging out Check settings and Connection Critical Error None local IP Addr gt Local interface down logging out of remote IP Addr gt Check local interface setup Critical Error None Could not initiate Quick Mode from lt local IP Addr gt to lt remote IP Addr gt Check settings and Connection Critical Error None IPSecIKE Internet protocol security Internet key exchange Event ID 9 Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID 10 11 12 13 14 15 Return to table Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User
392. n a single PC to monitor the corresponding Business Communications Manager systems BCM Monitor supports real time troubleshooting and report generation System administrators and support personnel obtain key real time information to perform troubleshooting if necessary The system administrator accesses and saves information to generate system utilization and traffic reports P0609330 3 0 Chapter 1 Management Overview 53 Using BCM Monitor to monitor your system status With BCM Monitor you can see the current status of various parts of your system services Use BCM Monitor during troubleshooting to confirm current configurations including CallPilot applications and IP trunk information You can find BCM Monitor under the Install Clients button on the first page of the Unified Manager The BCM Monitor section describes e Starting BCM Monitor on page 336 e Using BCM Monitor to analyze your system status on page 337 e BCM Monitor statistical values minimum and maximums on page 346 e BCM Monitor information capture on page 347 Performance management overview The Unified Manager System P erformance monitor provides detailed performance information for the system and the system resources The statistics are shown in charts or table format If a performance display is active it is automatically updated with real time performance information in time increments that you set BCM performance and usage information can
393. n indicates a problem with the digital transmission being received This half duplex link is unusable Receive Error yellow LED on indicates a minor error as a result of degraded digital transmission Possible causes are an ohmic connection water ingress or too long a loop Transmit Alarm red LED on indicates an inability to transmit Alarm indication signal AIS is being transmitted to the terminating switch This half duplex link in unusable Transmit Error yellow LED on indicates a remote alarm indication RAI carrier failure alarm CFA is being sent to the terminating switch If the Transmit Alarm is not on this indicates a far end or cable problem Business Communications Manager Management Guide 436 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics In service flashing green LED indicates that the T1 or PRI trunks are out of service because of a running loopback test or because the DTM is being initialized Loopback test red LED on indicates a continuity loopback test is running All LEDs flashing continuously the DTM is being initialized On the Unified Manager navigation tree select Resources Telephony Maintenance and Tests to run any loopback tests as appropriate Check the pinout of the cable that connects the DTM to the termination point from the T1 or PRI service provider or the external channel service unit and check that the cable is properly connected Check with your T1 or PRI service provider to see if
394. n required Critical Error None Duplicate keycode has been entered this keycode has been previously entered No action required Warning Information None Keycode 24 digit number keycode value is invalid Confirm that the keycode was entered correctly and that the applicable functionality is available on the BCM Critical Error None Verification of System Licensing in progress No action required Warning Information None Business Communications Manager Management Guide 112 cfsServer Component feature service Event ID 114 Event ID 115 Event ID 116 Event ID 117 Event ID 118 Event ID 119 Event ID 122 Event ID 123 P0609330 3 0 Return to table Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message Chapter 2 Fault Management System Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Verification of System Licensing completed No action required Warning Information None Verification of system licensing failed due to error error Information gt Specific to error Information
395. n the network The Browser service creates a list so the workstation can participate as a master browser or basic browser one that takes part in browser elections Any PC on the network can be the master browser With the Computer Browser service you can view through Network Neighborhood amp Server Manager the list of NetBIOS resources computers When active on a Business Communications Manager server the server registers its system name through a NetBIOS broadcast or directly to a WINS server Nortel Networks recommends that you disable this service Type System level services Service name Browser Default status Stopped Default startup Manual Alarms Browser Computer Browser service structure Parent NetworkProvider Server Workstation TCP IP NetBIOS helper A Computer Browser EventLog EventLog The EventLog service supports recording of three events categories System Security and Application The events recorded can be viewed under the system tool Event Viewer eventvwr exe The service is responsible for logging activity on the server including security activity Errors events security alarms are recorded using this service Alarm SNMPTrap service applications are affected if the service is down Type System level services Service name EventLog Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms eventLog Security P0609330 3 0 Chapter 3 Service Management Sys
396. nagement Guide 208 Chapter 2 Fault Management System UTPS Event ID 3000 Event ID 3000 Event ID 3000 Event ID 3000 P0609330 3 0 Return to table User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary If the voice watchdog service is NOT running you will need to restart the UTPS service Critical Error None All UTPS events written to the NT event log are fatal and will cause the UTPS to shutdown The reasons for these events are either a missing dependent component MPS or MSM or an OS related problem Unable to initialize a timer socket signalling channel to the core Unable to open a FUMP channel error If the voice watchdog service is NOT running you will need to restart the UTPS service Critical Error None All UTPS events written to the NT event log are fatal and will cause the UTPS to shutdown The reasons for these events are either a missing dependent component MPS or MSM or an OS related problem Unable to initialize a timer socket signalling channel to the core Unable to open RUDP socket error If the voice watchdog service is NOT
397. nager system to the filename Time This options adds the time that the dynamic snapshot was started Date This options adds the date that the dynamic snapshot was started When you select one of these options a marker is added to the filename at the spot where the cursor is located The actual information is not generated until you start the dynamic snapshot In the Output folder box enter the path of the folder where you want to store the dynamic snapshots To browse for the correct folder click the button beside Output Folder box P0609330 3 0 Chapter 5 BCM Monitor 349 Ensure that all of the BCM Monitor tabs that have information you want included in the snapshot appear in the Tabs saved in snapshot box For example if you want the snapshot to include the statistic Active Lines which appears on the Line Monitor tab ensure the Line Monitor tab is included in the Tabs saved in snapshot box Select the Enable automatic snapshot check box The Automatic snapshot interval and Number of snapshots boxes become available If you clear the Enable automatic snapshot check box a single snapshot is taken when you start this dynamic snapshot instead of a series of snapshots In the Automatic snapshot interval box use the arrow buttons to select the amount of time in seconds that you want BCM Monitor to wait between taking snapshots In the Number of snapshots box use the arrows buttons to select the number of snapshots that you wan
398. nager events and alarms Operating system drivers amp applications NT SNMP Alarm Manager i ger SNMP Trap ped e Management User defined Telephony alarm filters Services NT Event Log Alarm filters Database MSC Log Alarm Browser Database Core telephony services running on the Media Services Card MSC generate event outputs see Event sources on page 62 The system forwards BCM core telephony MSC events including alarms to the MSC telephony event logs BCM telephony MSC event logs include the MSC System Test Log MSC System Admin Log and MSC Network Event log These logs capture all of the MSC core telephony system events including MSC alarms BCM core telephony MSC alarms are written into the NT Event log database A subset of the core telephony MSC events are also written into the NT Event log database The NT Event Log database captures events from all BCM components including MSC alarm and some MSC event information The Alarm Manager applies system filters based on configuration inputs D The Alarm database captures all NT event information after system filtering is applied Alarm Banner Alarm Browser provides real time display of alarms in Unified Manager The Alarm Manager SNMP subsystem applies filters to the BCM alarms based on user inputs about severity levels and event sources t0 BCM alarms meeting the SNMP trap criteria are forwarded to the SNMP trap reporting interface acc
399. nce amp Support Website appears In the left frame under the Archlog heading click the Report A Problem Wizard link The Report A Problem input screen appears P0609330 3 0 Chapter 4 Log Management 321 Figure 37 Report a problem input screen NORTEL _ NETWORKS Support Contact Alarms and Traps Business Communications Manager Your Location BCM Product Maintenance amp Support Report a Problem Wizard Maintenance System Information Report a Problem Wizard Order amp Enable Optional Components Install Optional Components Maintenance Tools Step T pel A Tu NEED Please describe your problem including the date time that it occurred if possible Archlog Scheduler Archlog Viewer Archlog Settings Browse Logs Folder 3 Type a description of the problem and click the Next button when you are finished 4 Click either the Basic Application Selection or Advanced Log File Selection buttons From the basic pplication selection you can select the applications you are having problems with This selection method is recommended for most users Go to step 5 From the advanced log file selection you can specify which log files you want to archive This selection method is recommended for advanced users only Go to step 6 Business Communications Manager Management Guide 322 Chapter 4 Log Management Figure 38 Report a problem application selection screen step 2 NETWORKS
400. nce monitor on page 366 Accessing the UTWAN performance monitor on page 367 Accessing the QoS Graph and Table on page 368 Accessing the QoS Queue 1 5 Graph and Table on page 369 Accessing the QoS Queue 6 9 Graph and Table on page 370 SNMP Performance Management on page 372 System Performance tools and services The Business Communications Manager network uses these software applications to monitor system performance Unified Manager A web based configuration and maintenance application bundled with Business Communications Manager software Unified Manager is the single point of access for managing programming for individual BCM systems Access to the Unified Manager is password protected and is secure for both enterprise customers and small to medium sized businesses Administrators use Unified Manager to set up BCM telephony and data functions users mailboxes and directory numbers BCM Monitor A standalone diagnostic tool you can use to view system and IP telephony information on individual Business Communications Manager units Open several instances of BCM Monitor to monitor several remote BCMs on a single PC simultaneously This tool supports real time debugging You can also save and process data at a later time to generate system utilization and traffic reports For more information about BCM Monitor see Chapter 5 BCM Monitor MIB II and MS Windows NT Performance MIBs With these MIB you can query B
401. ncern primarily about default settings that can be a security risk if they are not changed To define security parameters for the system and for users you need to consider what level of security you need to achieve to meet your network security standard Note that the default security settings are not set to their maximum secure settings and can be changed to suit your specific requirements If you change the default settings make sure you understand the interoperability implications between your system and client applications the computer you use to access the system and network impacts For instance some levels of security are not compatible with clients running Windows 959 989 or ME Security note Minimum configuration should include changing all default system passwords Unified Manager security considerations e How long you want the Unified Manager to remain open if there is no input from the user See Setting the Interface Timeout on page 415 e If you want to use secure web access to Unified Manager through SSL Secure Sockets Layer Note that SSL encryption does not secure the Configuration Menu To secure communication with the Configuration Menu a VPN client connection is required See Setting system security compatibility levels on page 416 and the chapter that describes Virtual Private Networks VPN in the Programming Operations Guide e How much access to the Unified Manager interface users are allowed Acc
402. nd click either the System test log System admin log or Network admin log keys If there are no log entries no entries appear under the headings 3 Select a numbered log item under the log key Information about the log item appears in the information frame The description attribute indicates if the item is an event or alarm and includes the associated code The severity frequency time and parameters of the event or alarm are displayed For more information about the event or alarm see Component ID alarm summary information on page 92 or MSC System test log on page 316 MSC System administration log on page 316 or MSC Network event log on page 317 Business Communications Manager Management Guide 318 Chapter 4 Log Management Note Alarms also appear in the Windows NT event log and the Alarm Database You m must configure the alarm database before alarms are stored in the database For information about how to configure the Alarm Database see the Programming and Operations Guide If the alarm service is not active NT event logs accumulate to a maximum of 3MB After the number of records reaches the 3MB threshold the system overwrites the original files starting with the oldest If the alarm service is active the NT event logs are cleared on reboots or if the Alarm Backup batch is run When the alarms are clipped either through a reboot or the alarm backup batch the files are time date stamped Any information se
403. nd equipment over analog digital ISDN and voice over IP VoIP trunks How to use and program user telephony features at the telephone Companion Application Server software that controls the interface between the Business Communications Manager system and the Companion wireless system available for selected regions Networking DPNSS upgrade requires keycode provides private voice networking for the UK Market With Networking MCDN and ETSI Q SIG Voice Networking requires keycode you can network your Business Communications Manager system or a number of Business Communications Manager systems to a Meridian system This lets the network use a common numbering plan as well as common voice messaging and auto attendant systems connected to the Meridian Data setup applications and protocols to configure the Business Communications Manager system to be part of a LAN or WAN network See the next section for specifics P0609330 3 0 Preface 25 Call Detail Recording System Administration Guide Call Detail Recording no keycode required records and reports call activity from the Business Communications Manager You can create reports from this information to help you manage system usage effectively IP Telephony Configuration Guide 12001 12002 and 12004 IP telephones and the NetVision and NetVision Data telephones require a combination of data and telephony settings to work with the Business Communications Manager These teleph
404. nd reset the device Try replacing device If the problem persists contact you local support group Critical Error MSC event 356 Sev P6 Cat F Device firmware download failure Reported by the data transfer slave Event parameters 1 The device has not been brought on line by the system Check that the device is properly installed and reset the device If the problem persists replace the device Critical Error MSC event 358 Sev P6 Cat F Chapter 2 Fault Management System 221 Voice software Event ID 37 Event ID 39 Event ID 40 Event ID 41 Event ID 42 Return to table Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Protocol or country profile download failure Event parameters 961 Check that the device is properly installed and reset the device Critical Error MSC event 361 Sev P6 Cat F The Market Profile is invalid The installer must select the appropriate profile The installer must select the appropriate profile Critical Error MSC event 350 Sev P9 Cat F The long term alarm threshold has been surpassed in DTCM 1 for the Unavailable Seconds Error The most likely c
405. nday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday F Fndsy Saturday Sunday e Please enter the tune you wish to execute Archlog HH MOM 24 hour format HH qan e Short Description opnonal New 3 Enter the time and frequency to perform an archlog batch job e Everyday e Today only e Once on a specified day enter a number value e g 12 instructs the system to perform an archlog on the 12th day the current month Valid values are 1 31 e Every month on one or more days separate multiple values by a comma Valid values are 1 31 Maximum number of characters is 14 including commas e Weekly select the day of the week e Enter the time of day to perform an archlog 24 hour clock format HH MM e Enter a short description of the archlog Enter unique system information e g daily archlog of System B Business Communications Manager Management Guide 328 Chapter 4 Log Management 4 Click the Next button to display the next pageof the archlog scheduler Note If you enter invalid values from step 1 of this procedure the system displays page 2 but prompts you to return to page 1 and enter the correct values When you have entered valid values continue to the next page Select from a list of applications Select the application you require log files for Click the Schedule New Archlog Now button to save the archlog scheduling information A summary of the archlog schedule information is displayed Y
406. ne monitor server l r 4 L Voice management subsystem l Inventory service l VoiceCTI l l l l _ Doorphone l l VoIP Gateway I Nortel Networks IVR l A Voice mail l l L Voice CFS i _ lpMusic BcmAmp sere IpMusic Tone Server Message trace tool Message trace The Message trace tool service is a logging utility that records all telephony traffic information tool The service is primarily used for problem diagnosis by support staff and designers Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name MTT Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms Service Control Manager P0609330 3 0 Chapter 3 Service Management System 297 Message trace tool service structure Parent Voice MSC Driver Voice MSC service Voice NNU diagnostics A F Voice Licensing services iA L Media services manager l l 4 A Message trace tool Microsoft DHCP server Microsoft DHCP server Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms The Microsoft DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol service enables DHCP capability on BCM and is used to assign dynamic IP addresses to devices on a network Nortel Networks configurable services Microsoft DHCP server service structure TDI i A DhcpServer Stopped Manual DhcpServer Parent Child Non
407. ng to manual answer Critical Error MSC event 256 Sev P9 Cat F Chapter 2 Fault Management System 225 Voice software Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID 63 67 68 71 72 75 79 Return to table Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary There are no more DTMF receivers that can be allocated DTMF receivers are busy not working properly or have not been installed The line requesting a receiver is on port 961 If this alarm occurs frequently add additional DTMF receivers to the system Critical Error MSC event 267 Sev P8 Cat F An invalid Trunk Computer Module has been connected to port 1 Power down the system Disconnect the Trunk Computer Module from the indicated port and check module compatibility for the specific country Replace the module with as required Critical Error MSC event 343 Sev P8 Cat f A device has been connected to a port which is not available for the device Type The affected port is 1 P
408. nt Guide 440 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Payload loopback test The payload loopback test loops the received information bits 192 per frame back to the network You can also remotely invoke and stop the payload loopback test through the facility data link FDL in extended super frame ESF format The payload loopback test must be run in coordination with the T1 service provider Some test patterns can cause the DTM to reset To avoid this start the payload loopback test from your system before the T1 service provider begins their test and stop the payload loopback test from your system after the T1 service provider ends their test Card loopback test The card edge loopback test loops the outgoing signal on the DTM back to its internal received signal path The system disconnects signal paths to the external network Continuity loopback test The continuity loopback test shorts the tip and ring pair of the receive signal path with the transmit signal path Use this test to check the metallic continuity of the external wiring Start a loopback test Warning Give notice that you are running a loopback test ity Calls on all T1 or PRI lines on the DTM are automatically dropped when a loopback test is invoked Use the Page feature to notify people using the system that a test is about to begin and that calls will be disconnected 1 On the Unified Manager navigation frame click the Diagnostics and Trunk Module
409. nt ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Return to table Return to table Service Message NetLogon Net logon This Windows NT computer is configured as a member of a workgroup not as a member of a domain The Netlogon service does not need to run in this configuration The Netlogon service should not be configured to start automatically on a server that is not a domain member Configure the Netlogon service so that its startup type is set to Manual Critical Error None Event ID 3095 User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs NGRPCI NGRPCI provides the network card PCI driver NGRPCI Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Netgear PCI driver Return to table Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Service None Event ID 4 Message Adapter NGRPCi Adapter Link Down Business Communications Manager Management Guide NGRPCI Netgear PCI driver Event ID 5 Event ID 5000 Event ID 5001 Event ID 5003 Event ID 5009 P0609330 3 0 Return to table User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type
410. nt ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Service None Event ID 2 Message Service initializing User action No action required Alarm severity Warning Trap type Information Logs None Perfctrs Perfctrs provides the performance counters component on the BCM Perfctrs Event ID 3101 Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Perflib Return to table Return to table Service Message User action omponent ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID None Unable to read IO control information from NBT device In most cases no action is required However please check if the network connections of the BCM are working Critical Error None See Microsoft Article Q275586 NBT NetBIOS over TCP IP THis can happen when trying to monitor statistics from and inactive network adapter It can generally be ignored Perflib provides a performance counters library on the BCM Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Return to table Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Service None Perflib P0609330 3 0 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 161 Perflib Return to table Event ID 1008 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 2002 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary The Open Procedure for service RasRad in DLL ra
411. nt detailed information On the Alarm Browser click the Actions menu and select Display Details The Alarm Details screen appears The Alarm Details screen is a read only display Business Communications Manager Management Guide 70 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Figure 19 Alarm browser and detail screen Alarm Browser Warning p loj xl im i ti Secon EL waming Monday March 2 User Logoff U N A Security warning Monday March 2 Successful Logon N Security JS waming Mondav March 2 User Loaoff U N A Security warming Alarm Details Secuny Mac Component ID Security Security jwaming Security warning Event ID Security a warning Severity Warming Security warning ek Sa er eee Security 538 waning Time Monday March 24 2003 08 36 36 Security 528 NE Security warning lAppletidle RepairAction N Warning Applet Window Other Data 1 Cause N A Problem Description The audit log was cleared Primary User Name SYSTEM Primary Domain NT AUTHORITY Primary Logon ID 0x0 0x3E 7 Client User Name SYSTEM Client Domain NT AUTHORITY Client Logon ID 0 0 0 3E 7 Warning Applet Window 7 Close the Alarms Details screen and the Alarm Browser when you are finished viewing the alarms for this severity Configuring Alarm Manager settings With Alarm Manager you can manage how you collect and store alarm information With the Alarm Man
412. nt software that interfaces with the Business Communications Manager s in your network P0609330 3 0 Chapter 1 Management Overview 33 SNMP agents SNMP agent software interfaces and handles interaction between the device and the SNMP network manager workstation SNMP agents are software modules resident in network elements in this case the BCM The SNMP agent collects stores and retrieves MIB management information base data and forwards the information to the SNMP network manager server e Network elements managed devices Hardware components such as computers routers and terminal servers that are connected to networks e Managed objects Hardware configuration parameters or performance statistics that directly relate to the operation of a device Bridges hubs routers or network servers are examples of managed devices that contain managed objects e Management information base MIB The MIB is the software that defines the data reported by the device and the extent of control A virtual information store that contains a collection of managed objects e Management protocol SNMP Used to transport management information between the agents and console Simple network management protocol SNMP is the standard management protocol An SNMP trap is a message format used by the SNMP agent to inform the NMS of a system event Managed objects and agents illustrates the agent and object relationship in a network and how the system pr
413. nt to the Windows NT event log can generate an SNMP trap Figure 35 System test log screen Group Item 01 Item 01 Comprehensive 9 BOM Resources Event 680 Read Only Field Services UNUS Q Management y s 9 Diagnostics 9 msc Repeats fi 9 System test log Iter 01 Item 02 20030407145025 Item 03 Item 04 Parameters m Item 05 Item 05 L Item 07 Item 08 Item 09 Item 10 Item 11 Item 12 Item 13 Item 14 Item 15 Item 16 Item 17 Item 18 Item 19 System admin lod 1 v 4 Record the system test log item on the System administration log sheet Repeat the steps in this procedure until you record all the items 5 Perform appropriate maintenance activities based on the event notification type P0609330 3 0 Chapter 4 Log Management 319 Erasing the MSC log information Use the procedure in this section to erase log items from the System Test System Administration or Network Event logs i Note You only have the option of removing all the log items To erase log information 1 Access the correct Business Communications Manager in your network from the Unified Manager workstation browser On the Unified Manager navigation frame click the Diagnostics and MSC keys Right click either the System test log System admin log or Network admin log heading and click Delete All If there are no log entries no entries appear under the headings 4 A
414. o enqueue a message into the DASS2 DPNSS layer 3 flow control queue but the queue was full The message has been dropped and will not be sent out to the network This can arise if the link has gone down but the Digital Trunk Interface module has failed to report it Port 1 Customer should report the problem Installer should verify that the link is operational and the module is still functioning Customer should report the problem Installer should verify that the link is operational and the module is still functioning Minor Warning MSC event 894 Sev P4 Cat C Part or all of the telephony system memory has been corrupted A coldstart of the telephony subsystem will occur This problem should be reported All telephony data will need to be reprogrammed Report the problem All telephony data will need to be reprogrammed Critical Error MSC event 901 Sev P8 Cat F A bad protocol call control has been received from the Basic Rate Interface module Determine reason for event and resolve Business Communications Manager Management Guide 236 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Return to table User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Voice software Event ID 998 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 999 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs P0609330 3 0 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Determine reason for event and resolve Minor Warning
415. o ete Unified Manager 1 2 924 3 8 coU TESGAS dead depen IN OR nese qe 409 Understanding BCM SSL certificate properties l lllllllleelessss 410 Uploading a certificate and a private security key 2 200 411 Troubleshooting Restoring the default certificate 413 Suppressing the security alert message 000 eee eee eee 413 Using the non secure hHpcbB0U p rt oko isse adam rm a RR RR REDE GORGE bee 413 Security Management TOGIS 2 isssasesa e eias xad ra xe re hm XR a ERR 414 Setting the Interface TINTEQUE uas duae Ue e RR OR ee ee Oe Rl E 415 Setting system security compatibility levels llle 416 Managing access passwords ssseeeeeee hn 417 Viewing User Manager information w c cc sca ke ca eee ek aes Ra oae 418 Adding or modifying a user profile 0 00 cee ees 420 Selling up callback f r a UBB isse sensei bersurai Cader eee VRE ees 422 Deleting a user profile uus eed da cod dS SHAS Hed RN wR dox 423 Adding or modifying a group profile 2 sisscec cesse ae eee mmm xe 424 Deleting a group TNE daa ic ck ai sen a ctae ted dio aan 425 Adding a Domain User Group profile 2 hk RR y Rx ER RE 426 Deleting a Domain User Group profile lees 426 Setting password lockout policy wi sui uuu ea tn ncn at n8 ea o QR 427 Seting password DOlIG uieuse suae mmn m nene mde seme ko e Rn 428 11 Business Communications Manager Management Guide 12 Contents Using t
416. oftware The display and service names also appear in the events and logs A hierarchy map appearing below the service descriptions displays all parent child dependencies The hierarchy map shows the service names Each definition contains cross references to other dependant services events logs and alarm information Select a cross reference as required to view the descriptions Use the service definitions to analyze diagnose and correct if necessary the alarm SNMP Trap and log notifications Service definitions contain e summary e service type system level or Nortel Networks configurable service e display and system code names e default status setting e default startup setting e MSC or NT event cross reference e log cross reference Alarm cross reference e hierarchy map System level service definitions System level services are software processes that are critical to essential operating system level features Do not modify the system level services unless explicitly instructed by Nortel Networks support groups Use this section for information purposes only See System level services for a summary of the system level services See Nortel Networks configurable services for a summary of the Nortel Networks configurable services Warning Make sure you understand the implications of modifications before you change service settings on your system Call Nortel Networks Support before you modify any service P0609330
417. oice CTE service Critical Error None Generic unexpected error This error is only reported as an event when it causes CTE initialization to fail In this case it is most likely an installation problem Other CTE Initialization Error Exit Error is 0x0003 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 217 VoiceCTE Return to table User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Event ID 257 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Event ID 257 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Event ID 257 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Event ID 257 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Error 0x003 Please collect the files CteDiag log and CteDiag bak ensure the Voice CTE service has restarted and report this problem to your support representative Critical Error None Generic internal unexpected error This error is only reported as an event when it causes CTE initialization to fail Other CTE Initialization Error Exit Error is 0x0009 Cannot create a window Terminate some applications and restart the Voice CTE service lt CTE006 gt Critical Error None CTE initialization failed due to Windows system problem Other CTE Initialization Error Exit Error is Ox00nn CTE could not download FUMP Information about the telephony
418. ommunications Manager 42 logging on to Business Communications Manager 409 logon security levels 417 logon security certificate 410 loopback test starting 440 458 maintenance BCM monitor 53 bipolar violations 462 carrier failure alarms 462 CSU stats 441 460 disabling module cartridges 455 enabling the module 455 identify device connected to system 448 455 network event log 317 programming system administration log 316 short term alarms 462 system version 434 454 system administration log 316 Management 41 management add user profile 420 management information base MIB 485 manager IP address SNMP 82 86 manager list SNMP 82 maximum number record alarm database 71 MCDN networking 24 Q SIG voice networking 24 Business Communications Manager Management Guide 480 Index media bay modules disable a bus 437 disable enable a port 438 disabling a module 438 member of user profile 421 MIB II 372 MIBs Bootp 490 file descriptions 486 MIB II 372 MS Windows NT performance 490 MS Windows NT performance MIBs 373 OSPF 489 RIP v2 490 sfile compilation and installtion 488 small site event 488 SNMP 485 system 485 third party fault management system 486 Minimum password length 428 Minimum web encryption 417 mirror master status disk mirroring 472 mirroring hard disk monitoring 471 modem callback number 422 module enabling 455 showing inventory 437 454 monitoring services 466 MS Windows NT performance
419. ommunications Manager uses the Internet and tunneling protocols to create secure extranets These secure extranets require a protocol for safe transport from the Business Communications Manager to another device through the Public Data Network PDN Business Communications Manager uses the PPTP and IPSec tunneling protocols Both of these protocols have encryption but IPSec has a slightly more secure hashing algorithm for negotiating keys Extranets can connect mobile users to a fixed private network at their office over the PDN e private networks in the two branch offices of the same corporation over PDN e two divisions of the same corporation over the corporate intranet When connecting two branch offices the use of a VPN over the public data network is very efficient if the connection is required only intermittently or a dedicated point to point link is considered too expensive Also with the advent of business to business solutions VPNs can be deployed to provide secure connections between corporations For more information on creating and using a virtual private network see Chapter 21 in the Programming Operations Guide P0609330 3 0 433 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics This section contains information about diagnosing module line performance issues and device line issues This section also provides instructions on how to perform a system startup set identification parameters and maintain telephony r
420. omponent ID alarm eventSource trap summary Can t change to working dir err 1 Check if you have permission to go to CDRTransfer working directory Critical Error None Clip CDR data file error err 1 Check if CDRClip exe is installed properly under the CDR directory Critical Error None Find CDR data file error err 1 Check if there are CDR data files under CDR data file directory Critical Error None Can t get FTP connection err 1 Check if FTP configuration or network goes wrong Critical Error None Can t go to remote dir on FTP server err 1 Check if permission of destination directory on the client PC is granted to CDRTransfer Critical Error None ZpArchive err 1 Check if Zip32 dll is installed properly under the CDRTransfer directory Critical Error None Multiple instances are running exit Means multiple CDRTransfer instances are running simultaneously but only one survives No action is required Critical Error None Can t Get the value of 961 err 2 Check if CDRTransfer registry entries are damaged Business Communications Manager Management Guide 110 Chapter 2 Fault Management System CDRTransfer Event ID 3090 Event ID 3090 Event ID 3090 P0609330 3 0 Return to table Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message Us
421. on None From NetlQmc 764 NetlQmc warm started No action required Warning Information None From NetlQmc 187 NetlQccm warm started No action required Warning Information None NetIQ ADMIN message 195 Ping MS XYZ XYZ XYZ XYZ fail with error 1 No action required Warning Chapter 2 Fault Management System 155 NetlQccm Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Trap type Information Logs None Event ID 264 Message NetlQ ADMIN message 195 ccm is having intermittent communication map file full failures while communicating with MS lt XYZ XYZ XYZ XYZ gt 1 of XYZ attempts failed withing the last XYZ minutes Last attempt succeeded User action No action required Alarm severity Warning Trap type Information Logs None Business Communications Manager Management Guide 156 Chapter 2 Fault Management System NetlQmc NetIQmc provides the NetIQ connection manager etiQmc eturn to table Component alarm eventSource trap summary Return to table Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Service NetlQ AppManager client communication manager Event ID 0 Message From NetIQ AppManager SERVICE STOPPED User action No action required Alarm severity Warning Trap type Information Logs None NetlQObjMgr NetIQObjMgr provides the NetIQ object Manager NetlQObjMgr Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Return to table Component
422. on to erase all the current statistics and begin collecting statistics again Link Status When you purchase PRI from your service provider you can request the number of B channels that are allocated for you to use For example you may want to use only 12 B channels instead of 23 B channels If you do not have all of the PRI B channels you should disable all the B channels that you do not need It is recommended that the number of lines that are deprovisioned on an DTM configured as PRI be the same as the number of b channels that are disabled For example If the DTM is on bus 7 when b channels 13 23 are disabled you should deprovision lines 73 to 83 1 On the navigation tree click the Diagnostics and Trunk Modules keys 2 Click the keys for the appropriate bus and modules 3 Click the B channels key A list of the B channels on this module appears 4 Selecta channel for example B 01 The status of the PRI channel is displayed 5 Onthe Configuration menu click Enable or Disable to change the setting for the channel Business Communications Manager Management Guide 464 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Metrics These usage metrics are available CbC limit metrics You can view statistical information on call by call limit settings for PRI when the protocol is set to call by call routing 1 On the navigation tree click the Diagnostics Service Metrics Telephony Services and CbC limit metrics keys
423. one 1 800 4NORTEL 1 800 466 7835 If you already have a PIN Code you can enter Express Routing Code ERC 196 If you do not yet have a PIN Code or for general questions and first line support you can enter ERC 3388 Alarms and traps The alarms and traps screen provides a summary list of BCM component ID alarms Select one of the component ID alarm links to navigate to a full description of the alarm and associated service if any For more information on alarms and traps see Chapter2 Fault Management System Business Communications Manager Management Guide 46 Chapter 1 Management Overview Figure 11 Alarms and traps screen hieu 1t NETWORKS BEBE Alarm summary information Use the information displayed in Alarm summary to determine the cause of an alarm and the appropriate maintenance activity Table 13 Alarm summary Alarm name Associated Service Alarm name Associated service Routing and remote AlarmSyc Alarm service Router A access service atapi SAM Secure access module Autochk Save Dump None BcmAmp Security EventLog Browser Computer Browser Service Control Manager Call Detail Recording BRU Backup amp restore utility None Service Control Manager DECT Alarm monitor BRU Backup Backup amp restore utility None Service Control Manager DECT OAM BRU Restore None Service Control Manager Media gateway server cfsServer Voice CFS Service Control Manager Media services manager C
424. one Event ID 301 Message Voice Net Manager started User action No action required Alarm severity Warning P0609330 3 0 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 211 VNetManager Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Trap type Information Logs None Event ID 304 Message Voice Net Manager stopped User action No action required Alarm severity Warning Trap type Information Logs None Business Communications Manager Management Guide 212 Chapter 2 Fault Management System VNetQosMonitor VNetQosMonitor Event ID 203 Event ID 204 Event ID 205 Event ID 206 VNetVolPGtwy VNetVoIlPGtw Event ID 102 Event ID 105 P0609330 3 0 Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message Voice Net QoS monitor Voice Net QoS Monitor started No action required Warning Information None Voice Net QoS Monitor stopped No action required Warning Information None Voice Net QoS Monitor flagged fallback No action required Minor Warning None Indication VoIP gw has taken action Voice N
425. ones can make or receive calls through either VoIP or PBX lines Nortel Networks 12050 Software Phone turns your PC into a telephone interface which provides standard telephony operating features such as Voice Mail Caller ID and multiple telephone lines or line appearances This application requires Windows 2000 a full duplex sound card and a computer telephony headset This document describes what settings are required to use this application with the Business Communications Manager The i2050 Software Phone Installation Guide provides specific installation information VoIP Gateway requires keycode converts the voice in a call into a packet format and sends the call using an intranet trunk With Business Communications Manager VoIP Gateway you can make calls over any intranet connected to the Business Communications Manager system Business Communications Manager Management Guide 26 Preface P0609330 3 0 27 Chapter 1 Management Overview This section is an introduction to the Business Communications Manager network level management concepts and techniques The management overview is divided into three categories Management oncepts and models e Network Administration Objectives on page 27 e Network Topology and Management Interfaces on page 29 SNMP Network Management Concepts on page 32 Network Management and Maintenance Applications on page 33 e Unified Manager on page 34 Unified Manager e
426. ons Manager is logged the system generates a large number of logs for a variety of purposes In the case of faults consult the logs to help you to diagnose and correct the problem Some logs run continuously and collect information to help you troubleshoot in the event of system problems You can disable some logs because the information collected may not be of immediate or critical interest to maintain the system The system generates these MSC logs e MSC System Test Log contains diagnostic test results telephony events and alarms audits It has a maximum size of 20 items after which events are aged out to make room for new events e MSC System Administration Log contains log on and log off information Has a maximum of 10 entries The 11th entry overwrites the Ist entry regardless of severity level e MSC Network Event log contains T1 PRI network interface events and alarms This log has a maximum of 10 events For more information on Business Communications Manager logs see Chapter 4 Log Management on page 315 BCM Monitor overview Business Communications Manager diagnostics involve both monitoring system status and assessing performance For how to download and use the BCM Monitor see Chapter 5 BCM Monitor on page 335 BCM Monitor is an optional standalone application you can use to view system and IP telephony information for each Business Communications Manager Open several instances of the application o
427. optional features you want to install You access optional applications through the Install Clients button Many applications require a keycode For information about how to set up these optional features see the documentation for each application With the install clients utility you can select and download multimedia and telecommunications clients Applications can require other components or software keys to be installed Each application page identifies if anything else is required Clients you can download Applications e Call Center and Multimedia Call Center P0609330 3 0 Chapter 1 Management Overview 39 CallPilot Interactive Voice Response IVR Desktop assistant 12050 software phone Personal Call Manager NetVision Symbol phone administrator Toolkits CDR Client wrapper LAN CTE client TAPI 2 1 installation Unified Manager Java class library Developer information Program description Developer categories Developer partners Administrative tools Desktop assistant Pro E BCM Monitor SSH client CallPilot Click the CallPilot button to access CallPilot Manager the CallPilot management application CallPilot Manager is a web based application that you use to administer Voicemail Call answering Auto Attendant Custom Call Routing Fax answering Call Center Message Networking Note Basic CallPilot functions are standard on the Business Communications Manager and you define your region
428. or an overall summary of the previous 24 hours The Number of intervals Errored Seconds Severely Errored Seconds Unavailable Seconds appear in the summary Checking the CSU alarms 1 2 On the navigation tree click the Diagnostics and Trunk Modules keys Click the key for the appropriate bus and click the Modules on Buskey The modules on this bus appear Click the CSU Statistics and Alarm statistics keys and click the Active alarms heading The active alarms of the types LOS loss of signal OOF out of Frame RAI Remote alarm indicator or AIS Alarm indication signal are displayed For more information on these types of transmission defects see Statistics collected by the Business Communications Manager system on page 460 Checking carrier failure alarms 1 2 On the navigation tree click the Diagnostics and Trunk Modules keys Click the key for the appropriate bus and click the Modules on Buskey The modules on this bus appear Click the CSU Statistics and Alarm statistics keys and click the CFA alarms heading TheLOS loss of signal OOF out of Frame AIS Alarm indication signal RAI Remote alarm indicator Short term alarms and Defects are displayed For more information on these types of transmission defects see Statistics collected by the Business Communications Manager system on page 460 Choose the type of alarm you wish to view and click the Period The start time of the period is displayed
429. or service The RPC service is fundamental service to the operations of any RPC system activities Nortel Networks recommends that you do not disable this service Type System level services Service name RpcSs Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms None Remote procedure call service service structure Parent Child None Remote procedure call service Alarm service _ Protected storage L _ RDS self certifying Task scheduler TIntsvr Qos flt init Windows management Remote access connection manager Be Remote access autodial manager x Remote access server ie Routing and remote access service Multi dialup manager Emacs Netlink manager World wide web publishing service FTP Publishing service Windows internet name service Microsoft DNS server Voice Net QoS monitor A i VoIP Gateway fee VoIP SIP Gateway Microsoft DHCP server COM Event System System event notification Policy service L System status monitor Voice management subsystem P0609330 3 0 Routing and remote access service Chapter 3 Service Management System 275 Routing and The Routing and remote access service manages the IP IPX routing in the BCM as well as dial in remote access connections All the routing amp dial up connections rely on this service service Type System level services Service name Router Default status Running Default startup A
430. orage A Protected storage RDS self certifying Qos flt init Qos flt init Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms The QoS flt init Quality of service driver initialization service initiates the QoS filters in Unified Manager If your QoS filters aren t functioning correctly check the status of this service System level services Qos flt init Stopped Automatic Qos flt init Quality of service fault initialization service structure Parent Remote procedure call service Qos fit init RDS self certifying RDS self certifying Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms The Remote data service RDS self certifying service relates to security functions in Internet applications and relies on protected storage This service is not critical to normal operation of BCM Nortel Networks recommends you do not change the default status and startup values System level services rdscert Stopped Disabled None RDS self certifying service structure Parent Remote procedure call service Protected storage RDS self certifying Business Communications Manager Management Guide 272 Chapter 3 Service Management System Remote access autodial manager Remote access autodial manager Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms The Remote access autodial manager service manages dial in an
431. ording to the trap community list Business Communications Manager Management Guide 62 Chapter2 Fault Management System Event sources All BCM components can be a source of BCM event information An event is defined as a notification of an error or anomaly in operation or a condition that can lead to an error or anomaly The terms event and alarm are used interchangeably in the BCM environment Refer to Business Communications Manager events and alarms on page 61 when reviewing the description e BCM events derived from the operating system drivers services and applications are captured in the NT Event Log item 5 e The BCM events are recorded in the BCM Alarm database item 7 and displayed as alarms in the Alarm Banner item 8 See also Alarm banner and alarm browser on page 64 e The BCM events or alarms can also be made available to remote fault management systems as SNMP traps item 10 MSC events Core telephony services which run on the Media Services Card MSC item 1 of Business Communications Manager events and alarms on page 61 represent one of the major BCM components that act as a source of events Referred to as MSC events or core telephony events these events are assigned an MSC event id and an event priority from P1 to P9 where P9 is the most severe If an MSC event is serious enough to be considered an alarm the system also assigns the MSC event an MSC alarm ID Refer to Busin
432. ot have JVM installed Microsoft Internet Explorer 5 X excluding 5 00 or 6 X or Netscape Communicator 4 8 6 X or 7 X gt Note Browser restrictions and limitations e BRU and upgrades Only Internet Explorer will work when using the backup restore utility BRU or when performing an upgrade procedure e The Business Communications Manager upgrade wizard will not work with IE 5 00 Business Communications Manager Management Guide 408 Chapter 9 Security Management If you are using Netscape Communicator set the following parameters e Enable Java On e Cached document comparison Every time If you are using Microsoft Internet Explorer set the following parameters e Check for newer versions Every visit to the page e Java JIT compiler enabled On For information about setting these parameters check the documentation that came with your web browser You can access the Business Communications Manager system from another computer through a WAN Internet connection or a dialup connection The dialup connection uses either the internal V 90 modem North America only or an ISDN dialup Both access methods create an IP connection that enables all IP based management tools For more information on remote connections refer to Dial Up on page 621 Using a HTTP Proxy server Unified Manager does not work properly if you use a HTTP Proxy server to connect to the Internet If you use an HTTP Proxy server you must chan
433. otal queue 7 packets Queue 7 packets dropped since system reboot dropped Total queue 8 octets Queue 8 octets since system reboot Total queue 8 packets Queue 8 packets since system reboot Total queue 8 packets Queue 8 packets dropped since system reboot dropped Total queue 9 octets Queue 9 octets since system reboot Total queue 9 packets Queue 9 packets since system reboot Total queue 9 packets Queue 8 packets dropped since system reboot dropped Business Communications Manager Management Guide 372 Chapter 6 Performance Management SNMP Performance Management Business Communications Manager supports MIB II RFC1213 providing access to MIB II performance and platform information This information can be polled from an SNMP capable management framework MIB II information relevant to the BCM includes availability and status of data LAN and WAN interfaces including dial up V 90 and ISDN interfaces for example interface type interface bandwidth interface status interface packet counts and router performance data if the BCM router is enabled including packet throughput packets dropped or forwarded For more information about BCM MIBs see AppendixA Management Information Base MIB System MIB Il information is about these WAN LAN interface counters e bytes received bytes sent e bytes total e current bandwidth output queue length e packets outbound discarded e packets outbound errors e pac
434. ou specify the value of the Information Events Forwarded field as No If you specify a value of Yes the BCM will constantly redial to the trap client Note Windows 95 98 is not supported on a receiving system for the SNMP trap dialout feature Warning Events Enable or disable sending SNMP traps when a Warning event arrives in the alarm database Forwarded Error Events Enable or disable sending SNMP traps when an Error event arrives in the alarm database Forwarded Source Add in a comma separated format a list of event sources from which SNMP traps must not be Exclusion List generated The source exclusion list prevents you from receiving SNMP traps which have no meaning to you Business Communications Manager Management Guide 74 Chapter2 Fault Management System 6 Press the TAB key to save your settings 7 Click the Alarm Backup Batch Job tab Figure 22 Alarm Backup Batch Job screen Group View Help ERIS Alarm Database SNMP Trap Alarm Backup Batch Job Alarm Backup Batch Job 9 GJ BCM Q System Batch Job Stop v Resources Q Services Schedule Day Sunday v 9 Management User Manager Schedule Time 00 00 00 Alarm Manager Diagnostics 8 Use the information in this table to configure the Alarm Backup Batch Job Table5 Alarm Backup Batch Job settings Batch Job Start or stop a scheduled batch backup to an archive folder The A
435. ou can click the Details link to review the archlog schedule and application information or click the Delete Scheduled Archlog link to delete the archlog schedule information Archlog viewer From the Archlog viewer you can access all the archlogs batch files created by the Archlog scheduler see Archlog scheduler on page 326 Archlog files are stored in a directory on the Business Communications Manager hard drive The archlog files or packages are compressed zip files The viewer displays links to the archlog files saved on the Business Communications Manager hard drive With the Archlog viewer you can download view or delete archlog packages zip file Select the link to download the archlog file package and save it to the hard drive of your PC Viewing archlog files Use this procedure to download view or delete archlog packages zip file 1 On the Unified Manager main page click the Maintenance icon and log on with your user name and password The Product Maintenance amp Support Website appears In the left frame under the Archlog heading click the Archlog Viewer link The Archlog viewer screen appears The Archlog viewer screen lists the Archlog files stored on the BCM hard drive Click the Download Archlog Package button to access the required Archlog files The system prompts you to e open the zip file package and display the archlog files e save the zip archlog file package to your PC save the fil
436. out why the Digital Trunk Interface module is alarmed Minor Warning MSC event 334 Sev P5 Cat C This event is generated when the short term alarm threshold has been surpassed in the Digital Trunk Interface module for the detection of remote alarm indication in time slot 16 The module is in a no new calls state DTCM 1 Intervention is required to find out why the Digital Trunk Interface module is alarmed Intervention is required to find out why the Digital Trunk Interface module is alarmed Minor Warning MSC event 335 Sev P5 Cat C A reset has occurred in the Basic Rate Interface or Digital Trunk Interface module This event should only occur when the system first boots Obtain the traceback for the module that reset Minor Warning MSC event 367 Sev P5 Cat B A warm start has been done No action required No action required Warning Information MSC event 400 Sev P9 Cat E A search of the terminal address table failed to find a TN that matched the TN of the device that is initializing and requesting its LAD The device will fail to initialize This is a software error that can occur on initialization of any TCM peripheral Report the problem and the software version Report the problem and the software version Minor Warning MSC event 401 Sev P4 Cat B Attempt to attach a device type to a port that is not supported in the software The device will not initialize nor be operational Verify that all typ
437. ovide information about system status e utilization of resources in the Media Services Card operation of telephony applications such as Voice Mail or Call Center e JP telephony activity Topics in this section e MSC Media Services Card screen on page 339 e Voice Ports screen on page 340 e IP Devices screen on page 341 e Real time Protocol over UDP RTP session screen on page 342 e Universal ISDN Protocol UIP screen on page 343 e Line monitor screen on page 344 e Usage indicators screen on page 345 Business Communications Manager Management Guide 338 Chapter 5 BCM Monitor BCM Info screen Displays BCM system hardware software and IP information This information is useful for the static report format Figure 45 BCM Monitor info screen BCM Monitor Msp cgy doc File Help MSC Voice Ports IP Devices RTP Sessions UIP Usage Indicators r BCM Hardware Installed Devices Platform CA810e NIC NETGEAR FA310TX Fast Ethernet PCI Adapter IP HOOK Memory 255 MB MAC 00 40 CC 5B 42 10 Hrdina 13865 NIC SDL bro Hes WANic 500 Adapter Profile WAN Modem MSC NIC Mask 2552552550 System ID 560000000000 s Ud ut e 2 NIC SDL Communications Inc WANic 500 Adapter Serial number KX IP 10 10 10 1 Mask 255 255 255 0 r BEM Software MAC 00 E0 48 05 44 FB Boot time 2 19 03 11 45 AM m IP Configuration Published IP address 300000000000 Next hop OO KKK
438. ovides event notification to the SNMP network manager workstation Data passes from SNMP agents hardware software processes that report activity in all network devices to the SNMP Network Manager server Figure 5 Managed objects and agents SNMP Fault in Messages Device 1 i 4 P lt SEEN JE Agent gt SNMP Network Manager Workstation Server Messages Network Management and Maintenance Applications The tools and applications bundled with the BCM provide statistics and notifications of system status and operation There are three categories of network management applications that are available and compatible for operation with the BCM or network elements Business Communications Manager Management Guide 34 Chapter 1 Management Overview e BCMespecific tools and applications e optional tools and applications e third party tools and applications BCM specific tools and applications Unified Manager see also Unified Manager on page 34 is web based configuration and maintenance application bundled with the Business Communications Manager software Unified Manager is the single point of access for managing all programming for individual BCM systems Access to the Unified Manager is password protected and is secure for both enterprise customers and small to medium sized businesses Administrators use Unified Manager to quickly set up BCM telephony and data functions as well as users mailboxes and directory numbers
439. ower down the system and disconnect the device from the port identified Reconnect it to a valid port Critical Error MSC event 863 Sev P4 Cat F A log Event has activated the emergency transfer relay No action required The alarm was generated by a power failure Warning Information None TEI request error for ISDN emulator Event parameters 1 Withdraw the last request for a TEI Critical Error MSC event 352 Sev P1 Cat D Clock control is in free run This could indicate a problem with the cable connection or with the signal from the network Check the cable connection or the signal from the network Critical Error MSC event 447 Sev P1 Cat D Analog Station Computer Module firmware download failure Event parameters 1 The ASCM will not be brought on line by the system Perform diagnostics on the ASCM Critical Error Business Communications Manager Management Guide Voice software Event ID 80 Event ID 81 Event ID 82 Event ID 83 Event ID 84 Event ID 85 Event ID 86 Event ID 87 P0609330 3 0 Return to table Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs
440. p type Logs VoiceTimeSynch Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 1001 Event ID 1001 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs omponent ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Call Detail Recording The service was started No action required Warning Information None Unexpected services request generated internally or by WinNt Services Execution continues The service received an unsupported request No action required Error Critical None Can never occur on BCM during normal operation The service was stopped No action required Warning Information None alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Voice time synch Starting up NTP service version 3 0 server No action required Warning Information None No Time Adjustment Seconds seconds max of Seconds No action required Warning Information None Business Communications Manager Management Guide 244 Chapter 2 Fault Management System VoiceTimeSynch Return to table Event ID 1001 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 1001 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 1002 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs P0609330 3 0 Component ID alarm eventSource trap
441. pected state machine transition for SIP processing SIP Proxy Failure 962 963 Send NT event log and stlog to development ITAS Critical Error None Unexpected SIP data structure manipulations Chapter 2 Fault Management System 151 mspQoSMP Event ID 4052 Event ID 4053 Event ID 4054 Event ID 4055 Event ID 5001 Event ID 5005 Event ID 5011 Return to table Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary SIP Firewall Failure 962 963 Send NT event log and stlog to development ITAS Critical Error None Firewall functionalities failed for SIP call SIP Nat Failure 962 963 Send NT event log and stlog to development ITAS Critical Error None Nat functionalities failed for SIP call Non SIP Packet through SIP default port 5060 Send NT event log and stlog to development ITAS Warning Information None Send logs to support team Check if there are any non SIP packets going through the BCM via the port 5060 2
442. pede Rh ead bee eee ake ees 63 NT Event pd dalsbise cols catia es MOR EK LNa PERERA vA Rd OS 64 AON MAGGS uiuo usada prp wd acid Ua dido dee RE Renee 64 Alarm database PP ET 64 Alarm banner and alarm browser 200 00 cece elles 64 Alarm system interfaees iulusees ha RR ERERRAORETRAGGE RES CERTAGGES 64 BCM alam Seven ines cet chines ree ede eee dre OEE eee E 65 Accessing and configuring the Alarm System llle 66 Enabling the alarm serice cco acs uev dob RR ROW nises inas OE dede RR 67 Accessing the Alarm Banner to monitor alarm notification 68 Accessing the Alarm Browser to analyze alarm detail Lun 69 Configuring Alarm Manager settings lille 70 SNP TODS aigu bor vd a bade Va du sol obs abl d eee dili woe dd on MC 75 BOM alarm and SNMP trap list isses suh RR coche 3 y RETRO RR 75 Alarm banner NT event database and SNMP trap correlation 76 SNMP TAP TRONO cacumen aao cadat alk 0 epoca do ance ceca d oo on 76 SNEP OU Pme ETC T 77 About defining SNMP trap destinations lille 77 CGoniiguing an SNMP Community is bit ewe kee slo A Reed Ae eee 77 Configuring SNMP summary attributes 000 002 eee eee eee 78 P0609330 3 0 Contents 3 Adding a community to an SNMP community list 005 79 Modifying an SNMP community list llle 81 Deleting an SNMP community i22 dk UR eR dci nee Cork OE DAR ded o 81 Configuring an SN
443. peration Mode N Ultra UDMA Made N Beep Timing N A 2 On this screen you can change three of the settings Version is a read only field Table 46 LED Display screen settings wu Jmm emm Operation Mode Primary Master Mirror Master Mirror Mode N A Ultra UDMA Mode Disable O 16 1 24 2 33 3 48 4 66 Auto N A Beep Timing Disable Continuous 5 seconds Choose how long the beep will sound To test the 10 seconds 15 seconds 20 seconds sound choose one of the settings under the Tools 30 seconds 1 minute 2 minutes menu Warning Ensure you understand the implications of the changes before you change these settings on your system Only the system administrator should have access to this screen 3 Click the Status tab to view the status of the disk mirror system All the fields on this screen are read only P0609330 3 0 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 473 Figure 78 Disk Mirror Status screen Status Primary Master Status N m Mirror Master Status IN Jh Emergency telephone does not function If the emergency telephone is connected to the system 1 A o N Check the power LED on the ASM 8 to check that the ASM 8 is receiving power Check that the emergency telephone has dial tone Check the external line and emergency telephone connections To avoid damage to the emergency telephone connect the telephone directly to the external line and check
444. ponent Configuration location Unified Manager gt Diagnostics gt Unified Manager gt Recording Ea Unified Manager gt System gt Identification System name amp Time zone only Wizards gt Edit DN Record Template Policy Service Unified Manager gt Services gt Policy Management gt Policy Agent ISDN Unified Manager gt Resources gt Dial Up gt ISDN PPTP Unified Manager gt Services gt VPN gt PPTP LAN Unified Manager gt Resources gt LAN Unified Manager gt Services gt QoS Monitor gt Mean Option Score P0609330 3 0 Chapter 8 System Backup and Restore BRU 389 Table 37 Unified Manager subcomponents and configuration data MSM Published IP Address determined from IP Telephony Published IP address Unified Manager gt Resources gt LAN or WAN LANx or WANx NTP Unified Manager gt Services gt NTP Client Settings Unified Manager gt Services gt SNMP except Summary gt Status Voice Application The Voice Applications component in the BCM Component list encompasses a number of BCM components that have interdependencies and interrelated data Below is a listing of the subcomponent and the configuration data that is saved for it I Note Voice mail and IVR are unavailable during a Voice Applications backup or restore The table below lists the voice application subcomponents and configuration data that is saved Table 38 Voice application sub components and configuration data Sub
445. port Minor Warning None User initiated self test failed Run another self test If the UPS fails the self test again contact APC Support for assistance http Awww apc com go direct index cfm tag support Minor Warning None Self test at UPS failed Run another self test If the UPS fails the self test again contact APC Support for assistance http www apc com go direct index cfm tag support Minor Warning None User initiated self test failed Invalid test Run another self test If the UPS fails the self test again contact APC Support for assistance http Awww apc com go direct index cfm tag support Minor Warning None Business Communications Manager Management Guide 204 Chapter 2 Fault Management System UPS Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Uninterruptible power supply Event ID 300206 Message User initiated self test failed Invalid test User action Run another self test If the UPS fails the self test again contact APC Support for assistance http www apc com go direct index cfm tag support Alarm severity Minor Trap type Warning Logs None Event ID 300206 Message Self test at UPS failed Invalid test User action Run another self test If the UPS fails the self test again contact APC Support for assistance http Awww apc com go direct index cfm tag support Alarm severity Minor Trap type Warning Logs None Event ID 300300 Message
446. ps significant system events are missed Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name SNMPTRAP Default status Stopped Default startup Manual Alarms SNMP Trap Agent SNMP Trap service service structure Parent EventLog SNMP Trap service System status monitor System status The system status monitor service associates the BCM front panel LEDs to the Unified Manager monitor GUI This module tracks system status and can reboot if WinNT hangs Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name SSM Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms System Status Monitor System status monitor service structure Parent Remote procedure call service A _ System status monitor Telephony service Telephony The Telephony service manages TAPI connection from the operating system to the Nortel service Networks driver This service is a requirement for all unimodem modems Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name TapiSrv Business Communications Manager Management Guide 302 Chapter 3 Service Management System Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms None Telephony service service structure Parent Child None Telephony service Ep Remote access connection manager I I 5 Remote access autodial manager 4 l l Routing and remote access service 4 l Multi dialup manager i
447. puter using DHCP server Drive W IP address shared folder must lt computer_name gt shared_folder UNIX FTP Format for static IP address Domain name Server lt IP_address gt path_folder lt domain_name gt shared_folder WindowsNT Format for static IP address Domain name FTP Server IP address root drive path folder lt domain_name gt lt root_drive gt shared folder e From the User Name field you can access the path for the Remote drive or FTP server Click the SELECT button The selected volume appears in the Restore Location field From the Select BCM Component s list select the components you want to restore By default all of the components available for restore are selected If you are using FTP to restore the data none of the components are selected e To clear all highlighted components click anywhere on the list e To select more than one component hold the CTRL key and select from the list Click the Start Restore button Enter your user name and password if prompted for remote restore only If you are restoring the file to a Local volume the User Name and Password screen prompt does not appear Continue to the next step in this procedure Enterthe user name in the Username box to access the remote volume Use a domain name qualifier if required e Enter the password in the Password box to access the remote volume Select the Submit button When the restore is complete a messa
448. quires a keycode for installation The PPPoE product is only available for BCMs that contain 2 LAN adapters When you select either of the above options the system displays an installation wizard to guide you through the installation process To display the install optional components screen select Install optional components under the maintenance category The install optional components screen appears P0609330 3 0 Chapter 1 Management Overview 49 Figure 14 Install optional components screen NORTEL NETWORKS Business Communications Manager Your Location BCM Product Maintenance amp Suppor Install Optional Components Alarms and Traps Maintenance System Information Install Optional Components Order amp Enable Optional Components Install Optional Components Maintenance Tools Available Optional Components Archlog IPX Routing Install b e S Installs the IPX routing protocol and services on the BCM izar Archiog scheduler a Archlog Scheduler PPPoE Install Archlog Vi Archlog Su nii Installing PPPoE enables Point to Point over Ethernet capability on the BCM Browse Logs Folder Maintenance tools Use the maintenance tools screen to select the tools necessary for these application categories Application Shared drive Attach to a shared volume Detach a shared volume Enable Disable BCM Drive Shares System interaction Execute a command Schedule
449. r Call Center components Helper Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms System level services MSSQLServerADHelper Stopped Manual None MSSQLServerADHelper service structure Parent None Business Communications Manager Management Guide 266 Chapter 3 Service Management System Multi dialup manager Multi dialup The Multi dialup manager service is used for dialup interfaces on Business Communications manager Manager s data side V 90 and ISDN dialup interfaces rely on this service If V 90 or ISDN dialup connections are not working this could be an issue Typically this service is not configured Type System level services Service name DialMgr Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms None Multi dialup manager service structure Parent TDI A Workstation Telephony service Remote procedure call service l l Remote access connection manager l L Server A N etBT A A Routing and remote access service 4 Multi dialup manager NetIQ AppManager client communication manager NetlQ The NetIQ AppManager client communication manager service is an optionally enabled system AppManager monitoring component client communication manager Type System level services Service name NetlQccm Default status Stopped Default startup Disabled Alarms NetlQccm NetlQmc NetlQObjMgr NetlQ AppManager client co
450. r the current time at the site where Business Communications Manager is located 4 Inthe Time Zone box select the time zone at the site where Business Communications Manager is located 5 Press the Tab key to save your changes Maintenance programming for telephony resources To perform maintenance on your Business Communications Manager you must know the system version and the status of each of your Media Bay Modules For how to access this information see e System version on page 454 e Media Bay Module status on page 454 If you want to run a line loopback payload loopback card loopback or continuity loopback test see Tests on page 457 For information on system statistics and metrics see e CSU statistics on page 460 Business Communications Manager Management Guide 454 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics e Link Status on page 463 e Metrics on page 464 For information on physically moving an existing telephone see Moving telephones on page 465 System version View the system version to check the version number of the System Processor SP software that resides on the Media Services Card MSC 1 On the navigation tree click the Diagnostics key and click the MSC heading The version number of the software appears in the System version box 2 Record the version number on the appropriate Maintenance record Note You can use the version number to determine the softw
451. rce trap summary Inspect reason for failure and take appropriate action If the reason is ME PLAY LIST FULL then modify PeriProducer application to decrease the number of items in the play request Critical Error None The first s is the path and the second s is the reason for failure Severity 7 Component vps lt VR gt lt BCM name gt Message Play Failure Unknown vocabulary item s Verify it is a recorded element in the MMF and the MMF has been converted to VFS If not record element and perform conversion Critical Error None First s is the vocab item Severity 7 Component vps lt IVR gt lt BCM name gt Message Can t set port capabilities to s s Reconfigure the number of media gateways Critical Error None First s is the port caps and second s is reason for failure Severity 1 Component vps lt IVR gt lt BCM name gt Message Call presented and no ports available to receive the call Configure more IVR ports Warning Information None Severity 1 Component vps lt IVR gt lt BCM name gt Message Class Subsystem MX mx AnswerCall Invalid Handle 2 Terminate application from all administrative lines Warning Information None Business Communications Manager Management Guide JET 136 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Joint Engine Technology JET provides the JET database driver for BCM The database engine used in Microsoft Access that accompanies Visual
452. re all core telephony MSC system events including alarms For more information see Media service card core telephony logs on page 315 Note that core telephony MSC events designated as MSC alarms are sent to the NT Event Log in addition to being recorded in the MSC core telephony logs item 4 MSC events of priority 5 P5 and higher are sent to the NT Event log item 4 MSC events are shown in the BCM alarms under the Voice Software component ID Business Communications Manager Management Guide 64 Chapter2 Fault Management System NT Event log database When the alarm service is enabled all BCM alarms are recorded into the NT Event Log item 5 of Business Communications Manager events and alarms on page 61 For more information about how to view NT Event Logs see Obtaining NT Event Logs from Archlog on page 332 Alarm manager See Business Communications Manager events and alarms on page 61 when reviewing the descriptions e The system forwards events from the NT Event log to the Alarm Manager e The Alarm Manager applies system filters based on configuration inputs e The events are recorded in the Business Communications Manager alarm database Alarm database See Business Communications Manager events and alarms on page 61 when reviewing the descriptions The alarm database item 7 holds a maximum of 5000 alarm records The network administrator configures the record capacity of the alarm data
453. re call service RpcSs Routing and remote access service Router Serial port manager CMDRMT Server LanmanServer Services Monitor ServicesMon Spooler Spooler SQLServerAgent SQLServerAgent SSH Secure Shell 2 SSHSecureShell2Server Survivable remote gateway SRG System event notification SENS Task scheduler Schedule TCP IP NetBIOS helper LmHosts Tomcat Tomcat UPS APC Powerchute plus UPS UPS Console Toggle UPSConsoleToggle Voice Licensing services LSManager VNC server winvnc Windows installer MSIServer Default status startup Running Manual Stopped Manual Stopped Manual Running Automatic Running Automatic Running Automatic Running Automatic Running Automatic Stopped Manual Stopped Manual Running Automatic Running Automatic Stopped Manual Running Automatic Running Automatic Running Automatic Stopped Manual Stopped Automatic Running Automatic Running Manual Stopped Manual Business Communications Manager Management Guide 260 Chapter 3 Service Management System Table 15 System level services Display name Service name Plug and play Plug Protected storage ProtectedStorage Default status Display name Default status startup Service name startup Play Running Automatic Windows internet name service Stopped Manual Wins Running Automatic Windows management Running Automatic WinMgmt Qos flt init Qos flt init
454. re pre defined data fields default VoiceUserGroup DialUpUserGroup All menus are invisible and no menus are configurable default This group lets the user access the system through a dialup connection ReadOnlyUserGroup Can see everything but cannot make changes default VoiceUserGroup Can only configure pre defined voice fields default Note You cannot modify default user groups Dial up note If any of the users will be using a dial up connection to access the system they must be assigned to the DialUpUserGroup Business Communications Manager Management Guide 422 Chapter 9 Security Management Callback Disabled Enabled If this user is going to use a V 90 modem or an ISDN BRI link to connect to the system and the user requires callback ensure that Callback is enabled If the user is configured as an ISDN interface ensure that a static IP address has been specified for the interface See Configuring an ISDN interface in the Programming Operations Guide If this user is not using a V 90 modem or an ISDN BRI link or does not require callback set Callback to Disabled Note The system supports one dial up connection at a time Callback Number This is the number the system uses to call back to the external modem or ISDN BRI link Ensure that the appropriate routing codes are added to the dial string Unlocked Shows the current state of the user s password If the password Unlock becomes locked and the user does not
455. re required 2 at least two different types of characters are required 3 at least three different types of characters are required At highest complexity passwords must contain elements from three of these four character sets upper case alphabet English lower case alphabet English westernized Arabic numerals non alphanumeric characters 96 Network note If you are using Network Configuration Manager password policies will be applied regardless of the Unified Manager settings P0609330 3 0 Chapter 9 Security Management 429 Using the SSH client to access the text based interface Some operations for Business Communications Manager such as initializing a new hard disk use a text based interface In previous versions Telnet was used to access Business Communications Manager text menus BCM version 3 5 software introduces the ability to securely access Business Communications Manager through a network connection using SSH server software SSH service software is from SSH Communications Security www ssh com You can download the SSH client application called PuTTY from the Business Communications Manager front page Users require an administrator level password to use either PuTTY or Telnet Security note You can still use Telnet for direct connections through a crossover o cable since network security is not an issue in this case If you want to use Telnet over the network you need to manually start the service
456. reboot Total queue 5 packets Queue 5 packets since system reboot Total queue 5 packets Queue 4 packets dropped since system reboot dropped Accessing the QoS Queue 6 9 Graph and Table QoS refers to guaranteed throughput level QoS allows a server to measure improve and to some level guarantee the transmission rates error rates and other data transmission characteristics QoS is critical for the continuous and real time transmission of video and multimedia information which use high bandwidth Use the Quality of Service QoS monitor to observe the system performance for queued octets packets and packets dropped range 6 9 To access the QoS Queue 6 9 Graph and Table 1 On the Unified Manager navigation tree click the Resources and LAN keys and click the heading of the LAN resource you want to see 2 On the top menu click Performance and select QoS Queue 6 9 Graph or QoS Queue 6 9 Table P0609330 3 0 Chapter 6 Performance Management 371 QoS Queue 6 9 counter types The QoS 6 9 graph and table selections display quality of service related network traffic statistics Table 26 Qos Queue 6 9 counter types Total queue 6 octets Queue 6 octets since system reboot Total queue 6 packets Queue 6 packets since system reboot Total queue 6 packets Queue 6 packets dropped since system reboot dropped Total queue 7 octets Queue 7 octets since system reboot Total queue 7 packets Queue 7 packets since system reboot T
457. rection Pending Set on call No action required Warning Information None DN XXXX Local Mode Firmware Upgrade Pending Set on call No action required Warning Information None DN XXXX Invalid ID 1 ID has no endpoint in Gatekeeper database Indicates configuration problem Minor Warning None DN XXXX Invalid ID 2 ID unknown within the Call Server Indicates configuration problem Minor Warning None DN XXXX Invalid ID 3 Endpoint in Gatekeeper database is Originating Call Server Indicates configuration problem Minor Warning None Permission Denied 1 No configured Installer Password Indicates configuration problem Minor Warning None Permission Denied 2 Branch User already registered with the TN associated with the UserlD Business Communications Manager Management Guide 180 Survivable remote gateway Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID P0609330 3 0 2205 2206 2207 2208 3201 3202 3303 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User
458. riteria for declaring and clearing the alarms to meet those in TIA 547A or TR64211 Enabling the internal CSU Use this procedure to enable the internal CSU to gather performance statistics for your T1 lines or PRI with public interface 1 On the navigation tree click the Resources and Media Bay Modules keys and the heading for the appropriate bus 2 Click the Modules on Bus headingand the appropriate module 3 Click the T1 Parameters heading and from the Internal CSU list box select On The module is temporarily disabled while the internal CSU is enabled Check the performance statistics 1 On the navigation tree click the Diagnostics and Trunk Modules keys and the key for the bus that has the module that you want to check 2 Click the Module CSU statistics and Performance statistics keys 3 Click the Current interval heading to display the duration of the current 15 minute interval of the selected card the number of errored seconds ES the number of severely errored seconds SES and the number of unavailable time seconds UAS 4 Click the 15 min intervals heading to display statistics for 15 minute intervals in the last 24 hours numbered from the most recent 01 to the oldest 96 Click the most recent interval The window shows the start time of the interval 5 Click the 24 hour summary heading for an overall summary of the previous 24 hours The Number of intervals Errored Seconds Severely Errored Seconds Unavailabl
459. rks startup service Default status Stopped P0609330 3 0 Chapter 3 Service Management System 299 Default startup Manual Alarms IVR Nortel Networks IVR service structure Parent Child VoiceMSCDriver None Voice MSC service Voice NNU diagnostics i Voice Licensing services l l l A Media services manager VoiceCTI Nortel Networks IVR Nortel Networks license service Nortel Networks The Nortel Networks licence service enables you to enter keycodes and verify licensing on BCM license service If keycode entry does not function correctly verify the status of this service Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name Nortel Networks license service Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms None Nortel Networks license service structure Parent Child None None Policy service Policy service The Policy service provides Quality of Service QoS policy information base support COPS protocol support and policy rules implementation installation removal for policy enforcement Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name pep Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms Policy Services Business Communications Manager Management Guide 300 Chapter 3 Service Management System Policy service service structure Parent Remote procedure call service _ Policy service PPPoE service PPPoE service
460. rm eventSource trap summary If this event occurs frequently increase the High Transfer Voltage of your UPS If the condition persists contact an electrician to analyze your utility power Warning Information None UPS on bypass user set via software or panel The front panel or a software command was used to put the UPS into bypass mode typically for maintenance Since the UPS cannot support its load if a power failure occurs return the UPS to online operation as soon as possible Warning Information None UPS system is in maintenance bypass set by switch The switch at the UPS was used to put the UPS into bypass mode typically for maintenance Since the UPS cannot support its load if a power failure occurs return the UPS to on line operation as soon as possible Warning Information None UPS module failed Replace the failed module Critical Error None Main intelligence module removed This is the first step in replacing a failed module Continue with the replacement Minor Warning None Main intelligence module failed Replace the failed module Critical Error None Redundant intelligence module removed This is the first step in replacing a failed module Continue with the replacement Minor Business Communications Manager Management Guide 202 Chapter 2 Fault Management System UPS Uninterruptible power supply Event ID 203500 Event ID 203600 Event ID 203800 Event ID 20
461. rm service Alarm service Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms P0609330 3 0 The Alarm service provides alarm reporting capability through the local system interface This service requires you to enable remote procedure call service RpcSs first The Alarm service filters alarms and events from the NT event viewer and categorizes them in the BCM alarm database Nortel Networks configurable services AlarmSvc Stopped Manual None Chapter 3 Service Management System 287 Alarm service service structure Parent Remote procedure call service A Alarm Service BCMUpgrade BCMUpgrade The BCM Upgrade service checks to see if an upgrade is present or started If the upgrade exists the service performs the upgrade Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name BCMUpgrade Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms None BCM Upgrade service service structure Parent None Call Detail Recording Call Detail Call Detail Recording provides CDR information from the core telephony to CDR or 3rd party call Recording accounting applications CDR information contains detailed statistical information about calls such as length of time and who was on the phone For more information on CDR see the CDR Guide in the documentation Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name VoiceRecord Default status Running Default startup Automati
462. rm severity Critical Trap type Error Logs None Business Communications Manager Management Guide 210 Chapter 2 Fault Management System VBMain VBMain Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary VoiceButton Multimedia call centre Return to table Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Service VBMain Event ID 0 Message VBMain error d Exit code d User action Send NT event log and stlog to development ITAS Manually restart service or reboot BCM Logged if service failed to start Alarm severity Critical Trap type Error Logs None Comments Logged if service failed to start Error number is that returned by GetLastError VNC Service VNC Service Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Virtual network computing Return to table Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Service VNC server Event ID 1 Message The VNC service was started from the Product Maintenance amp Support website Virtual network computing User action Most likely this BCM has been accessed through VNC Other than this information no action is required Alarm severity Warning Trap type Information Logs None VNetManager VNetManager provides the management interface for the VoIP gateway VNetManager Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Return to table Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Service N
463. rnative monitoring process Analysis amp Resolution process Business Communications Manager Management Guide 90 Chapter2 Fault Management System SNMP Event Messages SNMP Trap notifications messages are displayed in your SNMP trap watcher SNMP event messages are generated when e asystem level service is activated or stopped e a Nortel Networks configurable service is activated or stopped SNMP events severity levels e Error e Warning Information Using the component ID and event ID summary tables The Alarm System shows the source of a BCM alarm as Component ID whereas the SNMP system shows the source of the same information as a trap of source eventSource The terminology used in this document of Component ID alarm eventSource trap is intended to show that these two systems call the same information by different names Use the table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary on page 92 to navigate to the SNMP event displayed in your SNMP trap watcher Alternatively use Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID on page 95 to identify SNMP event ID and display the associated SNMP trap message and appropriate maintenance activity Alarm description information associated service name e event ID number e alarm interpretation and corrective actions associated logs To use the alarm summary table 1 Examine the alarm name shown in the Alarm Browser 2 Select the correspon
464. rom the entity Datagrams Rate that UDP datagrams are sent or received by the entity Datagrams received Rate that UDP datagrams are delivered to UDP users P0609330 3 0 Chapter 6 Performance Management 361 Accessing the TCP Packets graph and table Transport Control Protocol TCP is transport layer component that provides the connection point through which applications access network services TCP use IP and as a result uses a best effort delivery strategy IP encapsulates TCP information in datagrams and delivers the data across router connected internetworks To access the TCP Packets Graph and Table 1 On the Unified Manager navigation tree click the Resources heading 2 On the top menu click Performance and select TCP Packets Graph or TCP Packets Table TCP Packet counter types The TCP Packets graph and table selections display TCP related network traffic statistics When you display the TCP Packets graph you can select a counter type Table 22 TCP Packet counter types Connection failures Rate that TCP segments are sent or received using the TCP protocol Connections archive Number of times TCP connections made a direct transition to the syn sent state from the closed state Connections established CP connections for which the current state is either established or close wait Connections passive Number of times TCP connections made a direct transition to the syn rcvd state from the listen state Connections r
465. rrent statistics and begin collecting statistics again Testing the DDI Mux Use loopback tests to check the DDI Mux data transfer capabilities For loopback tests you must generate a test pattern or data traffic and provide a means to monitor the data path The module provides two loopback tests e DTE Loopback test on page 444 e DS30 Loopback test on page 447 The following applies e activate one loopback at a time e activation of a DTE loopback can be manual or automatic e manual control over loopback state has priority over automatic e manual capability of releasing all loopbacks DTE Loopback test The DTE Loopback test forwards data transmitted by the DTE TxD and loops the data back to the DTE RxD The DTE Loopback test establishes a data path from the DTE through the internal DDI Mux circuit and back to the DTE Refer to Figure 59 You must transmit a test pattern and monitor the received data at the DDI Mux data port You can use a Bit Error Rate Tester to generate and monitor data traffic P0609330 3 0 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 445 Figure 72 DTE Loopback Test Fl Fis Prvpce z la F mux servic qiiis PST To begin a DTE Loopback test 1 2 3 4 On the navigation tree click the Diagnostics and Media Bay Modules keys Click the key for the bus number assigned to the Data Module Click the Data Module key and then click the Loopback status heading From the Loopback li
466. rt The Media Services Manager service depends on the Voice MSC Service service which failed to start Start Voice MSC Service If the problems persist contact your technical support representative Critical Error None Voice MSC service Media services manager The service did not respond to the start or control request in a timely fashion Business Communications Manager Management Guide 172 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Service Control Manager Event ID 7001 Event ID 7001 Event ID 7001 Event ID 7001 Event ID 7001 Event ID 7001 P0609330 3 0 Return to table Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Service Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Service Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Service Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Service Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Service Comments Message User action Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary The Message Trace Tool service depends on the Media Services Manager service which failed to start Start the Media Services Manager service Critical Error None Message trace tool Media services manager The dependency service or group failed to start The Task Scheduler service depends on the Net Logon service which failed to start St
467. rted classes e g Class E For entities that are not IP Gateways and therefore do not forward datagrams this counter includes datagrams discarded because the destination address was not a local address Received delivered Rate that input datagrams are successfully delivered to IP user protocols including ICMP Received discarded Input IP datagrams for which no problems were encountered to prevent their continued processing but which were discarded for lack of buffer space for example This counter does not include any datagrams discarded while awaiting re assembly P0609330 3 0 Chapter 6 Performance Management 357 Table 19 IP Packet counter types Received header errors Input datagrams discarded due to errors in their IP headers including bad checksums version number mismatch other format errors time to live exceeded errors discovered in processing their IP options etc Received unknown Number of locally addressed datagrams received successfully but discarded protocol because of an unknown or unsupported protocol Received Rate that IP datagrams are received from the interfaces including those received in error Rate that IP datagrams are supplied to IP for transmission by local IP user protocols including ICMP This counter does not include any datagrams counted in datagrams forwarded Datagrams Rate that IP datagrams are received from or sent to the interfaces including those received or sent in error Forwarded
468. rtup Manual Alarms Wins Windows internet name service service structure Parent Remote procedure call service NT LM Security support provider L Windows internet name service Windows management Windows The Windows Management service is the operating system component that contains the WMI Type System level services Service name WinMgmt Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms None Windows management service structure Parent Child Remote procedure call service None _ Windows management Business Communications Manager Management Guide 284 Chapter 3 Service Management System Workstation Workstation The Workstation service is needed for communications and network connections and allows for outbound NetBIOS connections See also the Server service description Nortel Networks recommends careful consideration when configuring the system name The system notifies you of duplicate names and fails to start the service Type System level services Service name LanmanWorkstation Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms None Workstation service structure Parent Child TDI Workstation Computer Browser Remote access connection manager A Routing and remote access service A t Net link manager L Workstation E Multi dialup manager Alerter Messenger _ Remote access autodial manager
469. ructure Parent Plug and play Plug and play Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms The Plug and play service is used to detect and configure plug amp play PnP hardware devices such as a video card System level services PlugPlay Running Automatic e NSACD Service Control Manager Plug and play service structure None Parent Protected storage Protected storage The Protected storage service provides secure storage for sensitive data and prevents access by Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms P0609330 3 0 unauthorized services processes or users Protected Storage is a set of software libraries that let applications fetch and retrieve security and other information from a personal storage location while hiding the implementation and details of the storage itself The Protected storage service encrypts and stores SSL certificates application passwords Outlook Outlook Express information stored by Profile Assistant information maintained by MS Wallet digitally signed S MIME keys This service is not critical to normal operation of BCM Nortel Networks recommends you do not change the default status and startup values System level services ProtectedStorage Running Automatic None Chapter 3 Service Management System 271 Protected storage service structure Parent Child Remote procedure call service Protected st
470. running you will need to restart the UTPS service Critical Error None All UTPS events written to the NT event log are fatal and will cause the UTPS to shutdown The reasons for these events are either a missing dependent component MPS or MSM or an OS related problem Unable to initialize a timer socket signalling channel to the core Unable to get a timer from the OS If the voice watchdog service is NOT running you will need to restart the UTPS service Critical Error None All UTPS events written to the NT event log are fatal and will cause the UTPS to shutdown The reasons for these events are either a missing dependent component MPS or MSM or an OS related problem Unable to initialize a timer socket signalling channel to the core UTPS is being shut down If the voice watchdog service is NOT running you will need to restart the UTPS service Critical Error Chapter 2 Fault Management System 209 UTPS Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Logs None Comments All UTPS events written to the NT event log are fatal and will cause the UTPS to shutdown The reasons for these events are either a missing dependent component MPS or MSM or an OS related problem Unable to initialize a timer socket signalling channel to the core Event ID 3000 Message 12 30 34 040 UTPS 1 MSM has closed the pipe to the UTPS shutting down User action Restart the BCM Ala
471. rvices on page 285 Accessing Service Manager 1 Access the correct Business Communications Manager in your network from the Unified Manager workstation browser Business Communications Manager Management Guide 252 Chapter 3 Service Management System 2 On the Unified Manager navigation tree click Diagnostics and click the Service Manager heading The Services List screen displays a list of services and information about how the system is started and the current status Figure 29 Services List Edit Configuration Performance Fault Repot Tools Logoff View Help Services List Delete Del All r Services List System AlarmS vc AlarmSvc Manual Stopped Resources eee BL Uri stopped 5 Alerter Alerter Manual Stopped z lena Bem mp IpMusic BcmAmp Automatic Running 9 Diagnostics BCMUpgrade BCM Upgrade Automatic _ Running _ Q msc Browser Computer Browser Manual Stopped Trunk Modules efsServer Voice CFS Automatic Running Service Metrics ClipSrv ClipBook Server Manual Stopped H emdrmt cmdrmt Automatic Running Q System Status Magitor 4 CTEDP Doorphone Automatic Running f watchdog j CTEngine Voice CTE Automatic Running Disk Mirroring al Thea TENES VUE na Unified Manager i DECTAlarms DECT Alam Monitor Automatic Running Driver Debug i DECTMtce DECT MaintenanceCo Automatic Running i DECTOAM
472. s Comments Event ID 3004 Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 3005 Return to table User action Message Message User action Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Start this service manually If unable to resolve the problem call for Support Voice Watchdog encountered the maximum limit of services restarting times and the service needs to be restarted manually Critical Error None 9eService Name Start Service failed The dependent service or group failed to start Start the root service of failed service manually If unable to resolve the problem call for Support Critical Error None The service failed to start according to the failure in the root parent service The root service needs to be started manually Service Name Failed to start Start this service manually If unable to resolve the problem call for Support Critical Error None Service Service Name stopped unexpectedly Watchdog will restart this service No action required Critical Error None Business Communications Manager Management Guide 248 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Wins Wins Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Return to table Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Service Windows internet name service Event ID 4097 Message WINS has initialized properly and is now fully operational
473. s Activate service logging to generate logs that provide a history of changes to service status The service log records manual or automatic service starts and whether it was stopped manually If a service stops running Watchdog automatically attempts to restart the service If the service fails to restart after 5 attempts the Watchdog generates an event trap type error indicating the service has reached the restart attempt limit and must be started manually System service status reports are generated from the Unified Manager Maintenance page Reports can be created for subsets of the services and drivers These reports are grouped by the operational status of the service or driver Business Communications Manager Management Guide 314 Chapter 3 Service Management System Using Watchdog with Service Manager Use the Watchdog setting to activate service logging or to delay the start of services This setting affects all services on your system To activate Watchdog service 1 On the Unified Manager navigation tree click the Diagnostics key and click the Watchdog heading On the Watchdog summary page you can enable or disable log reporting upon system reset and specify the period of time seconds between service activation attempts Figure 34 Select Watchdog from the Unified Manager 47 65 138 63 1 Simmel Comprehensive i Summary dd Delete Del All Summary 9 GP BCM 47 55 138 69 System i Enable to create
474. s occurred Select the OK button to close the dialog box P0609330 3 0 Chapter 5 BCM Monitor 347 Resetting minimum and maximum values When you reset the minimum and maximum values the current minimum and maximum values are deleted and BCM Monitor starts recording new values To reset the minimum and maximum values for a statistic 1 Click the value you want to reset 2 Onthe Statistics menu click Reset Current Min Max or to reset the minimum and maximum values for all statistics from the Statistics menu select Reset All Min Max BCM Monitor information capture You can information capture an instantaneous snapshot of the information into a text file static snapshot This is done by pre selecting which of the BCM Monitor screens you want to capture and invoking a save function to capture the required information into a static snapshot txt file The file name embeds time date and Business Communications Manager name information to make it easy to view using MS Word or other program at a later time You can also do dynamic logging in which BCM Monitor records snapshots at a user specified frequency This information is written into a file that is recognized by spreadsheet applications such as Excel You can specify which information you want dynamically logged and enable the automated dynamic snapshots to begin The interval of time between successive snapshots can be specified in units of seconds A maximum number of sn
475. s Communications Manager system The system accumulates three performance parameters e errored seconds ES e severely errored seconds SES e unavailable seconds UAS These parameters are defined as per TIA 547A Errored seconds are enhanced to include control slip CS events Only near end performance data is recorded The internal CSU continuously monitors the received signal and detects four types of transmission defects e any active carrier failure alarms CFA loss of signal LOS out of frame OOF alarm indication signal AIS remote alarm indication RAT e the number of bipolar violations that occurred in the last minute e any defects loss of signal LOS out of frame OOF alarm indication signal AIS that occurred in the last minute P0609330 3 0 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 461 e the number of milliseconds of short term alarms loss of signal LOS out of frame OOF alarm indication signal AIS remote alarm indication RAI in the last minute A short term alarm is declared when the detected defects persist for tens of milliseconds A carrier failure alarm CFA is a duration of carrier system outage CFA types reported can be mapped to CFAs defined in TIA 547A and TR62411 Business Communications Manager TIA 547A TR62411 LOS CFA Red CFA Red CFA OOF CFA Red CFA Red CFA AIS CFA Red CFA AIS CFA RAI CFA Yellow CFA Yellow CFA The criteria for declaring and clearing the alarms is selectable to m
476. s entry If no manager Address entries are created the Business Communications Manager device accepts SNMP requests from all stations If there is a list of manager entries Business Communications Manager base unit accepts SNMP requests from the IP Addresses specified in the list 6 Click the Save button Business Communications Manager Management Guide 84 Chapter2 Fault Management System Modifying an SNMP manager 1 Access the correct Business Communications Manager in your network from the Unified Manager workstation browser On the Unified Manager navigation tree click the Services key and click the SNMP heading The SNMP Summary screen appears Click the Manager List tab The Manager List screen appears Highlight the manager you want to modify On the Configuration menu select Modify Manager The Manager List screen appears Modify the manager attributes Click the Save button Deleting an SNMP manager 1 Access the correct Business Communications Manager in your network from the Unified Manager workstation browser On the Unified Manager navigation tree click the Services key and click the SNMP heading The SNMP Summary screen appears Click the Manager List tab The Manager List screen appears Highlight the manager you want to delete On the Configuration menu select Delete Manager A message appears to confirm the deletion Click the Yes button P0609330 3 0 Chapter 2 Fault Management S
477. s keys and click the keys for the bus that contains the card you want to test and the module on the bus 2 Click the Loopback Tests heading The Configuration menu is enabled The loopback status box displays the type of test currently running Note If there is an analog module in the media bay or the media is empty the status is shown as Not equipped 3 Onthe Configuration menu click Start loopback to begin the test The Loopback type selection window appears 4 Select the test you want to run and click the OK button Note To end the test at any time on the Configuration menu click Stop loopback P0609330 3 0 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 441 DTM CSU statistics Each DTM has an internal channel service unit CSU When enabled the internal CSU monitors the quality of the received T1 signal and provides performance statistics alarm statistics and diagnostic information DTMs must be individually programmed to establish parameters for collecting and measuring transmission performance statistics by the CSU For more information see e Statistics collected by the system on page 441 e Enabling the internal CSU on page 442 e Check the performance statistics on page 442 e Check the CSU alarms on page 443 e Check carrier failure alarms on page 443 e Check bipolar violations on page 443 e Check short term alarms on page 443 e Check Defects on page 444
478. s service manager capabilities in Unified Manager This section also describes the properties of the services in the Service Manager and associated alarm notifications To more information about services see Chapter 3 Service Management System on page 251 Use the Service Manager to access assess or modify tervices running on Business Communications Managers in your network Services control the functionality of Business Communications Manager A service is a software process that controls interaction with Business Communications Manager hardware devices computing environment telephony or your browser interface Modification of any service has far reaching effects on communications or event reporting capability Nortel Networks strongly recommends you consult with your support group before you use the Service Manager Business Communications Manager Management Guide 52 Chapter 1 Management Overview There are two categories of services System level services software processes that are critical to essential operating system level features see System level service definitions on page 258 e Nortel Networks configurable services software processes that are critical to the operation of Business Communications Manager software see Nortel Networks Configurable Services on page 285 Log management overview This section describes the Media Service Card core telephony logs Because every components of Business Communicati
479. s your system by pointing your browser to that name 3 If the browser does not automatically launch click on the Go tab beside the URL address field A security dialog appears Business Communications Manager Management Guide 410 Chapter 9 Security Management Security note The default security certificate that comes with BCM 3 5 version wo software is a self signed certificate that enables SSL encryption functionality The default certificate does not address site authentication since site authentication requires site and system specific information such as IP address company name and so on Refer to Understanding BCM SSL certificate properties on page 410 for more information Figure 59 Security Alert dialog Security Alert x Information you exchange with this site cannot be viewed or d changed by others However there is a problem with the site s security certificate A The security certificate was issued by a company you have not chosen to trust View the certificate to determine whether you want to trust the certifying authority eo The security certificate date is valid The name on the security certificate does not match the name of the site Do you want to proceed Yes View Certificate 4 Click Yes The first page of the Unified Manager appears Understanding BCM SSL certificate properties When you first run BCM software you will see that the default Web access to the Business Communic
480. sage e MSC resource information includes active signaling channels media channels voice bus channels and PEC resources MSC resource usage is reported as an absolute figure for example Signalling channels 29 of 59 as well as presented as a of resource used e Active Telephony Devices reports on the number of active IP trunks IP sets voice ports and media gateways Figure 52 BCM Monitor usage indicator tab screen display BCM Monitor Msp cgy doc File Statistics Help BCM Info MSC Voice Ports IP Devices ATP Sessions UIP Line Monitor BCM Info CPU Physical memory MB 185 of 255 Nonpaged mem MB 28 of99 r Used MSC Resources Signaling channels Sof59 Media channels 4 of 58 Voice bus channels Bof62 PEC resources B of 32 Active Telephony Devices IP trunks D of 8 IP sets D of 1 Voice ports D of 6 Media gateways D of 4 Business Communications Manager Management Guide 346 Chapter 5 BCM Monitor BCM Monitor statistical values minimum and maximums BCM Monitor stores the minimum and maximum values for many of the statistics that appear on BCM Monitor screens For BCM Monitor to store the minimum and maximum values the statistic must be a numeric value and must change over time Examples of statistics that have minimum and maximum values are CPU usage Active Lines and Enabled i20XX sets Examples of statistics
481. search for a Component ID alarm by the associated Event ID Table 12 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component M IPRCITE GL OR Associated eventSource trap Service Component ID alarm Associated eventSource trap Service Atapi Autochk BCMAmp Browser BRU CDRTransfer cfsServr cfsServr CTE DCOM DECTAlarms DECTMtce DhcpServer disk DNS DrWatson emsManager eventLog FTMSS P0609330 3 0 None None None Computer Browser None None Voice CFS Voice Licensing services Voice CTE None DECT Alarm monitor DECT Maintenance console Microsoft DHCP server None Microsoft DNS server None Media services manager EventLog None SAM Save Dump Security Serial Service Control Manager Service Control Manager Service Control Manager Service Control Manager Service Control Manager Service Control Manager Service Control Manager Service Control Manager Service Control Manager Service Control Manager Service Control Manager Service Control Manager Service Control Manager Service Control Manager Service Control Manager None None EventLog None Call Detail Recording DECT Alarm monitor DECT OAM Media gateway server Media services manager Message trace tool Net logon Plug and play Remote access connection manager Task scheduler UNISTIM Terminal proxy server Voice CFS Voice CTE VoiceCTI Voice mail Chapter 2 Fault Management
482. server A l a Media services manager _ I A I I I i t Voice Licensing services pos Media gateway server E VoIP Gateway VolP SIP Gateway l Media path server Media services manager Media services manager Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms The Media services manager is responsible for management of resources signaling channels media channels DSP tasks application identifiers allocation of resources to applications configuration of media transport driver modules transport of signaling data and application related tasks Nortel Networks configurable services EmsManager Running Manual emsManager Service Control Manager Business Communications Manager Management Guide 296 Chapter 3 Service Management System Media services manager service structure Parent Child Voice MSC Driver Media services manager A Voice WAN i i i i i Voice MSC service Voice NNU diagnostics L DECT OAM l i i A A DECT Maintenance console t Voice Licensing services I l l l i A DECT Alarm monitor l Media services manager r Z Voice software alarm monitor L Message trace tool E Call Detail Recording Media path server po A Media gateway server 1 l L UNISTIM Terminal proxy server l HotDesking A _ VoIP SIP Gateway Li
483. server Event ID 1101 Message The DHCP server issued a NACK to the client MAC Address of the Requesting Client for the address Requested IP Address request User action Please make sure that the address pool for dial in user is outside or is excluded from the DHCP server scopes Alarm severity Warning Trap type Information Logs None disk P0609330 3 0 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 117 Disk provides the hard disk drivers on the BCM disk Event ID 41 DNS Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID None The file system structure on the disk is corrupted and unusable Please run chkdsk utility on the device Device Harddisk0 Partition3 with label Contact Support Critical Error None DNS Event ID 1 Event ID 2 Event ID 3 Event ID 708 Event ID 708 Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Microsoft DNS server Starting Microsoft DNS Server Win
484. severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Information None UPS on battery High input line voltage This event can be caused by poor power quality i e power fluctuation Decrease the sensitivity of the UPS If the condition persists contact an electrician to analyze your utility power Minor Warning None UPS on battery Brownout This event can be caused by poor power quality i e power fluctuation Decrease the sensitivity of the UPS If the condition persists contact an electrician to analyze your utility power Minor Warning None UPS on battery Small momentary sag This event can be caused by poor power quality i e power fluctuation Decrease the sensitivity of the UPS If the condition persists contact an electrician to analyze your utility power Minor Warning None UPS on battery Small momentary spike This event can be caused by poor power quality i e power fluctuation Decrease the sensitivity of the UPS If the condition persists contact an electrician to analyze your utility power Minor Warning None UPS on battery Large momentary spike This
485. snapshots To browse for the correct folder click the button beside Output Folder box Ensure that all of the BCM Monitor tabs that have information you want included in the snapshot appear in the Tabs saved in snapshot box For example if you want the snapshot to include the statistic Active Lines which appears on the Line Monitor tab ensure the Line Monitor tab is included in the Tabs saved in snapshot box Click the OK button Saving a static snapshot 1 Configure the static snapshot settings to ensure that information you want is stored in the static snapshot On the File menu click Save Static Snapshot The information is stored in a file located in the folder you specified on the Static snapshot settings screen Configuring the dynamic snapshot settings 1 On the File menu click Snapshot Settings The Snapshot Settings screen appears Click the Dynamic snapshot settings tab In the Output filename box enter the filename for the dynamic snapshot You can also add additional information to the filename by selecting one or more of the options on the drop down list beside the Output filename box The additional information available is Auto increment Counter This option adds a series number to the filename This number starts at 0001 and is incremented every time you take a dynamic snapshot of this Business Communications Manager system BCM name This option adds the System Name of the Business Communications Ma
486. splays the path to either a remote drive Unix FTP server or WindowsNT FTP server as shown in the table below Remote Format for static IP address Format for computer using DHCP server Drive W IP address shared folder must lt computer_name gt shared_folder UNIX FTP Format for static IP address Domain name Server IP address path folder domain name shared folder WindowsNT Format for static IP address Domain name FTP Server IP address root drive path folder domain name root drive shared folder e From the User Name field you can access the path for the Remote drive or FTP server 4 Click the SELECT button The selected volume appears in the Backup Location box 5 From the Select BCM Component s list select the components you want to back up By default all of the components except DECT OAM are selected e To clear the highlighted components click anywhere on the list e To select more than one component hold the CTRL key and select from the list 6 Under the Backup Action heading select the Schedule the backup option Caution Do not schedule BRU and NCM backups restores within an hour of each other Doing so can cause the processes to overlap which terminates both processes P0609330 3 0 10 11 12 13 Chapter 8 System Backup and Restore BRU 403 Select the frequency of the scheduled backup e Select Once to perform the backup one time at the time and date specif
487. srad dll failed Performance data for this service will not be available Status code returned is DWORD 0 This event should not be seen in BCM 3 0 In case of its occurrence in a BCM 3 0 machine please contact Nortel Networks support team Critical Error None The open procedure for service service name in DLL DLL name has taken longer than the established wait time to complete The wait time in milliseconds is shown in the date No action required However please report the message indicating the service name and the DLL name to support Minor Warning None Business Communications Manager Management Guide 162 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Policy Services Policy Services Event ID 5 Event ID 6 qos flt init qos flt init Return to table Quality of Service driver initialization Return to table Service Event ID 0 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 0 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Rdr P0609330 3 0 Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs omponent ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Policy service Policy Service started No action required Warning Information None Policy Service stopped No action required Warning Information None
488. stbox select Manual DTE or Automatic DTE If you choose Manual DTE the DDI Mux enters loopback mode with the DTE Business Communications Manager takes any data it receives from the DTE and loops it back to the DTE If you choose Automatic DTE the DDI Mux enters the DTE loopback state when requested by the DTE Use Automatic DTE only if this feature is supported by the DTE Exit the Unified Manager session The TM LED lights to indicate the Loopback test has started View the TxD and RxD LEDs to make sure data is transmitted and received by the DTE See LED Indicator and Diagnostics on page 446 for information about the LEDs When you are finished the loopback test start a Unified Manager session Click the Resources and Media Bay Modules keys Business Communications Manager Management Guide 446 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 9 Click the key of the Bus number assigned to the Data Module 10 Click the Data Module key and then click the Loopback status heading 11 From the Loopback listbox select Off LED Indicator and Diagnostics The DDI Mux has 15 LEDs that indicate current status or operating conditions Table 43 DDI Mux LED description TxD The LED flashes at a rate equal to the number of zeros in the data received from the Transmit data DTE and transmitted over the network The speed of the flashes is an indication of the speed of the data sent over the network RxD The LED flashes at a rate equ
489. stem Alarm severity Critical Trap type Error Logs None Comments NNU failed to start the MGS as a service This is not an MGS issue P0609330 3 0 Modem Chapter 2 Fault Management System 143 Modem provides the modem driver resource Event ID 52 MPS Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID None The specified resource type can not be found in the image file Contact customer support Critical Error None This item only shows up as an alarm MPS is the media path server which controls media between IP sets trunks MPS Media path server Event ID 1001 Event ID 1002 Event ID 2001 Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID None MPS service started No action required Warning Information None MPS service is successfully started MPS service stopped No action required Warning Information None MPS service is stopped WARNING Unable to register as a Service Restart system contact customer support Minor Warning None
490. stem restarts Table 14 Events that cause a system restart Log events that cause a restart Log events that cause a restart MSC event 101 MSC event 102 MSC event 103 MSC event 104 MSC event 105 MSC event 106 MSC event 108 MSC event 109 MSC event 110 MSC event 111 MSC event 112 MSC event 114 MSC event 115 MSC event 116 MSC event 118 MSC event 119 MSC event 120 MSC event 124 MSC event 125 MSC event 130 MSC event 133 MSC event 134 MSC event 137 MSC event 151 MSC event 224 MSC event 245 MSC event 246 MSC event 247 MSC event 248 MSC event 260 MSC event 261 MSC event 262 MSC event 263 MSC event 264 System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log V 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 LDU NTPC IDC System test log P0609330 3 0 MSC event 265 System test log MSC event 266 System test log MSC event
491. t Message lt message gt See the IVR Alarm List for actions for these generic IVR alarms warning critical warning Information Error Warning None These are general IVR events they are not BCM specific Severity 7 Component vps lt IVR gt lt BCM name gt Message Failed to read xref file s s Verify that the mmfxref dat file exists in the specified location and if not restore it Otherwise delete and redo MMF to VFS conversions Critical Error None The first s is the path and the second s is the reason for failure Severity 7 Component vps lt IVR gt lt BCM name gt Message Play Failure Unable to add vocab item s to play list s Modify PeriProducer application to decrease the number of items in the play request Critical Error None Severity 7 Component vps lt IVR gt lt BCM name gt Message Play Failure Unable to add vocab item s to play list s IVR IVR bim Event ID 1 IVR bim Event ID 1 IVR bim Event ID 1 IVR bim Event ID 1 IVR bim Return to table User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Chapter 2 Fault Management System 135 Component ID alarm eventSou
492. t This Microsoft MIB is adopted and released as part of the Microsoft MIBs under the Wellfleet branch This MIB defines the OSPF parameters that are needed by the network administrator See OSPF MIBs for a list of the parameters RIP2 MIBS Msiprip2 mib This MIB defines the RIP2 MIBs This MIB defines RIP2 parameters that are required by the network administrator See RIP v2 MIBs for a list of the parameters Bootp MIBS Msipbtp mib This MIB defines the BootP MIBs under the Microsoft branch This MIB defines BOOTP parameters that are required by the network administrator See Bootp MIBs for a list of the parameters MS NT Performance MIBS PERFMIB mib This MIB defines the Performance counter for Windows NT 4 0 Use this MIB to monitor some BCM performance statistics including Memory Processor Network Interface Physical Disk Logical Disk Paging Flle Process TCP IP and UDP See MS Windows NT Performance MIBs for a list of the parameters Business Communications Manager Management Guide 488 Management Information Base MIB System MIB File Compilation and Installation Each MIB browser has its own MIB compilation tool Complete the procedure and follow the order of the files in the following list The Small Site MIBs have definitions for the binding values of the BCM SNMP traps The Policy MIBs branch out from Synoptic and you must install synro123 mib before you can compile and install policy MIBs For Small S
493. t BCM Monitor to take before stopping If you want BCM monitor to continue taking snapshots until you stop the dynamic snapshot select Infinite Click the OK button Starting a dynamic snapshot 1 Configure the dynamic snapshot settings to ensure that information you want is stored in the series of snapshots On the File menu click Dynamic Snapshot and then click Start BCM Monitor starts taking snapshots and stores the resulting snapshots in a file located in the folder you specified on the Dynamic snapshot settings screen BCM Monitor continues taking snapshots until it reaches the number of snapshots specified in the Number of snapshots box or until you stop the dynamic snapshot Stopping a dynamic snapshot 1 On the File menu click Dynamic Snapshot and then click Stop Business Communications Manager Management Guide 350 Chapter 5 BCM Monitor P0609330 3 0 351 Chapter 6 Performance Management This section has information about managing the performance of the Business Communications Manager network Performance Management topics System Performance tools and services on page 351 Unified Manager Performance Monitor on page 352 System Performance Monitor on page 352 Resources Performance Monitor on page 355 Accessing the Resources Performance Monitor on page 355 Accessing the LAN performance monitor on page 362 Accessing the WAN performance monitor on page 364 Accessing the Dial Up performa
494. t ID 24 Event ID 25 Event ID 26 Event ID 27 Event ID 28 Return to table Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message Chapter 2 Fault Management System 131 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Established IPsec SAs on local IP Addr gt with remote IP Addr gt AH outbound SPI Hex Numbers AH inbound SPI Hex Numbers No action required Minor Warning None Established IPsec SAs on local IP Addr gt with remote IP Addr gt ESP outbound SPI Hex Numbers ESP inbound SPI Hex Numbers No action required Minor Warning None Deleting IPsec SAs on local IP Addr gt with remote IP Addr gt AH outbound SPI Hex Numbers AH inbound SPI Hex Number No action required Minor Warning None Deleting IPsec SAs on local IP Addr gt with remote IP Addr gt ESP outbound SPI Hex Number ESP inbound SPI Hex Number gt No action required Minor Warning None Failed to Establish IPsec SAs on local IP Addr gt with remote IP Addr gt Check settings and Connection Critical Error None Oakley d Mode proposal accep
495. t Management System 165 Router Event ID 20105 Event ID 20111 Event ID 20139 Event ID 20139 Return to table User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Contact Nortel Network s support team Critical Error None Backup configuration data using BRU re ghost the hard disk with the image of the same release and then restore the backup data Unable to load the interface TivDialup from the registry The following error occurred There are no routing enabled ports available for use by this demand dial interface Contact Nortel Network s support team Critical Error None Backup configuration data using BRU re ghost the hard disk with the image of the same release and then restore the backup data The demand dial connection fails to complete because of no answer or invalid user or busy line N A Critical Error None The port COM2 has been disconnected due to inactivity No action required Warning Information None The dial up link drops No action required Warning Information None Business Communications Manager Management Guide 166 Chapter 2 Fault Mana
496. t number to the same value NetIQ Agent Listening Port RPD port number on BCM that the NetIQ agent uses to communicate with the NetlQ management server Valid port range is 1 to 65535 Default port is 9998 If you change the port number you must change the corresponding NetlQ management server port number to the same value Shows whether the NetlQ agent is enabled Values for this field are Enabled and Disabled P0609330 3 0 Chapter 7 Performance Management Using NetlQ 379 Enabling the NetlQ feature 1 On the Unified Manager navigation tree click the System key and the Licensing heading The Licensing Setting screen appears 2 Onthe top menu click Configuration and select Add a Keycode The Applied Keycodes dialog box appears 3 Enter the NetIQ keycode and click the Save button 4 Inthe Authorized Management Server s field enter a list separated by commas of IP addresses of the Vivinet Manager servers to which you want to restrict access by the BCM For example enter 10 41 6 17 10 41 7 18 Note Whether you enter one IP address or a list you are restricting the BCM to respond gt only to the specified Vivinet Manager servers To allow the BCM to respond to any Vivinet Manager server enter an asterisk For the BCM to be managed by a Vivinet Manager server this field must have a value in it and cannot be left blank 5 Select Enabled in the Status field to enable the NetIQ agent Note If required you
497. t required enter user name Click the Add button Repeat steps 3 to 7 for each volume you want to add Click the Close button to close the Volume Administration screen Business Communications Manager Management Guide 398 Chapter 8 System Backup and Restore BRU Modifying a volume Backup volumes are the locations where you store the backed up settings Use this procedure to modify volumes using the Volume Administration screen 1 On the Unified Manager main page click the BRU icon The BRU screen appears with backup selected On the top menu select Volume Admin The Volume Administration screen appears Select the volume you want to modify The volume information is displayed Change the volume information you want to modify Click the Modify button Click the Close button to close the Volume Administration screen Deleting a volume Backup volumes are the locations where you store the backed up settings Use this procedure to delete volumes using the Volume Administration screen 1 On the Unified Manager main page click the BRU icon The BRU screen appears with backup selected On the top menu select Volume Admin The Volume Administration screen appears Select the volume you want to delete The volume information appears on the screen Select the Delete button A message appears that asks you to confirm the deletion Select the OK button Select the Close button to close the Volume Administration
498. t sec unknown or unsupported protocol Rate that packets are received on the network interface Rate that packets are requested to be transmitted to non unicast that is subnet broadcast or subnet multicast addresses by higher level protocols The rate includes the packets that were discarded or not sent Rate that packets are requested to be transmitted to subnet unicast addresses by higher level protocols The rate includes the packets that were discarded or not sent Packets sent sec Rate that packets are sent on the network interface Packets sec Rate that packets are sent and received on the network interface Business Communications Manager Management Guide 364 Chapter 6 Performance Management Accessing the WAN performance monitor This section describes how to access and use the WAN performance monitor to analyze WAN traffic characteristics and also contains these topics e Accessing the QoS Graph and Table on page 368 e Accessing the QoS Queue 1 5 Graph and Table on page 369 e Accessing the QoS Queue 6 9 Graph and Table on page 370 Accessing the WAN graph and table The statistics compiled by the system indicate packet traffic over the WAN A packet is the unit of data that is routed between an origin and a destination over the WAN Each packet is separately numbered and includes the WAN IP address of the destination When the packets have all arrived they are reassembled into the original file
499. t supported Use Net Link Manager to set a Default Route Critical Error None ISAKMP Socket Open Failed on interface 1 Trying to re init Socket Interfaces No action required Warning Warning None ISAKMP Socket Open Failed on interface 1 Stop and Re start IPSecIKE service Critical Error None BCM has no IP Address on the IPSec Client private network IP Address 961 IP Mask 962 Set an interface to have a valid IP Address on the same network as assigned IP Address for IPSec client Critical Error IPSecIKE Internet protocol security Internet key exchange Event ID 35 Event ID 36 Event ID 37 Return to table Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Chapter 2 Fault Management System 133 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary None BCM interface that IPSec client is trying to connect to 1 is on the private network 962 PC IPSec Client should connect to a different interface on the BCM Critical Error None The IP Address of the PC running the IPSec client 961 is on the private network 962 PC IPSec Client is not on the correct network Critical Error None IPSec Client connection request on 961 from 962 Rejected BCM only supports IPSec Client connection requests from PCs on a different subnet
500. t your local support group Critical Error MSC event 319 Sev P8 Cat F The long term alarm threshold has been surpassed in DTCM 1 for the detection of Loss of Signal on time slot 16 The most likely cause is an irregularity with the PSTN connections The cable connecting the DTOM to the network termination point or external CSU has been disconnected or there is a problem with the signal from the network Check the logs and look for Events ranging from 315 336 If this alarm occurs more than once over a two week period contact your local support group Critical Error MSC event 320 Sev P8 Cat F The long term alarm threshold has been surpassed in DTCM 1 for the detection of Alarm Indication Signal on time slot 16 The most likely cause is an irregularity with the PSTN connections The cable connecting the DTCM to the network termination point or external CSU has been disconnected or there is a problem with the signal from the network Check the logs and look for Events ranging from 315 336 If this alarm occurs more than once over a two week period contact your local support group Critical Error MSC event 321 Sev P8 Cat F Chapter 2 Fault Management System 223 Return to table Message Voice software Event ID 47 User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 50 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Event ID 51 Message User action Alarm severit
501. tSource trap summary Radio 961 has been removed from service due to an error An accompanying Event message will indicate an explicit reason for the radio failure Perform diagnostics on the basestation Critical Error MSC event 300 Sev P6 Cat C A software download to the basestations has started No action required During basestation download system performance may be sluggish and wireless functionality will not be complete Wait for Event 55 Warning Information None All downloads are complete No action required Warning Information None No more credits available for portables or sets More credits must be acquired before all the registered portables or installed sets can be activated Parameters 1 0 Portable credit required 1 Set credit required Acquire more portable credits Warning Information MSC event 275 Sev P9 Cat F Incompatible Trunk Computer Module A Trunk Computer Module cannot operate with the trunk Type assigned to it in Configuration Event parameters 1 Module Card Check that the trunk Type programmed matches the module Check that the trunk Type programmed matches the module Critical Error MSC event 255 Sev P9 Cat F Invalid Auto Answer Setting What this means is that a line has been set to auto answer but the type of trunk is not suitable for auto answer Event parameters 1 Module Card Change the trunk programming to manual answer Change the trunk programmi
502. ta associated with maintaining QoS Use the Quality of Service QoS monitor to observe the QoS system performance To access the QoS Graph and Table 1 On the Unified Manager navigation tree click the Resources and LAN keys and click the heading of the LAN resource you want to see 2 On the top menu click Performance and select an item e QoS Graph QoS Table e QoS Queue 1 5 Graph QoS Queue 1 5 Table e QoS Queue 6 9 Graph QoS Queue 6 9 Table QoS counter types The QoS graph and table selections display quality of service related network traffic statistics Table 24 QoS counter types Priority sessions not Priority sessions not served served Priority sessions Priority sessions requested requested Priority sessions served Priority sessions served P0609330 3 0 Chapter 6 Performance Management 369 Table 24 QoS counter types Total octets Octets since system reboot Total packets Packets since system reboot Total priority packets Priority queue octets since system reboot Accessing the QoS Queue 1 5 Graph and Table QoS refers to guaranteed throughput level QoS allows a server to measure improve and to some level guarantee the transmission rates error rates and other data transmission characteristics QoS is critical for the continuous and real time transmission of video and multimedia information which use high bandwidth Use the Quality of Service QoS monitor to observe the system performance for qu
503. table network messaging protocol Return to table Service Event ID 1001 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs SNMP Trap Agent omponent ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID SNMP The SNMP Service has started successfully No action required Warning Information None SNMP Trap Return to table agent Return to table Service Event ID 101 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 102 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Srv Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID SNMP Trap service The Small Site Trap Agent DLL has been loaded No action required Warning Information None The Small Site Trap Agent DLL has been unloaded No action required Warning Information None Relates to the server service on BCM The Server service acts as the key to all server side NetBIOS applications and provides support for print file and named pipe sharing through the SMB services The service is a subsystem for NT sharing directories and printers Srv Return to table Return to table Service P0609330 3 0 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID None Chapter 2 Fault Management System 177 Srv Return to table Event ID 2000 Message User action
504. tact installer to tracabecks Alarm severity Critical Trap type Error Logs MSC event 229 Sev P8 Cat B Event ID 247 Message An invalid event was received on a TCM channel Check that all devices on the system are supported and that the wiring to the devices is correct User action Check that all devices on the system are suported and that the wiring to the devices is correct Alarm severity Critical Trap type Error Logs MSCid event 247 Sev P8 Cat B Comments MSCid 247 Sev P8 Cat B Event ID 260 Message No battery feed When the system is booted a check is made to determine if lines are physically attached to the line ports This is done by performing a line presence test If this test fails then it indicates that a line is not attached Line taken out of service If no line is attached to the port attach a line Port 1 If a line is attached then determine if the line is operational User action If no line is attached to the port attach a line If a line is attached then determine if the line is operational Alarm severity Minor Trap type Warning Logs MSC event 260 Sev P8 Cat C Event ID 262 Message No dialtone When a line is seized a test is made to determine if dial tone is present If this test fails this event is raised Port 961 Check the physical trunk line to see if it operating correctly User action Check the physical trunk line to see if it operating correctly Alarm severity Minor Trap type
505. tact your network administrator To change the system domain add the Business Communications Manager system to a new domain You can add the Business Communications Manager system to e a workgroup e a domain a Windows 2000 domain Business Communications Manager Management Guide 452 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics To add Business Communications Manager to a workgroup 1 On the navigation tree click the System key and click the Identification heading The Identification screen appears Click the Change Domain Membership tab The Change Domain Membership screen appears Click the Add To box and click Workgroup In the New Workgroup box enter the name of the workgroup to which you want to add the Business Communications Manager system Press the Tab key to save your change Restart Business Communications Manager To add Business Communications Manager to a domain 1 On the navigation tree click the System key and click the Identification heading The Identification screen appears Click the Change Domain Membership tab The Change Domain Membership screen appears Click the Add To box and click Domain In the New System Domain box enter the name of the domain to which you want to add the Business Communications Manager system Press the Tab key to save your change Restart Business Communications Manager To add Business Communications Manager to a Windows 2000 domain 1 On the
506. tarting No action required Warning Information None Restore finished successfully No action required Critical Error None Restore finished with warnings Warnings were logged in BRURest log and n0 rep txt on the source No action required Minor Warning None Restore finished with errors Errors were logged in BRURest log and n0 rep txt on the source Review log files to determine FAILED component Take corrective action if necessary and retry restore Critical Error None An error has occurred when trying to access the UTPS pipe During BRU activity IP sets may reset No action necessary Critical Error None BRU has increased set watchdog from 30 sec to 15 minutes No action required Warning Information Chapter 2 Fault Management System 107 BRU Backup amp restore utility Event ID 310 Event ID 311 Event ID 312 Event ID 313 Event ID 314 Event ID 315 Return to table Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary None BRU has decreased set watchdog from 15 minutes to 30 sec No ac
507. ted on lt local IP Addr gt from lt remote IP Addr gt No action required Warning Information None Unknown Notify message d received on lt local IP Addr gt from lt remote IP Addr gt Business Communications Manager Management Guide 132 Chapter 2 Fault Management System IPSecIKE Internet protocol security Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Internet key exchange Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID P0609330 3 0 29 30 31 32 33 34 User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type No action required Minor Warning None Remote system lt remote IP Addr gt not responding Deleting SA on interface lt local IP addr gt Check settings and Connection Minor Warning None Idle timeout condition on IPSec SA between Local lt local IP addr gt Remote lt remote IP addr gt Delete SA No action required Warning Information None IPSec Client connection request on 1 from 2 Rejected No Default Route Set on BCM IPSec Client Termination is no
508. tem 263 EventLog service structure Parent Child EventLog SNMP Trap service SNMP Firebird Guardian Service Firebird Guardian The Firebird Guardian service provides an on board database engine Service Type System level services Service name InterBaseGuardian Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms None Firebird guardian service service structure Parent Firebird Server Firebird Server The Firebird Server service provides an on board database engine Type System level services Service name InterBaseServer Default status Running Default startup Manual Alarms None Firebird Server service structure Parent Business Communications Manager Management Guide 264 Chapter 3 Service Management System License logging service License logging service Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms The Licence Logging service tracks use of client access licenses by applications such as IIS terminal services and file or print services The licensed services typically reside on a server or domain controller If disabled user access is no longer tracked Licensing for applications continues to work properly This service is not critical to normal operation of BCM Nortel Networks recommends you do not change the default status and startup values System level services LicenseService Stopped Manual None LicenseService service structure
509. tem after the T1 or PRI service provider ends their test Payload loopback test The payload loopback test loops the received information bits 192 per frame back to the network You can also remotely invoke and stop the payload loopback test through the facility data link FDL in extended super frame ESF format The payload loopback test must be run in coordination with the T1 service provider Some test patterns can cause the DTM to reset To avoid this start the payload loopback test from your system before the T1 service provider begins their test and stop the payload loopback test from your system after the T1 service provider ends their test Card loopback test The card edge loopback test loops the outgoing signal on the DTM back to its internal received signal path The system disconnects signal paths to the external network Continuity loopback test The continuity loopback test shorts the tip and ring pair of the receive signal path with the transmit signal path Use this test to check the metallic continuity of the external wiring Starting a loopback test Warning Give notice that you are running a loopback test ity Calls on all T1 or PRI lines on the DTM are automatically dropped when a loopback test is invoked Use the Page feature to notify people using the system that a test is about to begin and that calls will be disconnected 1 On the navigation tree click the Diagnostics and Trunk Modules keys and the key for
510. ter types Messages outbound ICMP messages that this entity did not send due to problems in ICMP such errors as lack of buffers This value should not include errors discovered outside the ICMP layer such as the inability of IP to route the resultant datagram In some implementations there can be no types of error that contribute to this counter s value Messages received errors CMP messages that the entity received but determined as having errors such as bad ICMP checksums bad length Messages received Rate that ICMP messages are received by the entity including messages received in error Messages sent Rate that ICMP messages are attempted to be sent by the entity including messages sent in error Messages Total rate that ICMP messages are received and sent by the entity including messages received or sent in error Received address mask ICMP Address Mask Request messages received Received address mask ICMP Address Mask Reply messages received reply Received destination ICMP Destination Unreachable messages received unreachable Received echo reply Rate of ICMP Echo Reply messages received Received echo Rate of ICMP Echo messages received P0609330 3 0 Chapter 6 Performance Management 359 Table 20 ICMP Packet counter types Received parameter ICMP Parameter Problem messages received problem Received timestamp Rate of ICMP Timestamp request messages received Sent destination ICMP Destination Unreachable m
511. terminates the services associated with the chosen components gt and sub components 1 On the Unified Manager main page click the BRU icon The BRU screen appears with the Backup tab selected 2 Select the Restore tab The BRU screen displays the restore options Figure 58 BRU Restore screen display 3 BRU 3 5 Application Microsoft Internet Explorer provided by Nortel Networks Mm E NORTEL s 7 BCM 3 5 Backup and Restore Utility 12 6 2003 31 23 12 Home Volume Admin Restart BCM About Help Exit BACKUP RESTORE SCHEDULE Restore Location Restore Options E VOLUME vous Restore only ifthe BCM version and the backup version s are the same C Restore even ifthe BCM version and the backup version are different START RESTORE SELECT THE RESTORE LOCATION AND THEN SELECT THE DESIRED COMPONENTS TO BE RESTORED 3 Click the Volume button The Volume Administration screen appears Business Communications Manager Management Guide 406 Chapter 8 System Backup and Restore BRU 4 10 Select the volume from which you want to restore the backup alf you want to restore the backup from a volume that does not appear on the list see Adding a new volume on page 397 e The Logical Name field displays the name of the volume e The Location field displays the path to either a remote drive Unix FTP server or WindowsNT FTP server as shown in the table below Remote Format for static IP address Format for com
512. th the reason CTE SHUTDOWN DEVICE RESET and then shutting down with no error CTE Runtime Error Exit Error is No Error The CTE atom table is corrupt or full Please collect the files CteDiag log and CteDiag bak ensure the Voice CTE service has restarted and report this problem to your support representative lt CTE003 gt Critical Error None CTE has run out of memory or it s internal memory structure is corrupt CTE continues to run Applications receive the CTE response ME_NO_HEAP_MEMORY until some memory is freed or CTE is restarted Voice software Chapter 2 Fault Management System 219 Voice software Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID 11 18 21 22 Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type omponent ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Voice software alarm monitor All lines were disconnected Power down the system and check all line connections on the system Power down the system and check all telephone connections on the system Critic
513. that come in over the Interface connected to the Next Hop Router If there is a router between the PC running IPSec client and the interface you are trying to connect to on the BCM then the NetLinkManager needs to be defined to use this interface in order to support IPSec Client Critical Error None Business Communications Manager Management Guide 134 Chapter 2 Fault Management System IPXRouterManager IPXRoutManager Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Return to table Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Service Routing and remote access service Event ID 20133 Message IPX Routing failed to start because IPX forwarder driver could not be loaded User action See Microsoft article Q180602 If the solutions provided in the article do not work please re install IPX Contact Support Alarm severity Critical Trap type Error Logs None IVR IVR Return to table Return to table Service Event ID 1 Message IVR User action process name Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Event ID 1 Message IVR bim User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Event ID 1 Message IVR bim User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 1 Message P0609330 3 0 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Nortel Networks IVR Severity lt severity gt Component lt comp g
514. that do not have minimum and maximum values are Dial up WAN not a numeric value and Serial Number does not change The values that BCM Monitor displays are the minimum and maximum values for the current BCM Monitor session The minimum and maximum values are reset when you quit BCM Monitor Topics in this section Viewing minimum and maximum values on page 346 Viewing the date and time of minimum and maximum values on page 346 Resetting minimum and maximum values on page 347 Viewing minimum and maximum values 1 Click the value on the BCM Monitor screen for which you want to view the minimum or maximum value The current Cur minimum Min and maximum Max values appear on the Status bar at the bottom of the screen The three values remain on the Status bar until you select another value These values also continue to change as the value for the selected statistic changes This is useful if you want to monitor a single statistic on one screen while you are viewing the information on another screen Viewing the date and time of minimum and maximum values When BCM Monitor stores the minimum and maximum value it also stores the date and time when the minimum or maximum occurr To view the date and time 1 2 Select the value for which you want to view the minimum or maximum value From the Statistics menu select Show Min Max Times A dialog box appears with the date and time when the minimum and maximum value
515. that you are about to disable a module Indicate that they may experience delays in the performance of their devices 1 On the navigation tree click the Resources key and click the Media Bay Modules key 2 Click the heading of the Bus you want to disable The State boxshows that the module is enabled The Configuration menu option is enabled 3 Onthe Configuration menu click Disable A warning appears that this action will disable the module and all of its devices 4 Click the OK button The module is disabled in one minute or immediately if the status is idle Enabling a disabled module 1 On the navigation tree click the Resources key and click the Media Bay Modules key 2 Click the heading of the Bus associated with the module you want to enable The State shows that the module is disabled and the Configuration menu is enabled 3 Onthe Configuration menu click Enable A message appears saying that the module is being enabled Identifying a device connected to the system You can check a device s version number for compatibility with the system Use this procedure to display status information for any device connected to the system 1 On the navigation tree click the Resources and the Media Bay Modules keys 2 Click the Bus andPort ft keys 3 Click the Channels key 4 Click the B1 or B2 heading to display the device connected to those channels The device its type the version number of the device and its state are d
516. the bus that contains the card you want to test 2 Click the key for the appropriate module on this bus P0609330 3 0 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 459 3 Click the Loopback Tests heading The Configuration menu option is enabled The loopback status box displays the type of test currently running Note If there is an analog module in the media bay or the media is empty the box displays Not equipped 4 Onthe Configuration menu click Start loopback to begin the test The Loopback type selection window appears 5 From the list box select the test you want to run and click the OK button Note To end the test at any time on the Configuration menu click Stop loopback DN to port conversion If you know the DN of a telephone you can determine the port associated with this DN using this procedure See also Troubleshooting Telephone Connections on page 448 1 Click the Diagnostics and MSC keys and click the DN to port conversion heading 2 Inthe DN to convert box type the DN and press Enter The values appear in the Device port and Device channel boxes Debug Debug features are intended to be used with the assistance of your Business Communications Manager technical support team You do not need the information provided by these features unless you are directed by a member of the technical support team See also Tests on page 457 To view the Restart info 1 Choose Diagnostics MSC Debug
517. the BCM interfaces Generic trap type 6 for Enterprise specific traps Specific trap type 1 eventInfo trap type 2 eventWarning trap type 3 eventError trap type Time stamp system up time BCM specific SNMP variable bindings Binding 1 contains the corresponding Event ID alarm eventID trap Binding 2 contains the Component ID alarm eventSource trap Binding 3 contains the event Date and Time Binding 4 contains the Problem Description alarm eventDescr trap OSPF MIBs An open shortest path first OSPF MIB is published in RFC1248 The MIBs defined in the BCM are from Microsoft under the Wellfleet branch The OSPF MIB is a subset of MIBs in RFC1248 The MIB consists of nine parameters a general variables group and eight tables Group description wfOspfGeneralGroup General global variables wfOspfAreaTable Area descriptions wfOspfLsdbTable Link state database wfOspfAreaRangeTable Address range specifications wfOspflfTable OSPF interface variables wfOspfVirtIfTable Virtual links wfOspfNbrTable Non virtual OSPF neighbors wfOspfV irtNbrTable Virtual OSPF neighbors wfOspfDynNbrTable OSPF dynamic neighbor table Business Communications Manager Management Guide 490 Management Information Base MIB System Section D 2 of the OSPF V2 specification RFC 1247 lists a set of required statistics that implementation must maintain These statistics are included in the OSPF MIB The 13 counters and gauges of the MIB ena
518. the same folder as the backup 10 On the BRU Report filename entry screen click the Nextbutton When the backup is complete a message appears that indicates the backup is a success or failure e Ifthe backup is successful click the OK button and continue to the next step in this procedure e Ifthe backup is not successful click the OK button and check the log file for errors Correct the cause of the errors and run the backup again Business Communications Manager Management Guide 402 Chapter 8 System Backup and Restore BRU Scheduling a backup With a scheduled backup you perform a backup at the time and date of your choosing You can do the backup at a convenient time or when there is less network traffic You can also schedule the backup to repeat on a regular basis Nortel Networks recommends that you do backups on a regular basis to capture changes to the Business Communications Manager settings and data Note IVR and voicemail are unavailable while the Voicemail applications are backed up 1 On the Unified Manager main page click the BRU icon The BRU screen appears with the Backup tab selected 2 Click the Volume button The Volume Administration screen appears 3 Select the volume where you want to store the backup If you want to store the backup in a volume that does not appear on the list see Adding a new volume on page 397 e The Logical Name field displays the name of the volume e The Location field di
519. the secure callback properties for an ISDN user you need to specify a static IP address for the interface See Configuring an ISDN interface in the Programming Operations Guide Password between 8 and 14 Assign a password to the user The password is case sensitive and can characters long be a maximum of 14 characters Note e Password length is determined by the Minimum Password Length setting in the Password policy table Passwords must contain elements from three of these four character sets This requirement can change if you change the default password policy complexity setting Setting password policy on page 428 upper case alphabet lower case alphabet westernized Arabic numerals nonalphanumeric characters 96 A user who fails to enter the correct password can be locked out of the system after a defined number of retries account lockout threshold For information about setting the lockout threshold see Setting password lockout policy on page 427 Confirmed Requires you to enter the same password again to validate the new or Password modified password Member of AdminUserGroup Select the level of access associated with the user CDRUserGroup AdminUserGroup Can see and change any menu items default DATAUserGroup CDRUser Group Can see everything but cannot make changes This DialUpUserGroup user is restricted to accessing the CDRs ReadOnlyUserGroup DATAUserGroup Can only configu
520. through fed repeaters are used on the T1 or PRI span The DTM does not provide the DC connection required for through fed repeaters If through fed repeaters are used on the T1 span disable the internal CSU and connect the DTM to an external CSU If the problem persists replace the DTM Caution Notify service provider of T1 or PRI signaling disruption Notify your T1 or PRI service provider before disconnecting your T1 or PRI lines removing power to your system or performing any other action that disrupts your T1 or PRI signaling Failure to notify your T1 or PRI service provider may result in a loss of T1 or PRI service For information on how to replace system components see the Business Communications Manager Installation and Maintenance Guide Monitoring the T1 or PRI signal If you are finding minimal faults with the T1 or PRI signal you can monitor the signal to try to isolate the problem The monitor jack on the DTM faceplate provides non intrusive bridged in service monitoring of the T1 or PRI signal Connect a protocol analyzer or other test equipment into the monitor jack to monitor the signal received from the network and the signal transmitted by Business Communications Manager Problems with trunk or station modules 1 On the navigation page click the Resources and Media Bay Modules key and the bus that the module is on to ensure that the module is not disabled For more information see the procedure Media
521. ting a Domain User Group profile 1 On the navigation tree click the Management key and the User Manager heading The User Profile screen appears showing the current user profile information Click the Domain User Group Profile tab to view the existing groups From the Configuration menu select Delete Domain User A message appears that asks you to confirm the deletion Click the Yes button to delete the Domain User Group profile P0609330 3 0 Chapter 9 Security Management 427 Setting password lockout policy If you have Lockout Policy enabled you can determine when a user is locked out of the system if they enter an incorrect password Security note Lockout policy is enabled by default This policy is particularly oe important to stop unauthorized logon attempts to your Business Communications Manager system You can further tighten the access security to the system by setting the account lockout threshold to a recommended value of 5 1 Select Management User Manager The User Profile screen appears showing the current user profile information 2 Click the Lockout Policy tab Lockout Policy is enabled by default 3 Use the information provided in this table to determine the lockout policy for your system The settings are effective as soon as they are entered C me eim 0 Lockout Policy Enabled The Enabled setting lets you set the following three parameters Disabled If you choose Disabled no configurable parameters
522. ting a scheduled backup 1 On the Unified Manager main page click the BRU icon The BRU screen appears with the Backup tab selected Click the Schedule tab menu The Scheduled Backups screen appears Click the Delete button for the scheduled backup you want to delete Performing a restore using BRU A restore copies the Business Communications Manager settings from a backup volume to the local hard disk of Business Communications Manager The Business Communications system must be operational and you must be able to access it using Unified Manager before you can restore the settings If you replace a component and all programming is set to default perform the component specific initialization procedure before performing the restore procedure described in this section P0609330 3 0 Chapter 8 System Backup and Restore BRU 405 Note If you replace the MSC you must obtain and install new software keycodes before m you can restore the settings Your old software keycodes will not work with the new MSC The new software keycodes can be regenerated using your existing software keycodes To regenerate the software keycodes use the Nortel Networks Keycode Retrieval System website at http ww w nortelnetworks com servsup krs Note If you restore programming to a different system than the system from which the m backup was created you must set the time zone on the restored system using Unified Manager Note The restore process
523. tion MSC event 376 Sev P7 Cat F The trial period for a feature has expired Feature Parameter 1 00 Hunt Groups 01 Hospitality Services 022DPNSS Networking 03 MCDN Networking 04 Q Sig Networking The permanent software key may be purchased to allow continued use of this feature Purchase permanent licenses Warning Information MSC event 465 Sev P8 Cat F The Call Server Operating System software has returned an error code A restart will occur Record the traceback and event parameters and report the error Record the traceback and event parameters and report the error Chapter 2 Fault Management System 229 Voice software Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID 200 201 202 203 207 208 224 Return to table Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Critical Error None Etiquette insufficient CFP credits Purchase additional Portable licenses Critical Error MSC event 665 Sev P8
524. tion required Warning Information None An error RetV has occurred when trying to start the voice services Review voice services and restart if necessary through Unified Manager See service specific logs for cause of failure Critical Error None All voice mail services have been started No action required Warning Information None All voice mail services have been stopped No action required Warning Information None Error DriveType drive not connected Ensure destination drive is visible on the network and that correct permissions are set Critical Error None Error DriveType drive not connected MapPath not found Ensure destination drive is visible on the network and that correct permissions are set Critical Error None Business Communications Manager Management Guide 108 Chapter 2 Fault Management System CDRTransfer CDRTransfer provides the call detail recording transfer function on the BCM ransfer eturn to table Component alarm eventSource trap summary Return to table Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Service None Event ID 2088 Message Not Push User action Check if there are actual CDR data files under the CDR data file directory Alarm severity Minor Trap type Warning Logs None Event ID 2088 Message No more CDR data files User action Check if there are actual CDR data files under the CDR data file directory Alarm severity
525. tions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display the following acknowledgment This product includes software developed by the Apache Group for use in the Apache HTTP server project Attp www apache org The names Apache Server and Apache Group must not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without prior written permission For written permission please contact apache apache org Products derived from this software may not be called Apache nor may Apache appear in their names without prior written permission of the Apache Group Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following acknowledgment This product includes software developed by the Apache Group for use in the Apache HTTP server project Attp www apache org THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE APACHE GROUP AS IS AND ANY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE APACHE GROUP OR ITS P0609330 3 0 CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTI
526. tomatically redirect to the SSL based https interface Both the unencrypted http lt Paddress gt 6800 and the encrypted https IP address gt interfaces can be used Set the encryption strength of the web interface Low all low strength ciphers Medium all ciphers with 128 bit encryption High all ciphers with SDES encryption 3 Click outside the window to save the changes Managing access passwords You can grant or restrict specific access within Unified Manager by assigning new users into user groups using the User Management screens Business Communications Manager Management Guide 418 Chapter 9 Security Management o Security note Core system configuration such as resources and network management should be restricted to an administrator level account Use the group profiles to define other levels of users with access to the headings that are specific to their task This also helps to prevent overlap programming if more than one person is using the interface at the same time Dial in access Restrict this user group to users who require this interface If modem access is not required the modem interface can be disabled to provide further security See Chapter 21 in the Programming Operations Guide This section includes information about viewing and configuring the user profiles and groups e Viewing User Manager information on page 418 Adding or modifying a user profile on page 420 e Addin
527. top to bottom The events at the bottom are the most recent Each of the files is laid out into 9 columns Date Time N A N A Event ID Component ID User BCM System Name Problem Description 1 Unzip the archlog package to an empty directory on your client PC 2 From the unzipped contents navigate to nortel networks logs system In this directory contains the 3 event log files e AppEvent txt application event log e SecEvent txt security event log e SysEvent txt system event log 3 From the client PC open the appropriate log with a text editor such as notepad Business Communications Manager Management Guide 334 Chapter 4 Log Management P0609330 3 0 335 Chapter 5 BCM Monitor BCM Monitor topics e Starting BCM Monitor on page 335 e Using BCM Monitor to analyze your system status on page 337 e BCM Monitor statistical values minimum and maximums on page 346 e BCM Monitor information capture on page 347 For more information about BCM monitor consult the online help Starting BCM Monitor BCM Monitor is an optional standalone application you can use to view system and IP telephony information for each Business Communications Manager Open several instances of the BCM Monitor on a single PC to monitor the corresponding Business Communications Manager systems Topics in this section Installing BCM Monitor on your computer on page 335 e Starting BCM Monitor on page
528. ture Parent Child VoiceMSCDriver Voice licensing services A L i vi Voice MSC service bun lm services manager Voice licensing services gom VOS WAN poe DECT OAM l i L DECT Maintenance console l l l DECT Alarm monitor i Sc Voice software alarm monitor p Message trace tool a Call Detail Recording E Media path server A Media gateway server L 1 UNISTIM Terminal proxy server L HotDesking r Voice CTE l l i _ VoIP SIP Gateway l l Doorphone Line monitor server l p 4 VoIP Gateway Voice management subsystem l l l Inventory service L VoiceCTI A Voice mail L Nortel Networks IVR VORNE Voice CFS r lIpMusic BcmAmp pacc ul IpMusic Tone Server Windows installer Windows installer The Windows installer service manages application installations Little to no impact on BCM Type System level services Service name MSIServer Default status Stopped Default startup Manual P0609330 3 0 Chapter 3 Service Management System 283 Alarms None Windows Installer service structure Parent Windows internet name service Windows internet Windows Internet Naming Service a system that determines the IP address associated with a name service particular network computer also called name resolution Type System level services Service name Wins Default status Stopped Default sta
529. twork hardware address Hardware Address Network operations on this system may be disrupted as a result Disconnect the network connection for the interface with IP Address resolve the address conflict reconnect the network connection and reboot the machine if needed Critical Error None The system detected an address conflict for IP address IP Address with the system having network hardware address Hardware Address Network operations on this system may be disrupted as a result Disconnect the network connection for the interface with IP Address resolve the address conflict reconnect the network connection and reboot the machine if needed Critical Error None TintSvr Telnet service Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 1000 ToneSrvr Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Tintsvr The MS Telnet Service has started successfully No action required Warning Information None Business Communications Manager Management Guide 192 Chapter 2 Fault Management System ToneSrvr provides the music on hold server application for BCM ToneSvr Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Return to table Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Service IpMusic Tone Server Event ID 257 Message ToneSrvr Starting
530. tworks configurable services Service name ToneSrvr Default status Stopped Default startup Manual P0609330 3 0 Chapter 3 Service Management System 293 Alarms ToneSrvr IpMusic ToneSrvr service structure Parent Voice MSC Driver Voice MSC service Voice NNU diagnostics A t Voice Licensing services i l 4 Media services manager IpMusic ToneSrvr IPSecIKE service IPSecIKE service The Internet protocol security Internet key exchange IPSecIKE service manages the IPSec Internet Key Exchange IKE for the BCM IPSec security function If IPSec clients or tunnels do not initiate or function correctly check the status of this service Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name IPSecIKE Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms IPSecIKE IPSecIKE Service service structure Parent Line monitor server Line Monitor The Line Monitor Server service provides line status information to BCM monitor Server Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name LMS Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms None Business Communications Manager Management Guide 294 Chapter 3 Service Management System Line Monitor Server service structure Parent VoiceMSCDriver A Voice MSC service Voice Licensing services a Media services manager Voice CTE A A I
531. tworks recommends you disable this service due to the possibility of remote intrusion The ClipBook server service relies on NetBIOS over TCP IP for network communication System level services ClipSrv Stopped Manual None ClipBook server service structure Network DDE DSDM Network DDE A b ClipBook Server COM Event System COM Event System Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms The Component Object Model COM Event system service provides automatic distribution of event notification to subscribing Component Object Model COM components The service extends the COM programming model to support late bound events or method calls between the publisher or subscriber and the event system Instead of repeatedly polling the server the event system notifies interested parties as information becomes available This service is not critical to normal operation of BCM Nortel Networks recommends you do not change the default status and startup values System level services EventSystem Stopped Manual None EventSystem service structure Parent Child Remote procedure call service COM Event system A A COM Event system System event notification Business Communications Manager Management Guide 262 Chapter 3 Service Management System Computer Browser Computer The Computer Browser service collects the names of NetBIOS resources o
532. ty Critical Trap type Error Logs None P0609330 3 0 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 115 DCOM Event ID 10002 Event ID 10004 Event ID 10005 Event ID 10010 Return to table Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Access denied attempting to launch a DCOM Server The server is CF6B5196 521 4 1 1D3 8A85 000000000000 The user is 962963 SID 4 Contact Support Critical Error None DCOM got error Logon failure unknown user name or bad password and was unable to logon computer name gt ee_admin in order to run the server 1338C614 888C 11D2 8F01 0080C79B65A2 Contact Support Critical Error None There is a possibility that user can change password for ee admin either from VNC or UM So to figure out what user did we can get the recording logs from BCM DCOM got error The specified service is disabled and cannot be started attempting to start the service Service Name with arguments Service in order to run the server Verify if the service Service Name is disabled and enable the service Service Name if needed Critical Error None The server 1338C620 888C 11D2 8F01 0080C79B65A2 did not
533. ty 416 automatic telephone relocation programming 465 backup resetting BRU screen 397 backup volumes administrating 397 398 batch job alarm backup 74 BCM monitor SMB security level 417 system status 53 beep timing mirrored disks 472 Bootp MIBs 490 477 BRU accessing 38 backup volumes 397 398 CallPilot availability 399 resetting screen 397 restore 404 SMB security level 416 time zone 405 Business Communications Manager alarm service 66 Call Detail Recording 25 DPNSS networking 24 12050 soft phone 25 logging off 42 logging on 409 logon security certificate 410 logon security levels 417 monitoring system LEDs 466 navigation tree 40 optional feature buttons 38 restoring data 404 security levels 416 text based application 429 text based main menu 431 VoIP Gateway requires keycode 25 C Call Detail Recording 25 call information recording 25 callback 418 user profile 422 callback number user profile 422 CallPilot BRU restriction 399 callpilot accessing 38 CallPilot region 453 card edge loopback test 440 458 carrier failure alarms 441 460 CDR modem dial in callback number 422 security 417 CDRUserGroup 419 certificate private security key 411 security logon 410 Business Communications Manager Management Guide 478 Index uploading a security certificate 411 channel disable enable a module port 438 ciphers web encryption levels 417 Clear page file on shutdown 416 community list SNMP
534. type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary None Backup configuration data using BRU re ghost the hard disk with the image of the same release and then restore the backup data A successful dialin session is ending No action required Warning Information None A user with invalid username password combination or a user without dialin permission tries to dial in to the system No action required Minor Warning None The authentication for a dial in user is successful and the BCM dials back to the user on a specific number No action required Warning Information None The remote client is busy or the callback number is wrong when a user with callback enabled tries to dial in to the system Check whether the callback number is right Critical Error None Using the default value for Registry parameter Enabled because the value given is not in the legal range for the parameter No action required Minor Warning None Unable to load C winnt system32 ipxrtmgr dll Contact support Critical Error None Unable to load the interface ModemBackup from the registry The following error occurred There are no routing enabled ports available for use by this demand dial interface Chapter 2 Faul
535. type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary UPS battery charger failure An internal hardware failure exists Contact APC Support for assistance http Awww apc com go direct index cfm tag support Minor Warning None UPS on bypass severe DC imbalance overload An internal hardware failure exists Contact APC Support for assistance http Awww apc com go direct index cfm tag support Minor Warning None UPS on bypass output voltage outside limits The UPS has switched automatically to bypass mode because its output voltage was too high Contact APC Support for assistance http Awww apc com go direct index cfm tag support Minor Warning None UPS on bypass top module fan needs repair A hardware failure has caused the UPS to switch to bypass operation Since the UPS cannot support its load if a power failure occurs correct the failure as soon as possible Contact APC Support for assistance http www apc com go direct index cfm tag support Critical Error None Base module fan needs repair An internal hardware failure exists Contact APC Support for assistance http www apc
536. u include the correct routing codes 8 Click the Save button to save the settings P0609330 3 0 Chapter 9 Security Management 423 Figure 66 User profile for dial up user User Name 5yp y90modem Confirmed Password m Member Of AdminUserGroup CDRUserGroup DatallserGroup DialUpUserGroup ReadOnlyUserGroup VYoiceUserGroup Callback Enabled v Callback Number 961 35553509 Status Unlocked v Deleting a user profile 1 On the navigation tree click the Management key and the User Manager heading The User Profile screen appears showing the current user profile information Click the line for the user you want to delete From the Configuration menu select Delete User A message appears that asks you to confirm the deletion Figure 67 User Manager delete confirmation dialog Select an Option xj Are you sure you want to delete this row Warning Applet Window 4 Click the Yes button to delete the user profile m Security note You cannot delete the ee_admin user Business Communications Manager Management Guide 424 Chapter 9 Security Management Adding or modifying a group profile The access privileges in predefined group profiles control user access in Unified Manager The administration group maps to administrator privileges on the Business Communications Manager host system The other group profiles map to non administration groups To add or modify the profile for a group 1 On the
537. u want to disable For how to do this see Identifying a device connected to the system on page 455 2 Click the device you want to disable 3 Onthe Configuration menu click Disable A warning appears that this action will disable the port 4 Click the OK button The device is disabled in one minute or immediately if the device is idle P0609330 3 0 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 457 To enablie a disabled device 1 Identify the device you want to disable For how to do this see Identifying a device connected to the system on page 455 2 Click the device you want to enable 3 Onthe Configuration menu click Enable A message appears saying that the device is being enabled Tests You can run tests on Business Communications Manager to verify the integrity of the installation wiring for the telephone sets Before you run any tests use the procedure DN to port conversion on page 459 to determine the port associated with a particular DN Warning Choose an appropriate time to run tests A good time to run tests is after office hours Messages that can appear on the Alarm Telephone during Loopback tests Message Explanation EVT 210 YYYZ Loopback test Y Y Y on Trunk module Z has started EVT 211 YYYZ Loopback test Y Y Y on Trunk module Z has ended You can start and stop Loopback tests under the Diagnostics heading Run only one test at a time on an DTM You can do other programming tasks whil
538. udo ras cu E E to odi ait eee are hA us d Rd ooo i d aote 459 Aole one A PUPPI 460 Statistics collected by the Business Communications Manager system 460 Enabling the internal CSU cousssaau pud aeeuk ad UAR Cu dca UBER rx M dea ewe 461 Checking the performance statistics llle 461 Checking the CSU alarme oeclisseciexesa we iirdeiadoitautfera9er i9etes 462 Checking carter failure alame cad sdescex rem pr Geb Ee ERRORS E 462 Checking bipolar violations iecsouzoecer ek mew xp RR RE 462 Checking short Term alarms uuu zuedu b bee Radia wind Rude dre eed o QR 462 Checking UBIGGIS Leusehadubaaqdbic mx rei A WERE OPEN ERE GE quER SR 463 Haegeiting Sil HE iara en aoo Se OR paco See OPERE ere ce area aera at 463 Wy dcr pigs oa ean P prc 463 Pa TEM 464 eea Ae doacscxandos dipl edd ee hate edv i e RUE e RU Ced oe AS 464 Hunt Group Metris auaasdesnsctedqekrerqeseqexeedu4sJxmedd dq ias 464 PSTN Tallback MeiG iueeassessm e domes eee eee de eee 464 13 Business Communications Manager Management Guide 14 Contents doing TOR PINGS Lese ededoteepkeneqesdescueqebtideesq de E Xdddup dad 465 General Diagnostic Activities i2liscauesdaxeeseruukXua ek a aA Ra RH Ru dee 466 Seine MANAGOT ct iucwiet Liane eens Dees ieee tee uer dis 466 Base function tray system status display LEDs 2 5 466 Disk rrr TUHBIFI i6acscsoocoa dete Se odode oe eRe SOR eRe eR 471 Emergency telephone does not function 2200 0c eee eens 47
539. ume e Select the Submit button Enter a name for the report for this backup job in the Report File Name box This report contains the results of the backup process and is stored in the same folder as the backup Click the Submit button If you chose to back up the DECT OAM component the DECT OAM Password screen appears If you are not performing a backup on the DECT OAM component continue to the next step in this procedure e Enter the DECT OAM installer password in the Password box and click the Submit button The default DECT OAM Installer password is insta Business Communications Manager Management Guide 404 Chapter 8 System Backup and Restore BRU Viewing scheduled backups 1 On the Unified Manager main page click the BRU icon The BRU screen appears with the Backup tab selected Click the Schedule tab he Scheduled Backups screen appears and displays the scheduled backups scheduled Click the Close button to close the Scheduled Backups screen Viewing a scheduled backup report 1 On the Unified Manager main page click the BRU icon The BRU screen appears with the Backup tab selected Click the Schedule tab The Scheduled Backups screen appears and displays the scheduled backups Select the Log link for the scheduled backup Select the Open this file from its current location option to view the report on your computer Select the Save this file to disk option to save the report on your computer Dele
540. unity Lis C o Voice Mail Multimedia Call Center 9 IR 5 Community Name none IP Music DHCP Access Permission READ ONLY DNS IP Routing SNMP QoS Monitor Save Cancel Web Cache M XM Net Link Mgr Ready Alarm Service Warning Applet Window NAT VPN Policy Management NTP Client Settings UPS Telnet Management Diagnostics Business Communications Manager Management Guide 80 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 5 Configure the Community List attributes Table 9 SNMP Community List attributes Community List C Community Name Access Permission Specify the entry name used as a key to uniquely identify an individual community entry on the SNMP agent Its value must follow certain conventions It must have the prefix C followed by a unique number that identifies the community name entry on the agent For example C2 is a valid value While adding specify non recurring values for the unique number While adding if you specify an existing community entry name it modifies the existing community entry Using non sequential numbers results in automatic reassignment of sequential numbers While modifying a community entry you can t change the name The community entry name does not have any significance other than to identify an entry Specify the name of
541. unity List screen appears 4 Selectthe community you want to delete 5 Onthe Configuration menu select Delete Community A message appears that asks you to confirm the deletion 6 Click the Yes button The community is deleted from the list Configuring an SNMP Manager List Use the procedures in this section to add modify or delete SNMP manager information in the Manager List Adding a manager to the SNMP manager list on page 81 e Modifying an SNMP manager on page 84 e Deleting an SNMP manager on page 84 Adding a manager to the SNMP manager list 1 Access the correct Business Communications Manager in your network from the Unified Manager workstation browser Business Communications Manager Management Guide 82 JChapter2 Fault Management System 2 On the Unified Manager navigation tree click the Services key and click the SNMP heading The SNMP Summary screen appears 3 Click the Manager List tab The Manager List screen appears 4 Onthe Configuration menu click Add Manager The Manager List dialog box appears Figure 25 Manager list screen Add Community Comprehensive Modify Community Add Delete Del All Delete Community 9 GJ BOM Add Manager lu System Modify Manager 10 10 10 1 buic Delete Manager ervices z Telephony Services Add Trap Community Doorphones Modify Trap Community IP Telephony Delete Trap Community Call Detail Recording LAN CTE Configuration
542. unt cannot be deleted but the group membership can be modified for both accounts Remote support In order for the Nortel Networks support organization to assist you dial in access has been granted to both default administrator accounts If dial in access is removed then remote access by support organizations may be impacted It is recommended that the administrator accounts and dial in access rights be restricted to select personnel Callback capability increases the dial in security ISDN note When you enter an ISDN dial up user interface the user name shows up on this list If you plan to use the secure callback properties for an ISDN user you need to specify a static IP address for that interface See Configuring an ISDN interface in the Programming Operations Guide Table 41 User Manager screens User Profile Business Communications Manager comes with these user profiles ee admin cannot be deleted Default password PlsChgMe Access privilege Read Write dial up access supervisor can be deleted Default password PlsChgMe Access privilege Read Write dial up access User Group List Shows the user groups defined in your system The system comes with a set of default User Groups that have various access privileges The Domain User Group Lists the domains for the user group profiles Profile e The Lockout The Lockout Policy Password Policy Where you can define the complexity policies for your system p
543. up objects Logical disk IdisklogicalDiskTable and the Free Space 76 Free Megabytes and Current Disk Queue Length group objects pagingFile pagefilepagingFileTable and the Instance Name Usage 96 and Usage Peak 96 group objects processprocessTable and the Processor Time 96 User Time 95 and Virtual Bytes group objects P0609330 3 0 Management Information Base MIB System 491 onnections Established and Connections Active group objects Datagrams Per Sec and Datagrams Received Per Sec group objects Datagrams Per Sec Datagrams Received Per Sec and Datagrams Received Discarded group objects For more information on MS Windows NT Performance MIB group names and their related group objects see MS Windows NT Performance MIBs on page 373 Business Communications Manager Management Guide 492 Management Information Base MIB System P0609330 3 0 Index A access allow or block Unified Manager access 424 default password 419 access permission SNMP 80 acronyms 21 AdminUserGroup 419 alarm CSU 462 short term 462 alarm banner 64 Alarm Browser 64 alarm service alarm banner 68 NT event logs 66 alarm severity Unified Manager 65 alarms SNMP guidelines 77 viewing 64 Allow sign and encrypt 417 archive location alarm database 72 archiving event logs 332 Archlog SMB security level 416 ATA2 troubleshooting 474 authentication failure traps SNMP summar 78 Authentication Compatibili
544. utomatic Alarms PXRouterManager Router Routing and remote access server service structure Parent Workstation A Serial port manager Child Routing amp remote access server A i Multi dialup manager Net link manager Serial port The Serial port manager service controls the telnet session environment interfaces with a PC manager Use this service to initiate a telnet session for startup or maintenance purposes Type System level services Service name CMDRMT Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms Standard NT alarm event Serial port manager service structure Parent Business Communications Manager Management Guide 276 Chapter 3 Service Management System Server Server Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms The Server service acts as the key to all server side NetBIOS applications and provides support for print file and named pipe sharing through the SMB services The service is a subsystem for NT sharing directories and printers Network level inbound communication logon services are affected Backup services are affected System level services LanmanServer Running Automatic None Server service structure TDI A Server Parent Child Server A Computer Browser l L Routing and remote access service A t Net link manager I l Multi di
545. ve was created HH is hour the archive was created MM is the minute the archive was created 3 Pressthe TAB key to save your settings 4 Click the SNMP Trap tab P0609330 3 0 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 73 Figure 24 SNMP Trap screen Group View Help Comprehensive Alarm Database SNMP Trap A oss Backup Batch Job SNMP Trap 9 GJ BCM System Traps Enabled m Resources Services Information Events Forwarded 9 Management User Manager Warning Events Forwarded E Diagnostics Error Events Forwarded Source Exclusion List comma separated SNMP Trap Agent 5 Use the information in this table to configure the SNMP Trap Table 4 SNMP Trap settings Traps Enabled Enable or disable the sending of SNMP traps when a new event arrives in the alarm database Information Enable or disable sending SNMP traps when an Information event arrives in the alarm database Events If you have auto SNMP trap dial out set up and the value for Traps Enabled is Yes setting Forwarded Information Events Forwarded to Yes causes the BCM to repeatedly redial the trap client Always set Information Events Forwarded to No when SNMP trap dial out is set up If the name of a demand dial interface is selected as Interface when you add modify a trap community entry and the Traps Enabled field value is Yes Nortel Networks recommends y
546. y Trap type Logs Comments Event ID 52 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary The long term alarm threshold has been surpassed in DTCM 961 for the detection of Remote Alarm Indication on time slot 16 The most likely cause is an irregularity with the PSTN connections The cable connecting the DTCM to the network termination point or external CSU has been disconnected or there is a problem with the signal from the network Check the logs and look for Events ranging from 315 336 If this alarm occurs more than once over a two week period contact your local support group Critical Error MSC event 322 Sev P8 Cat F A Digital Station Computer Module on bus 1 has been disconnected or powered down Power down the system and check all connections to the module If the problem persists replace the module Critical Error MSC event 250 Sev P9 Cat C MSCid 250 Sev P9 Cat C On system boot up the BCM waits 3 minutes before reporting alarm 50 51 to give the modules time to boot up On a running system the BCM requires a module to be lost for at least 2 minutes before reporting alarm 50 51 A Digital Trunk Computer Module or Called ID Computer Module on bus 961 has been disconnected or powered down Power down the system and check all connections to the module If the problem persists replace the module Critical Error MSC event 251 Sev P9 Cat C
547. ystem contact customer support Critical Error None Media service manager could not open a FUMP channel for MPS this is not an MPS issue ERROR FUMP channel not ready MPS service aborted Restart system contact customer support Critical Error None Fump channel is not ready this is not an MPS issue ERROR Reset by Network Manager Submit a CR and attach archlogs Critical Error None Network manager thinks MPS is dead ERROR Received EMS EVENT CONNECTION LOST from MSM MPS service aborted Restart system contact customer support Critical Error None Lost connection to Media Service Manager this is not an MPS issue ERROR Unable to create event MPS service failed to start May need to reboot the system Critical Error None System is low on resources and cannot allocate event handle in the driver this is not an MPS issue Business Communications Manager Management Guide 146 Chapter 2 Fault Management System MSPAlarmService MSPAlarmService translates events into SNMP traps MSPAlarmService Event ID N A User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments mspQoS Return to table Return to table Service Message Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID None Failed to open client end of SNMP Trap Agent mailslot using CreateFile Win32 GetLast Error value value Contact customer support
548. ystem 85 Configuring an SNMP Trap Community List Use the procedures in this section to add modify or delete information within the SNMP trap community list Adding a trap community to the SNMP community list on page 85 e Modifying an SNMP trap community on page 87 e Deleting an SNMP trap community on page 87 Adding a trap community to the SNMP community list 1 Access the correct Business Communications Manager in your network from the Unified Manager workstation browser 2 On the Unified Manager navigation tree click the Services key and click the SNMP heading The SNMP Summary screen appears 3 Selectthe Community List tab The Community List screen appears 4 Onthe Configuration menu select Add Trap Community The Trap Community List dialog box appears Figure 26 Trap Community list screen Group _ E dit Performance Faul epos Tools logoff View Help Add Community Comprehensive Modify Community Add Delete Del All Delete Community 9 BCM Add Manager System Modify Manager Resources Delete Manager 9 Services Telephony Services TOUR Doorphones Modify Trap Community IP Telephony Delete Trap Commu Call Detail Recording 2 E x LAN CTE Configuration 2 Trap Community List Voice Mail Multimedia Call Center Trap List Ttt ff IVR i IP Music A DHCP Community Name rone DNS 9 IP Routing Manager IP Address 00
549. yz is the IP set s DN lt date gt lt time gt UTPS 1 MPSMI is OFF LINE If the voice watchdog service is NOT running you will need to restart the UTPS service Critical Error None All UTPS events written to the NT event log are fatal and will cause the UTPS to shutdown The reasons for these events are either a missing dependent component MPS or MSM or an OS related problem Unable to initialize a timer socket signalling channel to the core RUDPInit initialization failure error If the voice watchdog service is NOT running you will need to restart the UTPS service Critical Error None All UTPS events written to the NT event log are fatal and will cause the UTPS to shutdown The reasons for these events are either a missing dependent component MPS or MSM or an OS related problem Unable to initialize a timer socket signalling channel to the core UTPS terminating due to problem with RUDP Rx socket error If the voice watchdog service is NOT running you will need to restart the UTPS service Critical Error None All UTPS events written to the NT event log are fatal and will cause the UTPS to shutdown The reasons for these events are either a missing dependent component MPS or MSM or an OS related problem Unable to initialize a timer socket signalling channel to the core Unable to connect to the Media Services Manager error Business Communications Manager Ma

Avaya BCM Management User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents